The Role of Dermatologists in Developing AI Tools for Diagnosis and Classification of Skin Disease

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline

The Role of Dermatologists in Developing AI Tools for Diagnosis and Classification of Skin Disease

Use of artificial intelligence (AI) in dermatology has increased over the past decade, likely driven by advances in deep learning algorithms, computing hardware, and machine learning.1 Studies comparing the performance of AI algorithms to dermatologists in classifying skin disorders have shown conflicting results.2,3 In this study, we aimed to analyze AI tools used for diagnosing and classifying skin disease and evaluate the role of dermatologists in the creation of AI technology. We also investigated the number of clinical images used in datasets to train AI programs and compared tools that were created with dermatologist input to those created without dermatologist/clinician involvement.

Methods

A search of PubMed articles indexed for MEDLINE using the terms machine learning, artificial intelligence, and dermatology was conducted on September 18, 2022. Articles were included if they described full-length trials; used machine learning for diagnosis of or screening for dermatologic conditions; and used dermoscopic or gross image datasets of the skin, hair, or nails. Articles were categorized into 4 groups based on the conditions covered: chronic wounds, inflammatory skin diseases, mixed conditions, and pigmented skin lesions. Algorithms were sorted into 4 categories: convolutional/convoluted neural network, deep learning model/deep neural network, AI/artificial neural network, and other. Details regarding Fitzpatrick skin type and skin of color (SoC) inclusion in the articles or AI algorithm datasets were recorded. Univariate and multivariate analyses were performed using Microsoft Excel and SAS Studio 3.8. Sensitivity and specificity were calculated for all included AI technology. Sensitivity, specificity, and the number of clinical images were compared among the included articles using analysis of variance and t tests (α=0.05; P<.05 indicated statistical significance).

Results

Our search yielded 1016 articles, 58 of which met the inclusion criteria. Overall, 25.9% (15/58) of the articles utilized AI to diagnose or classify mixed skin diseases; 22.4% (13/58) for pigmented skin lesions; 19.0% (11/58) for wounds; 17.2% (10/58) for inflammatory skin diseases; and 5.2% (3/58) each for acne, psoriasis, and onychomycosis. Overall, 24.0% (14/58) of articles provided information about Fitzpatrick skin type, and 58.7% (34/58) included clinical images depicting SoC. Furthermore, we found that only 20.7% (12/58) of articles on deep learning models included descriptions of patient ethnicity or race in at least 1 dataset, and only 10.3% (6/58) of studies included any information about skin tone in the dataset. Studies with a dermatologist as the last author (most likely to be supervising the project) were more likely to include clinical images depicting SoC than those without (82.6% [19/23] and 16.7% [3/18], respectively [P=.0411]).

The mean (SD) number of clinical images in the study articles was 28,422 (84,050). Thirty-seven (63.8%) of the study articles included gross images, 17 (29.3%) used dermoscopic images, and 4 (6.9%) used both. Twenty-seven (46.6%) articles used convolutional/convoluted neural networks, 15 (25.9%) used deep learning model/deep neural networks, 8 (13.8%) used other algorithms, 6 (10.3%) used AI/artificial neural network, and 2 (3.4%) used fuzzy algorithms. Most studies were conducted in China (29.3% [17/58]), Germany (12.1% [7/58]), India (10.3% [6/58]), multiple nations (10.3% [6/58]), and the United States (10.3% [6/58]). Overall, 82.8% (48/58) of articles included at least 1 dermatologist coauthor. Sensitivity of the AI models was 0.85, and specificity was 0.85. The average percentage of images in the dataset correctly identified by a physician was 76.87% vs 81.62% of images correctly identified by AI. Average agreement between AI and physician assessment was 77.98%, defined as AI and physician both having the same diagnosis. 

Articles authored by dermatologists contained more clinical images than those without dermatologists in key authorship roles (P<.0001)(eTable). Psoriasis-related algorithms had the fewest (mean [SD]: 3173 [4203]), and pigmented skin lesions had the most clinical images (mean [SD]: 53,19l [155,579]).

RagiCT116005184-eTable

Comment

Our results indicated that AI studies with dermatologist authors had significantly more images in their datasets (ie, the set of clinical images of skin lesions used to train AI algorithms in diagnosing or classifying lesions) than those with nondermatologist authors (P<.0001)(eTable). Similarly, in a study of AI technology for skin cancer diagnosis, AI studies with dermatologist authors (ie, included in the development of the AI algorithm) had more images than studies without dermatologist authors.1 Deep learning textbooks have suggested that 5000 clinical images or training input per output category are needed to produce acceptable algorithm performance, and more than 10 million are needed to produce results superior to human performance.4-10 Despite advances in AI for dermatologic image analysis, the creation of these models often has been directed by nondermatologists1; therefore, dermatologist involvement in AI development is necessary to facilitate collection of larger image datasets and optimal performance for image diagnosis/classification tasks.

We found that 20.7% of articles on deep learning models included descriptions of patient ethnicity or race, and only 10.3% of studies included any information about skin tone in the dataset. Furthermore, American investigators primarily trained models using clinical images of patients with lighter skin tones, whereas Chinese investigators exclusively included images depicting darker skin tones. Similarly, in a study of 52 cutaneous imaging deep learning articles, only 17.3% (9/52) reported race and/or Fitzpatrick skin type, and only 7.7% (4/52) of articles included both.2,6,8 Therefore, dermatologists are needed to contribute images representing diverse populations and collaborate in AI research studies, as their involvement is necessary to ensure the accuracy of AI models in classifying lesions or diagnosing skin lesions across all skin types.

Our search was limited to PubMed, and real-world applications could not be evaluated.

Conclusion

In summary, we found that AI studies with dermatologist authors used larger numbers of clinical images in their datasets and more images representing diverse skin types than studies without. Therefore, we advocate for greater involvement of dermatologists in AI research, which might result in better patient outcomes by improving diagnostic accuracy.

References
  1. Zakhem GA, Fakhoury JW, Motosko CC, et al. Characterizing the role of dermatologists in developing artificial intelligence for assessment of skin cancer. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;85:1544-1556.
  2. Daneshjou R, Vodrahalli K, Novoa RA, et al. Disparities in dermatology AI performance on a diverse, curated clinical image set. Sci Adv. 2022;8:eabq6147.
  3. Wu E, Wu K, Daneshjou R, et al. How medical AI devices are evaluated: limitations and recommendations from an analysis of FDA approvals. Nat Med. 2021;27:582-584.
  4. Murphree DH, Puri P, Shamim H, et al. Deep learning for dermatologists: part I. Fundamental concepts. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2022;87:1343-1351.
  5. Goodfellow I, Bengio Y, Courville A. Deep Learning. The MIT Press; 2016.
  6. Kim YH, Kobic A, Vidal NY. Distribution of race and Fitzpatrick skin types in data sets for deep learning in dermatology: a systematic review. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2022;87:460-461.
  7. Liu Y, Jain A, Eng C, et al. A deep learning system for differential diagnosis of skin diseases. Nat Med. 2020;26:900-908.
  8. Zhu CY, Wang YK, Chen HP, et al. A deep learning based framework for diagnosing multiple skin diseases in a clinical environment. Front Med (Lausanne). 2021;8:626369.
  9. Capurro N, Pastore VP, Touijer L, et al. A deep learning approach to direct immunofluorescence pattern recognition in autoimmune bullous diseases. Br J Dermatol. 2024;191:261-266.
  10. Han SS, Park I, Eun Chang S, et al. Augmented intelligence dermatology: deep neural networks empower medical professionals in diagnosing skin cancer and predicting treatment options for 134 skin disorders. J Invest Dermatol. 2020;140:1753-1761.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ragi is from the Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island. Dr. Desai is from Rutgers New Jersey Medical School, Newark. Drs. Hill and Lipner are from Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York. Dr. Lipner is from the Department of Dermatology.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Shari R. Lipner, MD, PhD, Associate Professor of Clinical Dermatology, Weill Cornell Medicine, 1305 York Ave, 9th Floor, New York, NY 10021 (shl9032@med.cornell.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):184-185, E4. doi:10.12788/cutis.1295

Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
184-185, E4
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ragi is from the Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island. Dr. Desai is from Rutgers New Jersey Medical School, Newark. Drs. Hill and Lipner are from Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York. Dr. Lipner is from the Department of Dermatology.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Shari R. Lipner, MD, PhD, Associate Professor of Clinical Dermatology, Weill Cornell Medicine, 1305 York Ave, 9th Floor, New York, NY 10021 (shl9032@med.cornell.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):184-185, E4. doi:10.12788/cutis.1295

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ragi is from the Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island. Dr. Desai is from Rutgers New Jersey Medical School, Newark. Drs. Hill and Lipner are from Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York. Dr. Lipner is from the Department of Dermatology.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Shari R. Lipner, MD, PhD, Associate Professor of Clinical Dermatology, Weill Cornell Medicine, 1305 York Ave, 9th Floor, New York, NY 10021 (shl9032@med.cornell.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):184-185, E4. doi:10.12788/cutis.1295

Article PDF
Article PDF

Use of artificial intelligence (AI) in dermatology has increased over the past decade, likely driven by advances in deep learning algorithms, computing hardware, and machine learning.1 Studies comparing the performance of AI algorithms to dermatologists in classifying skin disorders have shown conflicting results.2,3 In this study, we aimed to analyze AI tools used for diagnosing and classifying skin disease and evaluate the role of dermatologists in the creation of AI technology. We also investigated the number of clinical images used in datasets to train AI programs and compared tools that were created with dermatologist input to those created without dermatologist/clinician involvement.

Methods

A search of PubMed articles indexed for MEDLINE using the terms machine learning, artificial intelligence, and dermatology was conducted on September 18, 2022. Articles were included if they described full-length trials; used machine learning for diagnosis of or screening for dermatologic conditions; and used dermoscopic or gross image datasets of the skin, hair, or nails. Articles were categorized into 4 groups based on the conditions covered: chronic wounds, inflammatory skin diseases, mixed conditions, and pigmented skin lesions. Algorithms were sorted into 4 categories: convolutional/convoluted neural network, deep learning model/deep neural network, AI/artificial neural network, and other. Details regarding Fitzpatrick skin type and skin of color (SoC) inclusion in the articles or AI algorithm datasets were recorded. Univariate and multivariate analyses were performed using Microsoft Excel and SAS Studio 3.8. Sensitivity and specificity were calculated for all included AI technology. Sensitivity, specificity, and the number of clinical images were compared among the included articles using analysis of variance and t tests (α=0.05; P<.05 indicated statistical significance).

Results

Our search yielded 1016 articles, 58 of which met the inclusion criteria. Overall, 25.9% (15/58) of the articles utilized AI to diagnose or classify mixed skin diseases; 22.4% (13/58) for pigmented skin lesions; 19.0% (11/58) for wounds; 17.2% (10/58) for inflammatory skin diseases; and 5.2% (3/58) each for acne, psoriasis, and onychomycosis. Overall, 24.0% (14/58) of articles provided information about Fitzpatrick skin type, and 58.7% (34/58) included clinical images depicting SoC. Furthermore, we found that only 20.7% (12/58) of articles on deep learning models included descriptions of patient ethnicity or race in at least 1 dataset, and only 10.3% (6/58) of studies included any information about skin tone in the dataset. Studies with a dermatologist as the last author (most likely to be supervising the project) were more likely to include clinical images depicting SoC than those without (82.6% [19/23] and 16.7% [3/18], respectively [P=.0411]).

The mean (SD) number of clinical images in the study articles was 28,422 (84,050). Thirty-seven (63.8%) of the study articles included gross images, 17 (29.3%) used dermoscopic images, and 4 (6.9%) used both. Twenty-seven (46.6%) articles used convolutional/convoluted neural networks, 15 (25.9%) used deep learning model/deep neural networks, 8 (13.8%) used other algorithms, 6 (10.3%) used AI/artificial neural network, and 2 (3.4%) used fuzzy algorithms. Most studies were conducted in China (29.3% [17/58]), Germany (12.1% [7/58]), India (10.3% [6/58]), multiple nations (10.3% [6/58]), and the United States (10.3% [6/58]). Overall, 82.8% (48/58) of articles included at least 1 dermatologist coauthor. Sensitivity of the AI models was 0.85, and specificity was 0.85. The average percentage of images in the dataset correctly identified by a physician was 76.87% vs 81.62% of images correctly identified by AI. Average agreement between AI and physician assessment was 77.98%, defined as AI and physician both having the same diagnosis. 

Articles authored by dermatologists contained more clinical images than those without dermatologists in key authorship roles (P<.0001)(eTable). Psoriasis-related algorithms had the fewest (mean [SD]: 3173 [4203]), and pigmented skin lesions had the most clinical images (mean [SD]: 53,19l [155,579]).

RagiCT116005184-eTable

Comment

Our results indicated that AI studies with dermatologist authors had significantly more images in their datasets (ie, the set of clinical images of skin lesions used to train AI algorithms in diagnosing or classifying lesions) than those with nondermatologist authors (P<.0001)(eTable). Similarly, in a study of AI technology for skin cancer diagnosis, AI studies with dermatologist authors (ie, included in the development of the AI algorithm) had more images than studies without dermatologist authors.1 Deep learning textbooks have suggested that 5000 clinical images or training input per output category are needed to produce acceptable algorithm performance, and more than 10 million are needed to produce results superior to human performance.4-10 Despite advances in AI for dermatologic image analysis, the creation of these models often has been directed by nondermatologists1; therefore, dermatologist involvement in AI development is necessary to facilitate collection of larger image datasets and optimal performance for image diagnosis/classification tasks.

We found that 20.7% of articles on deep learning models included descriptions of patient ethnicity or race, and only 10.3% of studies included any information about skin tone in the dataset. Furthermore, American investigators primarily trained models using clinical images of patients with lighter skin tones, whereas Chinese investigators exclusively included images depicting darker skin tones. Similarly, in a study of 52 cutaneous imaging deep learning articles, only 17.3% (9/52) reported race and/or Fitzpatrick skin type, and only 7.7% (4/52) of articles included both.2,6,8 Therefore, dermatologists are needed to contribute images representing diverse populations and collaborate in AI research studies, as their involvement is necessary to ensure the accuracy of AI models in classifying lesions or diagnosing skin lesions across all skin types.

Our search was limited to PubMed, and real-world applications could not be evaluated.

Conclusion

In summary, we found that AI studies with dermatologist authors used larger numbers of clinical images in their datasets and more images representing diverse skin types than studies without. Therefore, we advocate for greater involvement of dermatologists in AI research, which might result in better patient outcomes by improving diagnostic accuracy.

Use of artificial intelligence (AI) in dermatology has increased over the past decade, likely driven by advances in deep learning algorithms, computing hardware, and machine learning.1 Studies comparing the performance of AI algorithms to dermatologists in classifying skin disorders have shown conflicting results.2,3 In this study, we aimed to analyze AI tools used for diagnosing and classifying skin disease and evaluate the role of dermatologists in the creation of AI technology. We also investigated the number of clinical images used in datasets to train AI programs and compared tools that were created with dermatologist input to those created without dermatologist/clinician involvement.

Methods

A search of PubMed articles indexed for MEDLINE using the terms machine learning, artificial intelligence, and dermatology was conducted on September 18, 2022. Articles were included if they described full-length trials; used machine learning for diagnosis of or screening for dermatologic conditions; and used dermoscopic or gross image datasets of the skin, hair, or nails. Articles were categorized into 4 groups based on the conditions covered: chronic wounds, inflammatory skin diseases, mixed conditions, and pigmented skin lesions. Algorithms were sorted into 4 categories: convolutional/convoluted neural network, deep learning model/deep neural network, AI/artificial neural network, and other. Details regarding Fitzpatrick skin type and skin of color (SoC) inclusion in the articles or AI algorithm datasets were recorded. Univariate and multivariate analyses were performed using Microsoft Excel and SAS Studio 3.8. Sensitivity and specificity were calculated for all included AI technology. Sensitivity, specificity, and the number of clinical images were compared among the included articles using analysis of variance and t tests (α=0.05; P<.05 indicated statistical significance).

Results

Our search yielded 1016 articles, 58 of which met the inclusion criteria. Overall, 25.9% (15/58) of the articles utilized AI to diagnose or classify mixed skin diseases; 22.4% (13/58) for pigmented skin lesions; 19.0% (11/58) for wounds; 17.2% (10/58) for inflammatory skin diseases; and 5.2% (3/58) each for acne, psoriasis, and onychomycosis. Overall, 24.0% (14/58) of articles provided information about Fitzpatrick skin type, and 58.7% (34/58) included clinical images depicting SoC. Furthermore, we found that only 20.7% (12/58) of articles on deep learning models included descriptions of patient ethnicity or race in at least 1 dataset, and only 10.3% (6/58) of studies included any information about skin tone in the dataset. Studies with a dermatologist as the last author (most likely to be supervising the project) were more likely to include clinical images depicting SoC than those without (82.6% [19/23] and 16.7% [3/18], respectively [P=.0411]).

The mean (SD) number of clinical images in the study articles was 28,422 (84,050). Thirty-seven (63.8%) of the study articles included gross images, 17 (29.3%) used dermoscopic images, and 4 (6.9%) used both. Twenty-seven (46.6%) articles used convolutional/convoluted neural networks, 15 (25.9%) used deep learning model/deep neural networks, 8 (13.8%) used other algorithms, 6 (10.3%) used AI/artificial neural network, and 2 (3.4%) used fuzzy algorithms. Most studies were conducted in China (29.3% [17/58]), Germany (12.1% [7/58]), India (10.3% [6/58]), multiple nations (10.3% [6/58]), and the United States (10.3% [6/58]). Overall, 82.8% (48/58) of articles included at least 1 dermatologist coauthor. Sensitivity of the AI models was 0.85, and specificity was 0.85. The average percentage of images in the dataset correctly identified by a physician was 76.87% vs 81.62% of images correctly identified by AI. Average agreement between AI and physician assessment was 77.98%, defined as AI and physician both having the same diagnosis. 

Articles authored by dermatologists contained more clinical images than those without dermatologists in key authorship roles (P<.0001)(eTable). Psoriasis-related algorithms had the fewest (mean [SD]: 3173 [4203]), and pigmented skin lesions had the most clinical images (mean [SD]: 53,19l [155,579]).

RagiCT116005184-eTable

Comment

Our results indicated that AI studies with dermatologist authors had significantly more images in their datasets (ie, the set of clinical images of skin lesions used to train AI algorithms in diagnosing or classifying lesions) than those with nondermatologist authors (P<.0001)(eTable). Similarly, in a study of AI technology for skin cancer diagnosis, AI studies with dermatologist authors (ie, included in the development of the AI algorithm) had more images than studies without dermatologist authors.1 Deep learning textbooks have suggested that 5000 clinical images or training input per output category are needed to produce acceptable algorithm performance, and more than 10 million are needed to produce results superior to human performance.4-10 Despite advances in AI for dermatologic image analysis, the creation of these models often has been directed by nondermatologists1; therefore, dermatologist involvement in AI development is necessary to facilitate collection of larger image datasets and optimal performance for image diagnosis/classification tasks.

We found that 20.7% of articles on deep learning models included descriptions of patient ethnicity or race, and only 10.3% of studies included any information about skin tone in the dataset. Furthermore, American investigators primarily trained models using clinical images of patients with lighter skin tones, whereas Chinese investigators exclusively included images depicting darker skin tones. Similarly, in a study of 52 cutaneous imaging deep learning articles, only 17.3% (9/52) reported race and/or Fitzpatrick skin type, and only 7.7% (4/52) of articles included both.2,6,8 Therefore, dermatologists are needed to contribute images representing diverse populations and collaborate in AI research studies, as their involvement is necessary to ensure the accuracy of AI models in classifying lesions or diagnosing skin lesions across all skin types.

Our search was limited to PubMed, and real-world applications could not be evaluated.

Conclusion

In summary, we found that AI studies with dermatologist authors used larger numbers of clinical images in their datasets and more images representing diverse skin types than studies without. Therefore, we advocate for greater involvement of dermatologists in AI research, which might result in better patient outcomes by improving diagnostic accuracy.

References
  1. Zakhem GA, Fakhoury JW, Motosko CC, et al. Characterizing the role of dermatologists in developing artificial intelligence for assessment of skin cancer. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;85:1544-1556.
  2. Daneshjou R, Vodrahalli K, Novoa RA, et al. Disparities in dermatology AI performance on a diverse, curated clinical image set. Sci Adv. 2022;8:eabq6147.
  3. Wu E, Wu K, Daneshjou R, et al. How medical AI devices are evaluated: limitations and recommendations from an analysis of FDA approvals. Nat Med. 2021;27:582-584.
  4. Murphree DH, Puri P, Shamim H, et al. Deep learning for dermatologists: part I. Fundamental concepts. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2022;87:1343-1351.
  5. Goodfellow I, Bengio Y, Courville A. Deep Learning. The MIT Press; 2016.
  6. Kim YH, Kobic A, Vidal NY. Distribution of race and Fitzpatrick skin types in data sets for deep learning in dermatology: a systematic review. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2022;87:460-461.
  7. Liu Y, Jain A, Eng C, et al. A deep learning system for differential diagnosis of skin diseases. Nat Med. 2020;26:900-908.
  8. Zhu CY, Wang YK, Chen HP, et al. A deep learning based framework for diagnosing multiple skin diseases in a clinical environment. Front Med (Lausanne). 2021;8:626369.
  9. Capurro N, Pastore VP, Touijer L, et al. A deep learning approach to direct immunofluorescence pattern recognition in autoimmune bullous diseases. Br J Dermatol. 2024;191:261-266.
  10. Han SS, Park I, Eun Chang S, et al. Augmented intelligence dermatology: deep neural networks empower medical professionals in diagnosing skin cancer and predicting treatment options for 134 skin disorders. J Invest Dermatol. 2020;140:1753-1761.
References
  1. Zakhem GA, Fakhoury JW, Motosko CC, et al. Characterizing the role of dermatologists in developing artificial intelligence for assessment of skin cancer. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;85:1544-1556.
  2. Daneshjou R, Vodrahalli K, Novoa RA, et al. Disparities in dermatology AI performance on a diverse, curated clinical image set. Sci Adv. 2022;8:eabq6147.
  3. Wu E, Wu K, Daneshjou R, et al. How medical AI devices are evaluated: limitations and recommendations from an analysis of FDA approvals. Nat Med. 2021;27:582-584.
  4. Murphree DH, Puri P, Shamim H, et al. Deep learning for dermatologists: part I. Fundamental concepts. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2022;87:1343-1351.
  5. Goodfellow I, Bengio Y, Courville A. Deep Learning. The MIT Press; 2016.
  6. Kim YH, Kobic A, Vidal NY. Distribution of race and Fitzpatrick skin types in data sets for deep learning in dermatology: a systematic review. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2022;87:460-461.
  7. Liu Y, Jain A, Eng C, et al. A deep learning system for differential diagnosis of skin diseases. Nat Med. 2020;26:900-908.
  8. Zhu CY, Wang YK, Chen HP, et al. A deep learning based framework for diagnosing multiple skin diseases in a clinical environment. Front Med (Lausanne). 2021;8:626369.
  9. Capurro N, Pastore VP, Touijer L, et al. A deep learning approach to direct immunofluorescence pattern recognition in autoimmune bullous diseases. Br J Dermatol. 2024;191:261-266.
  10. Han SS, Park I, Eun Chang S, et al. Augmented intelligence dermatology: deep neural networks empower medical professionals in diagnosing skin cancer and predicting treatment options for 134 skin disorders. J Invest Dermatol. 2020;140:1753-1761.
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Page Number
184-185, E4
Page Number
184-185, E4
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline

The Role of Dermatologists in Developing AI Tools for Diagnosis and Classification of Skin Disease

Display Headline

The Role of Dermatologists in Developing AI Tools for Diagnosis and Classification of Skin Disease

Sections
Inside the Article

Practice Points

  • Artificial intelligence (AI) technology is emerging as a valuable tool in diagnosing and classifying dermatologic conditions.
  • Despite advances in AI for dermatologic image analysis, the creation of these models often has been directed by nondermatologists.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
survey writer start date

The Current State of Postgraduate Dermatology Training Programs for Advanced Practice Providers

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline

The Current State of Postgraduate Dermatology Training Programs for Advanced Practice Providers

Nurse practitioners (NPs) and physician assistants (PAs) often help provide dermatologic care but lack the same mandatory specialized postgraduate training required of board-certified dermatologists (BCDs), which includes at least 3 years of dermatology-focused education in an accredited residency program in addition to an intern year of general medicine, pediatrics, or surgery. Dermatology residency is followed by a certification examination administered by the American Board of Dermatology (ABD) or the American Osteopathic Board of Dermatology, leading to board certification. Some physicians choose to do a fellowship, which typically involves an additional 1 to 2 years of postresidency subspeciality training.

Optional postgraduate dermatology training programs for advanced practice providers (APPs) have been offered by some academic institutions and private practice groups since at least 2003, including Lahey Hospital and Medical Center (Burlington, Massachusetts) as well as the University of Rochester Medical Center (Rochester, New York). Despite a lack of accreditation or standardization, the programs can be beneficial for NPs and PAs to expand their dermatologic knowledge and skills and help bridge the care gap within the specialty. Didactics often are conducted in parallel with the educational activities of the parent institution’s traditional dermatology residency program (eg, lectures, grand rounds). While these programs often are managed by practicing dermatology NPs and PAs, dermatologists also may be involved in their education with didactic instruction, curriculum development, and clinical preceptorship. 

In this cross-sectional study, we identified and evaluated 10 postgraduate dermatology training programs for APPs across the United States. With the growing number of NPs and PAs in the dermatology workforce—both in academic and private practice—it is important for BCDs to be aware of the differences in the dermatology training received in order to ensure safe and effective care is provided through supervisory or collaborative roles (depending on state independent practice laws for APPs and to be aware of the implications these programs may have on the field of dermatology.

Methods

To identify postgraduate dermatology training programs for APPs in the United States, we conducted a cross-sectional study using data obtained via a Google search of various combinations of the following terms: nurse practitioner, NP, physician assistant, PA, advance practice provider, APP, dermatology, postgraduate training, residency, and fellowship. We excluded postgraduate dermatology training programs for APPs that required tuition and did not provide a stipend, as well as programs that lacked the formal structure and credibility needed to qualify as legitimate postgraduate training. Many of the excluded programs operate in a manner that raises ethical concerns, offering pay-to-play opportunities under the guise of education. Information collected on each program included the program name, location, parent institution, program length, class size, curriculum, and any associated salary and benefits.

Results

Ten academic and private practice organizations across the United States that offer postgraduate dermatologic training programs for APPs were identified (eTable). Four (40%) programs were advertised as fellowships. Six (60%) of the programs were offered at academic medical centers, and 4 (40%) were offered by private practices. Most programs were located east of the Mississippi River, and many institutions offered instruction at 1 or more locations within the same state (eFigure). The Advanced Dermatology and Cosmetic Surgery private practice group offered training opportunities in multiple states.

MehrmalCT116005180-eTable_part1MehrmalCT116005180-eTable_part2
Mehrmal-efig
eFIGURE. Geographic distribution of postgraduate dermatology training programs for midlevel providers. Red dots indicate Advanced Dermatology and Cosmetic Surgery locations.

Six programs required APPs to become board-certified NPs or PAs prior to enrolling. Most programs enrolled both NPs and PAs, while some only enrolled NPs (eTable). Only 1 (10%) program required NPs to be board certified as a family NP, while another (10%) recommended that applicants have experience in urgent care, emergency medicine, or trauma medicine. Lahey Hospital & Medical Center required experience as an NP in a general setting for 1 to 2 years prior to applying. No program required prior experience in the field of dermatology.

Program length varied from 6 to 24 months, and cohort size typically was limited to 1 to 2 providers (eTable). Although the exact numbers could not be ascertained, most curricula focused on medical dermatology, including clinical and didactic components, but many offered electives such as cosmetic and procedural dermatology. Two institutions (20%) required independent research. Work typically was limited to 40 hours per week, and most paid a full-time employee salary and provided benefits such as health insurance, retirement, and paid leave (eTable). Kansas Medical Clinic (Topeka, Kansas) required at least 3 years of employment in an underserved community following program completion. The Oasis Dermatology private practice group in Texas required a 1-year teaching commitment after program completion. The Advanced Dermatology and Cosmetic Surgery group offered a full-time position upon program completion.

Comment

There is a large difference in the total number of training and credentialing hours when comparing graduate school training and postgraduate credentialing of medical and osteopathic physicians compared with APPs. A new graduate physician has at least twice as many clinical hours as a PA and 10 times as many clinical hours as an NP prior to starting residency. Physicians also typically complete at least 6 times the number of hours of certification examinations compared to NPs and PAs.1

Nurse practitioner students typically complete the 500 hours of prelicensure clinical training required for NP school in 2 to 4 years.2,3 The amount of time required for completion is dependent on the degree and experience of the student upon program entry (eg, bachelor of science in nursing vs master of science in nursing as a terminal degree). Physician assistant students are required to complete 2000 prelicensure clinical hours, and most PA programs are 3 years in duration.4 Many NP and PA programs require some degree of clinical experience prior to beginning graduate education.5

When comparing prelicensure examinations, questions assessing dermatologic knowledge comprise approximately 6% to 10% of the total questions on the United States Medical Licensing Examination Steps 1 and 2.6 The Comprehensive Osteopathic Medical Licensing Examination of the United States Level 1 and Level 2-Cognitive Evaluation both have at least 5% of questions dedicated to dermatology.7 Approximately 5% of the questions on the Physician Assistant National Certifying Examination are dedicated to dermatology.8 The dermatology content on either of the NP certification examinations is unclear.2,3 In the states of California, Indiana, and New York, national certification through the American Association of Nurse Practitioners or American Nurses Credentialing Center is not required for NPs to practice in their respective states.9

Regarding dermatologic board certification, a new graduate NP may obtain certification from the Dermatology Nurse Practitioner Certification Board with 3000 hours of general dermatology practice that may occur during normal working hours.10 These hours do not have to occur in one of the previously identified postgraduate APP training programs. The National Board of Dermatology Physician Assistants was founded in 2018 and has since dissolved. The National Board of Dermatology Physician Assistants was not accredited and required at least 3 years of training in dermatology with the same dermatologist in addition to completing a 125-question multiple-choice examination.11 Of note, this examination was opposed by both the ABD and the Society for Dermatology Physician Associates.12 A PA also may become a Diplomate Fellow with the Society of Dermatology Physician Associates after completion of 64.5 hours of online continuing education modules.4 Some PAs may choose to obtain a Certificate of Added Qualifications, which is a voluntary credential that helps document specialty experience and expertise in dermatology or other specialties.

In contrast, a dermatology resident physician requires nearly 11,000 to 13,000 hours of clinical training hours, which last 3 to 4 years following medical school.13 This training involves direct patient care under supervision in various settings, including hospitals, outpatient clinics, and surgical procedures. In addition to this clinical experience, dermatology residents must pass a 3-step certification examination process administered by the ABD.13 This process includes approximately 20 hours of examinations designed to assess both knowledge and practical skills. For those who wish to further specialize, additional fellowship training in areas such as pediatric dermatology, dermatopathology, or Mohs surgery may follow residency; such fellowships involve an extra 2500 to 3500 hours of training and culminate in another certification examination, further refining a resident’s expertise in a specific dermatologic field. Osteopathic physicians may opt out of the ABD 3-step pathway and obtain board certification through the American Osteopathic Board of Dermatology.14

Many of the programs we evaluated integrate APP trainees into resident education, allowing participation in equivalent didactic curricula, clinical rotations, and departmental academic activities. The salary and benefits associated with these programs are somewhat like those of resident physicians.15,16 While most tuition-based programs were excluded from our study due to their lack of credibility and alignment with our study criteria, we identified 2 specific programs that stood out as credible despite requiring students to pay tuition. These programs demonstrated a structured and rigorous curriculum with a clear focus on comprehensive dermatologic training, meeting our standards for inclusion. These programs offer dermatologic training for graduates of NP and PA programs at a cost to the student.15,16 The program at the Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, is largely online,15 and the program at the University of Miami, Florida, offers no direct clinical contact.16 These programs illustrate the variety of postgraduate dermatology curricula available nationally in comparison to resident salaries; however, they were not included in our formal analysis because they do not provide structured, in-person clinical training consistent with our inclusion criteria. Neither of these programs would enable participants to qualify for credentialing with the Dermatology Nurse Practitioner Certification Board after completion. While this study identified postgraduate training programs for APPs in dermatology advertised online, it is possible some were omitted or not advertised online.

While many of the postgraduate programs we evaluated provide unique educational opportunities for APPs, it is unknown if graduating providers are equipped to handle the care of patients with complex dermatologic needs. Regardless, the increased utilization of APPs by BCDs has been well documented over the past 2 decades.17-20 It has been suggested that a higher ratio of APPs to dermatologists can decrease the time it takes for a patient to be seen in a clinic.21-23 However, investigators have expressed concerns that APPs lack standardized surgical training and clinical hour requirements in the field of dermatology.24 Despite these concerns, Medicare claims data show that APPs are performing advanced surgical and cosmetic procedures at increasing rates.17,18 Other authors have questioned the cost-effectiveness of APPs, as multiple studies have shown that the number of biopsies needed to diagnose 1 case of skin cancer is higher for midlevel providers than for dermatologists.25-27

Conclusion

With the anticipated expansion of private equity in dermatology and the growth of our Medicare-eligible population, we are likely to see increased utilization of APPs to address the shortage of BCDs.28,29 Understanding the prelicensure and postlicensure clinical training requirements, examination hours, and extent of dermatology-focused education among APPs and BCDs can help dermatologists collaborate more effectively and ensure safe, high-quality patient care. Standardizing, improving, and providing high-quality education and promoting lifelong learning in the field of dermatology should be celebrated, and dermatologists are the skin experts best equipped to lead dermatologic education forward.

References
  1. Robeznieks A. Training gaps between physicians, nonphysicians are significant. American Medical Association. February 17, 2025. Accessed October 23, 2025. https://www.ama-assn.org/practice-management/scope-practice/training-gaps-between-physicians-nonphysicians-are-significant
  2. American Nurses Credentialing Center. Test content outline. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.nursingworld.org/globalassets/08282024-exam-24-npd-tco-website.pdf
  3. American Academy of Nurse Practitioners National Certification Board. AANPCB Family Nurse Practitioner Adult-Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner Psychiatric Mental Health Pratitioner: FNP, AGNP & PMHNP Certification Certification Handbook. American Academy of Nurse Practitioners Certification Board; 2023. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.aanpcert.org/resource/documents/AGNP%20FNP%20Candidate%20Handbook.pdf
  4. Society of Dermatology Physician Associates. SDPA Diplomate Fellowship. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://learning.dermpa.orgdiplomate-fellowship
  5. American Academy of Physician Associates. Become a PA. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.aapa.org/career-central/become-a-pa/
  6. United States Medical Licensing Examination. Prepare for your exam. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.usmle.org/prepare-your-exam
  7. National Board of Osteopathic Medical Examiners. Patient presentations related to the integumentary system. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.nbome.org/assessments/comlex-usa/comlex-usa-blueprint/d2-clinical-presentations/integumentary-system
  8. National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants. PANCE content blueprint. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://prodcmsstoragesa.blob.core.windows.net/uploads/files/PANCEBlueprint.pdf
  9. American Association of Nurse Practitioners. Practice information by state. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.aanp.org/practice/practice-information-by-state
  10. Dermatology Nurse Practitioner Certification Board. Eligibility. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.dnpcb.org/eligibility.php
  11. National Board of Dermatology Physician Assistants. Certification. Accessed September 3, 2022.
  12. Society of Dermatology Physician Associates. SDPA statement regarding the ABDPA Board Certification Exam for derm PAs. October 8, 2019. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.dermpa.org/news/articles/2019-10/sdpa-statement-regarding-abdpa-board-certification-exam-derm-pas
  13. American Board of Dermatology. Residents and fellows. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.abderm.org/residents-and-fellows
  14. American Osteopathic Board of Dermatology. Primary certificaiton exam. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://certification.osteopathic.org/dermatology/certification-process/dermatology/written-exams/
  15. Florida Atlantic University. Christine E. Lynn College of Nursing. Dermatology nurse practitioner certificate program. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.fau.edu/nursing/academics/certificates/dermatology-program/
  16. Dr. Phillip Frost Department of Dermatology and Cutaneous Surgery. Advanced Practitioner Program.
  17. Coldiron B, Ratnarathorn M. Scope of physician procedures independently billed by mid-level providers in the office setting. JAMA Dermatol. 2014;150:1153-1159.
  18. Zhang M, Zippin J, Kaffenberger B. Trends and scope of dermatology procedures billed by advanced practice professionals from 2012 through 2015. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:1040-1044.
  19. Resneck J Jr, Kimball AB. The dermatology workforce shortage. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;50:50-54.
  20. Kimball AB, Resneck JS Jr. The US dermatology workforce: a specialty remains in shortage. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2008;59:741-745.
  21. Creadore A, Desai S, Li SJ, et al. Insurance acceptance, appointment wait time, and dermatologist access across practice types in the US. JAMA Dermatol. 2021;157:181-188.
  22. Braun RT, Bond AM, Qian Y, et al. Private equity in dermatology: effect on price, utilization, and spending. Health Aff (Millwood). 2021;40:727-735.
  23. Skaljic M, Lipoff JB. Association of private equity ownership with increased employment of advanced practice professionals in outpatient dermatology offices. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:1178-1180.
  24. Jalian HR, Avram MM. Mid-level practitioners in dermatology: a need for further study and oversight. JAMA Dermatol. 2014;150:1149-1151.
  25. Sarzynski E, Barry H. Current evidence and controversies: advanced practice providers in healthcare. Am J Manag Care. 2019;25:366-368. 
  26. Nault A, Zhang C, Kim K, et al. Biopsy use in skin cancer diagnosis: comparing dermatology physicians and advanced practice professionals. JAMA Dermatol. 2015;151:899-902.
  27. Anderson AM, Matsumoto M, Saul MI, et al. Accuracy of skin cancer diagnosis by physician assistants compared with dermatologists in a large health care system. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:569-573.
  28. Sung C, Salem S, Oulee A, et al. A systematic review: landscape of private equity in dermatology from past to present. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023 Apr 1;22:404-409. doi: 10.36849/JDD.6892.
  29. CMS releases National Healthcare Expenditure and enrollment projections through 2031. Health Management Associates. July 13, 2023. Accessed October 23, 2025. https://www.healthmanagement.com/blog/cms-releases-national-healthcare-expenditure-and-enrollment-projections-through-2031/
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Mehrmal is from Epiphany Dermatology, Saint Louis, Missouri. Dr. Mazumder is from the Department of Dermatology, Saint Francis Hospital, Chicago, Illinois. Dr. Poole is from the Division of Dermatology, WashU Medicine, Saint Louis, Missouri. Dr. Heinecke is from the Department of Dermatology, Saint Louis University School of Medicine, Missouri. Nehaa Sohail is from the Paul L. Foster School of Medicine, Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center, El Paso.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Sino Mehrmal, DO, 8888 Ladue Rd, Ste 120, St. Louis, MO 63124 (smehrmal@gmail.com).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):180-183, E6-E8. doi:10.12788/cutis.1298

Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
180-183, E6-E8
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Mehrmal is from Epiphany Dermatology, Saint Louis, Missouri. Dr. Mazumder is from the Department of Dermatology, Saint Francis Hospital, Chicago, Illinois. Dr. Poole is from the Division of Dermatology, WashU Medicine, Saint Louis, Missouri. Dr. Heinecke is from the Department of Dermatology, Saint Louis University School of Medicine, Missouri. Nehaa Sohail is from the Paul L. Foster School of Medicine, Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center, El Paso.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Sino Mehrmal, DO, 8888 Ladue Rd, Ste 120, St. Louis, MO 63124 (smehrmal@gmail.com).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):180-183, E6-E8. doi:10.12788/cutis.1298

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Mehrmal is from Epiphany Dermatology, Saint Louis, Missouri. Dr. Mazumder is from the Department of Dermatology, Saint Francis Hospital, Chicago, Illinois. Dr. Poole is from the Division of Dermatology, WashU Medicine, Saint Louis, Missouri. Dr. Heinecke is from the Department of Dermatology, Saint Louis University School of Medicine, Missouri. Nehaa Sohail is from the Paul L. Foster School of Medicine, Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center, El Paso.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Sino Mehrmal, DO, 8888 Ladue Rd, Ste 120, St. Louis, MO 63124 (smehrmal@gmail.com).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):180-183, E6-E8. doi:10.12788/cutis.1298

Article PDF
Article PDF

Nurse practitioners (NPs) and physician assistants (PAs) often help provide dermatologic care but lack the same mandatory specialized postgraduate training required of board-certified dermatologists (BCDs), which includes at least 3 years of dermatology-focused education in an accredited residency program in addition to an intern year of general medicine, pediatrics, or surgery. Dermatology residency is followed by a certification examination administered by the American Board of Dermatology (ABD) or the American Osteopathic Board of Dermatology, leading to board certification. Some physicians choose to do a fellowship, which typically involves an additional 1 to 2 years of postresidency subspeciality training.

Optional postgraduate dermatology training programs for advanced practice providers (APPs) have been offered by some academic institutions and private practice groups since at least 2003, including Lahey Hospital and Medical Center (Burlington, Massachusetts) as well as the University of Rochester Medical Center (Rochester, New York). Despite a lack of accreditation or standardization, the programs can be beneficial for NPs and PAs to expand their dermatologic knowledge and skills and help bridge the care gap within the specialty. Didactics often are conducted in parallel with the educational activities of the parent institution’s traditional dermatology residency program (eg, lectures, grand rounds). While these programs often are managed by practicing dermatology NPs and PAs, dermatologists also may be involved in their education with didactic instruction, curriculum development, and clinical preceptorship. 

In this cross-sectional study, we identified and evaluated 10 postgraduate dermatology training programs for APPs across the United States. With the growing number of NPs and PAs in the dermatology workforce—both in academic and private practice—it is important for BCDs to be aware of the differences in the dermatology training received in order to ensure safe and effective care is provided through supervisory or collaborative roles (depending on state independent practice laws for APPs and to be aware of the implications these programs may have on the field of dermatology.

Methods

To identify postgraduate dermatology training programs for APPs in the United States, we conducted a cross-sectional study using data obtained via a Google search of various combinations of the following terms: nurse practitioner, NP, physician assistant, PA, advance practice provider, APP, dermatology, postgraduate training, residency, and fellowship. We excluded postgraduate dermatology training programs for APPs that required tuition and did not provide a stipend, as well as programs that lacked the formal structure and credibility needed to qualify as legitimate postgraduate training. Many of the excluded programs operate in a manner that raises ethical concerns, offering pay-to-play opportunities under the guise of education. Information collected on each program included the program name, location, parent institution, program length, class size, curriculum, and any associated salary and benefits.

Results

Ten academic and private practice organizations across the United States that offer postgraduate dermatologic training programs for APPs were identified (eTable). Four (40%) programs were advertised as fellowships. Six (60%) of the programs were offered at academic medical centers, and 4 (40%) were offered by private practices. Most programs were located east of the Mississippi River, and many institutions offered instruction at 1 or more locations within the same state (eFigure). The Advanced Dermatology and Cosmetic Surgery private practice group offered training opportunities in multiple states.

MehrmalCT116005180-eTable_part1MehrmalCT116005180-eTable_part2
Mehrmal-efig
eFIGURE. Geographic distribution of postgraduate dermatology training programs for midlevel providers. Red dots indicate Advanced Dermatology and Cosmetic Surgery locations.

Six programs required APPs to become board-certified NPs or PAs prior to enrolling. Most programs enrolled both NPs and PAs, while some only enrolled NPs (eTable). Only 1 (10%) program required NPs to be board certified as a family NP, while another (10%) recommended that applicants have experience in urgent care, emergency medicine, or trauma medicine. Lahey Hospital & Medical Center required experience as an NP in a general setting for 1 to 2 years prior to applying. No program required prior experience in the field of dermatology.

Program length varied from 6 to 24 months, and cohort size typically was limited to 1 to 2 providers (eTable). Although the exact numbers could not be ascertained, most curricula focused on medical dermatology, including clinical and didactic components, but many offered electives such as cosmetic and procedural dermatology. Two institutions (20%) required independent research. Work typically was limited to 40 hours per week, and most paid a full-time employee salary and provided benefits such as health insurance, retirement, and paid leave (eTable). Kansas Medical Clinic (Topeka, Kansas) required at least 3 years of employment in an underserved community following program completion. The Oasis Dermatology private practice group in Texas required a 1-year teaching commitment after program completion. The Advanced Dermatology and Cosmetic Surgery group offered a full-time position upon program completion.

Comment

There is a large difference in the total number of training and credentialing hours when comparing graduate school training and postgraduate credentialing of medical and osteopathic physicians compared with APPs. A new graduate physician has at least twice as many clinical hours as a PA and 10 times as many clinical hours as an NP prior to starting residency. Physicians also typically complete at least 6 times the number of hours of certification examinations compared to NPs and PAs.1

Nurse practitioner students typically complete the 500 hours of prelicensure clinical training required for NP school in 2 to 4 years.2,3 The amount of time required for completion is dependent on the degree and experience of the student upon program entry (eg, bachelor of science in nursing vs master of science in nursing as a terminal degree). Physician assistant students are required to complete 2000 prelicensure clinical hours, and most PA programs are 3 years in duration.4 Many NP and PA programs require some degree of clinical experience prior to beginning graduate education.5

When comparing prelicensure examinations, questions assessing dermatologic knowledge comprise approximately 6% to 10% of the total questions on the United States Medical Licensing Examination Steps 1 and 2.6 The Comprehensive Osteopathic Medical Licensing Examination of the United States Level 1 and Level 2-Cognitive Evaluation both have at least 5% of questions dedicated to dermatology.7 Approximately 5% of the questions on the Physician Assistant National Certifying Examination are dedicated to dermatology.8 The dermatology content on either of the NP certification examinations is unclear.2,3 In the states of California, Indiana, and New York, national certification through the American Association of Nurse Practitioners or American Nurses Credentialing Center is not required for NPs to practice in their respective states.9

Regarding dermatologic board certification, a new graduate NP may obtain certification from the Dermatology Nurse Practitioner Certification Board with 3000 hours of general dermatology practice that may occur during normal working hours.10 These hours do not have to occur in one of the previously identified postgraduate APP training programs. The National Board of Dermatology Physician Assistants was founded in 2018 and has since dissolved. The National Board of Dermatology Physician Assistants was not accredited and required at least 3 years of training in dermatology with the same dermatologist in addition to completing a 125-question multiple-choice examination.11 Of note, this examination was opposed by both the ABD and the Society for Dermatology Physician Associates.12 A PA also may become a Diplomate Fellow with the Society of Dermatology Physician Associates after completion of 64.5 hours of online continuing education modules.4 Some PAs may choose to obtain a Certificate of Added Qualifications, which is a voluntary credential that helps document specialty experience and expertise in dermatology or other specialties.

In contrast, a dermatology resident physician requires nearly 11,000 to 13,000 hours of clinical training hours, which last 3 to 4 years following medical school.13 This training involves direct patient care under supervision in various settings, including hospitals, outpatient clinics, and surgical procedures. In addition to this clinical experience, dermatology residents must pass a 3-step certification examination process administered by the ABD.13 This process includes approximately 20 hours of examinations designed to assess both knowledge and practical skills. For those who wish to further specialize, additional fellowship training in areas such as pediatric dermatology, dermatopathology, or Mohs surgery may follow residency; such fellowships involve an extra 2500 to 3500 hours of training and culminate in another certification examination, further refining a resident’s expertise in a specific dermatologic field. Osteopathic physicians may opt out of the ABD 3-step pathway and obtain board certification through the American Osteopathic Board of Dermatology.14

Many of the programs we evaluated integrate APP trainees into resident education, allowing participation in equivalent didactic curricula, clinical rotations, and departmental academic activities. The salary and benefits associated with these programs are somewhat like those of resident physicians.15,16 While most tuition-based programs were excluded from our study due to their lack of credibility and alignment with our study criteria, we identified 2 specific programs that stood out as credible despite requiring students to pay tuition. These programs demonstrated a structured and rigorous curriculum with a clear focus on comprehensive dermatologic training, meeting our standards for inclusion. These programs offer dermatologic training for graduates of NP and PA programs at a cost to the student.15,16 The program at the Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, is largely online,15 and the program at the University of Miami, Florida, offers no direct clinical contact.16 These programs illustrate the variety of postgraduate dermatology curricula available nationally in comparison to resident salaries; however, they were not included in our formal analysis because they do not provide structured, in-person clinical training consistent with our inclusion criteria. Neither of these programs would enable participants to qualify for credentialing with the Dermatology Nurse Practitioner Certification Board after completion. While this study identified postgraduate training programs for APPs in dermatology advertised online, it is possible some were omitted or not advertised online.

While many of the postgraduate programs we evaluated provide unique educational opportunities for APPs, it is unknown if graduating providers are equipped to handle the care of patients with complex dermatologic needs. Regardless, the increased utilization of APPs by BCDs has been well documented over the past 2 decades.17-20 It has been suggested that a higher ratio of APPs to dermatologists can decrease the time it takes for a patient to be seen in a clinic.21-23 However, investigators have expressed concerns that APPs lack standardized surgical training and clinical hour requirements in the field of dermatology.24 Despite these concerns, Medicare claims data show that APPs are performing advanced surgical and cosmetic procedures at increasing rates.17,18 Other authors have questioned the cost-effectiveness of APPs, as multiple studies have shown that the number of biopsies needed to diagnose 1 case of skin cancer is higher for midlevel providers than for dermatologists.25-27

Conclusion

With the anticipated expansion of private equity in dermatology and the growth of our Medicare-eligible population, we are likely to see increased utilization of APPs to address the shortage of BCDs.28,29 Understanding the prelicensure and postlicensure clinical training requirements, examination hours, and extent of dermatology-focused education among APPs and BCDs can help dermatologists collaborate more effectively and ensure safe, high-quality patient care. Standardizing, improving, and providing high-quality education and promoting lifelong learning in the field of dermatology should be celebrated, and dermatologists are the skin experts best equipped to lead dermatologic education forward.

Nurse practitioners (NPs) and physician assistants (PAs) often help provide dermatologic care but lack the same mandatory specialized postgraduate training required of board-certified dermatologists (BCDs), which includes at least 3 years of dermatology-focused education in an accredited residency program in addition to an intern year of general medicine, pediatrics, or surgery. Dermatology residency is followed by a certification examination administered by the American Board of Dermatology (ABD) or the American Osteopathic Board of Dermatology, leading to board certification. Some physicians choose to do a fellowship, which typically involves an additional 1 to 2 years of postresidency subspeciality training.

Optional postgraduate dermatology training programs for advanced practice providers (APPs) have been offered by some academic institutions and private practice groups since at least 2003, including Lahey Hospital and Medical Center (Burlington, Massachusetts) as well as the University of Rochester Medical Center (Rochester, New York). Despite a lack of accreditation or standardization, the programs can be beneficial for NPs and PAs to expand their dermatologic knowledge and skills and help bridge the care gap within the specialty. Didactics often are conducted in parallel with the educational activities of the parent institution’s traditional dermatology residency program (eg, lectures, grand rounds). While these programs often are managed by practicing dermatology NPs and PAs, dermatologists also may be involved in their education with didactic instruction, curriculum development, and clinical preceptorship. 

In this cross-sectional study, we identified and evaluated 10 postgraduate dermatology training programs for APPs across the United States. With the growing number of NPs and PAs in the dermatology workforce—both in academic and private practice—it is important for BCDs to be aware of the differences in the dermatology training received in order to ensure safe and effective care is provided through supervisory or collaborative roles (depending on state independent practice laws for APPs and to be aware of the implications these programs may have on the field of dermatology.

Methods

To identify postgraduate dermatology training programs for APPs in the United States, we conducted a cross-sectional study using data obtained via a Google search of various combinations of the following terms: nurse practitioner, NP, physician assistant, PA, advance practice provider, APP, dermatology, postgraduate training, residency, and fellowship. We excluded postgraduate dermatology training programs for APPs that required tuition and did not provide a stipend, as well as programs that lacked the formal structure and credibility needed to qualify as legitimate postgraduate training. Many of the excluded programs operate in a manner that raises ethical concerns, offering pay-to-play opportunities under the guise of education. Information collected on each program included the program name, location, parent institution, program length, class size, curriculum, and any associated salary and benefits.

Results

Ten academic and private practice organizations across the United States that offer postgraduate dermatologic training programs for APPs were identified (eTable). Four (40%) programs were advertised as fellowships. Six (60%) of the programs were offered at academic medical centers, and 4 (40%) were offered by private practices. Most programs were located east of the Mississippi River, and many institutions offered instruction at 1 or more locations within the same state (eFigure). The Advanced Dermatology and Cosmetic Surgery private practice group offered training opportunities in multiple states.

MehrmalCT116005180-eTable_part1MehrmalCT116005180-eTable_part2
Mehrmal-efig
eFIGURE. Geographic distribution of postgraduate dermatology training programs for midlevel providers. Red dots indicate Advanced Dermatology and Cosmetic Surgery locations.

Six programs required APPs to become board-certified NPs or PAs prior to enrolling. Most programs enrolled both NPs and PAs, while some only enrolled NPs (eTable). Only 1 (10%) program required NPs to be board certified as a family NP, while another (10%) recommended that applicants have experience in urgent care, emergency medicine, or trauma medicine. Lahey Hospital & Medical Center required experience as an NP in a general setting for 1 to 2 years prior to applying. No program required prior experience in the field of dermatology.

Program length varied from 6 to 24 months, and cohort size typically was limited to 1 to 2 providers (eTable). Although the exact numbers could not be ascertained, most curricula focused on medical dermatology, including clinical and didactic components, but many offered electives such as cosmetic and procedural dermatology. Two institutions (20%) required independent research. Work typically was limited to 40 hours per week, and most paid a full-time employee salary and provided benefits such as health insurance, retirement, and paid leave (eTable). Kansas Medical Clinic (Topeka, Kansas) required at least 3 years of employment in an underserved community following program completion. The Oasis Dermatology private practice group in Texas required a 1-year teaching commitment after program completion. The Advanced Dermatology and Cosmetic Surgery group offered a full-time position upon program completion.

Comment

There is a large difference in the total number of training and credentialing hours when comparing graduate school training and postgraduate credentialing of medical and osteopathic physicians compared with APPs. A new graduate physician has at least twice as many clinical hours as a PA and 10 times as many clinical hours as an NP prior to starting residency. Physicians also typically complete at least 6 times the number of hours of certification examinations compared to NPs and PAs.1

Nurse practitioner students typically complete the 500 hours of prelicensure clinical training required for NP school in 2 to 4 years.2,3 The amount of time required for completion is dependent on the degree and experience of the student upon program entry (eg, bachelor of science in nursing vs master of science in nursing as a terminal degree). Physician assistant students are required to complete 2000 prelicensure clinical hours, and most PA programs are 3 years in duration.4 Many NP and PA programs require some degree of clinical experience prior to beginning graduate education.5

When comparing prelicensure examinations, questions assessing dermatologic knowledge comprise approximately 6% to 10% of the total questions on the United States Medical Licensing Examination Steps 1 and 2.6 The Comprehensive Osteopathic Medical Licensing Examination of the United States Level 1 and Level 2-Cognitive Evaluation both have at least 5% of questions dedicated to dermatology.7 Approximately 5% of the questions on the Physician Assistant National Certifying Examination are dedicated to dermatology.8 The dermatology content on either of the NP certification examinations is unclear.2,3 In the states of California, Indiana, and New York, national certification through the American Association of Nurse Practitioners or American Nurses Credentialing Center is not required for NPs to practice in their respective states.9

Regarding dermatologic board certification, a new graduate NP may obtain certification from the Dermatology Nurse Practitioner Certification Board with 3000 hours of general dermatology practice that may occur during normal working hours.10 These hours do not have to occur in one of the previously identified postgraduate APP training programs. The National Board of Dermatology Physician Assistants was founded in 2018 and has since dissolved. The National Board of Dermatology Physician Assistants was not accredited and required at least 3 years of training in dermatology with the same dermatologist in addition to completing a 125-question multiple-choice examination.11 Of note, this examination was opposed by both the ABD and the Society for Dermatology Physician Associates.12 A PA also may become a Diplomate Fellow with the Society of Dermatology Physician Associates after completion of 64.5 hours of online continuing education modules.4 Some PAs may choose to obtain a Certificate of Added Qualifications, which is a voluntary credential that helps document specialty experience and expertise in dermatology or other specialties.

In contrast, a dermatology resident physician requires nearly 11,000 to 13,000 hours of clinical training hours, which last 3 to 4 years following medical school.13 This training involves direct patient care under supervision in various settings, including hospitals, outpatient clinics, and surgical procedures. In addition to this clinical experience, dermatology residents must pass a 3-step certification examination process administered by the ABD.13 This process includes approximately 20 hours of examinations designed to assess both knowledge and practical skills. For those who wish to further specialize, additional fellowship training in areas such as pediatric dermatology, dermatopathology, or Mohs surgery may follow residency; such fellowships involve an extra 2500 to 3500 hours of training and culminate in another certification examination, further refining a resident’s expertise in a specific dermatologic field. Osteopathic physicians may opt out of the ABD 3-step pathway and obtain board certification through the American Osteopathic Board of Dermatology.14

Many of the programs we evaluated integrate APP trainees into resident education, allowing participation in equivalent didactic curricula, clinical rotations, and departmental academic activities. The salary and benefits associated with these programs are somewhat like those of resident physicians.15,16 While most tuition-based programs were excluded from our study due to their lack of credibility and alignment with our study criteria, we identified 2 specific programs that stood out as credible despite requiring students to pay tuition. These programs demonstrated a structured and rigorous curriculum with a clear focus on comprehensive dermatologic training, meeting our standards for inclusion. These programs offer dermatologic training for graduates of NP and PA programs at a cost to the student.15,16 The program at the Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, is largely online,15 and the program at the University of Miami, Florida, offers no direct clinical contact.16 These programs illustrate the variety of postgraduate dermatology curricula available nationally in comparison to resident salaries; however, they were not included in our formal analysis because they do not provide structured, in-person clinical training consistent with our inclusion criteria. Neither of these programs would enable participants to qualify for credentialing with the Dermatology Nurse Practitioner Certification Board after completion. While this study identified postgraduate training programs for APPs in dermatology advertised online, it is possible some were omitted or not advertised online.

While many of the postgraduate programs we evaluated provide unique educational opportunities for APPs, it is unknown if graduating providers are equipped to handle the care of patients with complex dermatologic needs. Regardless, the increased utilization of APPs by BCDs has been well documented over the past 2 decades.17-20 It has been suggested that a higher ratio of APPs to dermatologists can decrease the time it takes for a patient to be seen in a clinic.21-23 However, investigators have expressed concerns that APPs lack standardized surgical training and clinical hour requirements in the field of dermatology.24 Despite these concerns, Medicare claims data show that APPs are performing advanced surgical and cosmetic procedures at increasing rates.17,18 Other authors have questioned the cost-effectiveness of APPs, as multiple studies have shown that the number of biopsies needed to diagnose 1 case of skin cancer is higher for midlevel providers than for dermatologists.25-27

Conclusion

With the anticipated expansion of private equity in dermatology and the growth of our Medicare-eligible population, we are likely to see increased utilization of APPs to address the shortage of BCDs.28,29 Understanding the prelicensure and postlicensure clinical training requirements, examination hours, and extent of dermatology-focused education among APPs and BCDs can help dermatologists collaborate more effectively and ensure safe, high-quality patient care. Standardizing, improving, and providing high-quality education and promoting lifelong learning in the field of dermatology should be celebrated, and dermatologists are the skin experts best equipped to lead dermatologic education forward.

References
  1. Robeznieks A. Training gaps between physicians, nonphysicians are significant. American Medical Association. February 17, 2025. Accessed October 23, 2025. https://www.ama-assn.org/practice-management/scope-practice/training-gaps-between-physicians-nonphysicians-are-significant
  2. American Nurses Credentialing Center. Test content outline. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.nursingworld.org/globalassets/08282024-exam-24-npd-tco-website.pdf
  3. American Academy of Nurse Practitioners National Certification Board. AANPCB Family Nurse Practitioner Adult-Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner Psychiatric Mental Health Pratitioner: FNP, AGNP & PMHNP Certification Certification Handbook. American Academy of Nurse Practitioners Certification Board; 2023. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.aanpcert.org/resource/documents/AGNP%20FNP%20Candidate%20Handbook.pdf
  4. Society of Dermatology Physician Associates. SDPA Diplomate Fellowship. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://learning.dermpa.orgdiplomate-fellowship
  5. American Academy of Physician Associates. Become a PA. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.aapa.org/career-central/become-a-pa/
  6. United States Medical Licensing Examination. Prepare for your exam. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.usmle.org/prepare-your-exam
  7. National Board of Osteopathic Medical Examiners. Patient presentations related to the integumentary system. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.nbome.org/assessments/comlex-usa/comlex-usa-blueprint/d2-clinical-presentations/integumentary-system
  8. National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants. PANCE content blueprint. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://prodcmsstoragesa.blob.core.windows.net/uploads/files/PANCEBlueprint.pdf
  9. American Association of Nurse Practitioners. Practice information by state. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.aanp.org/practice/practice-information-by-state
  10. Dermatology Nurse Practitioner Certification Board. Eligibility. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.dnpcb.org/eligibility.php
  11. National Board of Dermatology Physician Assistants. Certification. Accessed September 3, 2022.
  12. Society of Dermatology Physician Associates. SDPA statement regarding the ABDPA Board Certification Exam for derm PAs. October 8, 2019. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.dermpa.org/news/articles/2019-10/sdpa-statement-regarding-abdpa-board-certification-exam-derm-pas
  13. American Board of Dermatology. Residents and fellows. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.abderm.org/residents-and-fellows
  14. American Osteopathic Board of Dermatology. Primary certificaiton exam. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://certification.osteopathic.org/dermatology/certification-process/dermatology/written-exams/
  15. Florida Atlantic University. Christine E. Lynn College of Nursing. Dermatology nurse practitioner certificate program. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.fau.edu/nursing/academics/certificates/dermatology-program/
  16. Dr. Phillip Frost Department of Dermatology and Cutaneous Surgery. Advanced Practitioner Program.
  17. Coldiron B, Ratnarathorn M. Scope of physician procedures independently billed by mid-level providers in the office setting. JAMA Dermatol. 2014;150:1153-1159.
  18. Zhang M, Zippin J, Kaffenberger B. Trends and scope of dermatology procedures billed by advanced practice professionals from 2012 through 2015. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:1040-1044.
  19. Resneck J Jr, Kimball AB. The dermatology workforce shortage. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;50:50-54.
  20. Kimball AB, Resneck JS Jr. The US dermatology workforce: a specialty remains in shortage. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2008;59:741-745.
  21. Creadore A, Desai S, Li SJ, et al. Insurance acceptance, appointment wait time, and dermatologist access across practice types in the US. JAMA Dermatol. 2021;157:181-188.
  22. Braun RT, Bond AM, Qian Y, et al. Private equity in dermatology: effect on price, utilization, and spending. Health Aff (Millwood). 2021;40:727-735.
  23. Skaljic M, Lipoff JB. Association of private equity ownership with increased employment of advanced practice professionals in outpatient dermatology offices. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:1178-1180.
  24. Jalian HR, Avram MM. Mid-level practitioners in dermatology: a need for further study and oversight. JAMA Dermatol. 2014;150:1149-1151.
  25. Sarzynski E, Barry H. Current evidence and controversies: advanced practice providers in healthcare. Am J Manag Care. 2019;25:366-368. 
  26. Nault A, Zhang C, Kim K, et al. Biopsy use in skin cancer diagnosis: comparing dermatology physicians and advanced practice professionals. JAMA Dermatol. 2015;151:899-902.
  27. Anderson AM, Matsumoto M, Saul MI, et al. Accuracy of skin cancer diagnosis by physician assistants compared with dermatologists in a large health care system. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:569-573.
  28. Sung C, Salem S, Oulee A, et al. A systematic review: landscape of private equity in dermatology from past to present. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023 Apr 1;22:404-409. doi: 10.36849/JDD.6892.
  29. CMS releases National Healthcare Expenditure and enrollment projections through 2031. Health Management Associates. July 13, 2023. Accessed October 23, 2025. https://www.healthmanagement.com/blog/cms-releases-national-healthcare-expenditure-and-enrollment-projections-through-2031/
References
  1. Robeznieks A. Training gaps between physicians, nonphysicians are significant. American Medical Association. February 17, 2025. Accessed October 23, 2025. https://www.ama-assn.org/practice-management/scope-practice/training-gaps-between-physicians-nonphysicians-are-significant
  2. American Nurses Credentialing Center. Test content outline. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.nursingworld.org/globalassets/08282024-exam-24-npd-tco-website.pdf
  3. American Academy of Nurse Practitioners National Certification Board. AANPCB Family Nurse Practitioner Adult-Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner Psychiatric Mental Health Pratitioner: FNP, AGNP & PMHNP Certification Certification Handbook. American Academy of Nurse Practitioners Certification Board; 2023. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.aanpcert.org/resource/documents/AGNP%20FNP%20Candidate%20Handbook.pdf
  4. Society of Dermatology Physician Associates. SDPA Diplomate Fellowship. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://learning.dermpa.orgdiplomate-fellowship
  5. American Academy of Physician Associates. Become a PA. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.aapa.org/career-central/become-a-pa/
  6. United States Medical Licensing Examination. Prepare for your exam. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.usmle.org/prepare-your-exam
  7. National Board of Osteopathic Medical Examiners. Patient presentations related to the integumentary system. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.nbome.org/assessments/comlex-usa/comlex-usa-blueprint/d2-clinical-presentations/integumentary-system
  8. National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants. PANCE content blueprint. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://prodcmsstoragesa.blob.core.windows.net/uploads/files/PANCEBlueprint.pdf
  9. American Association of Nurse Practitioners. Practice information by state. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.aanp.org/practice/practice-information-by-state
  10. Dermatology Nurse Practitioner Certification Board. Eligibility. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.dnpcb.org/eligibility.php
  11. National Board of Dermatology Physician Assistants. Certification. Accessed September 3, 2022.
  12. Society of Dermatology Physician Associates. SDPA statement regarding the ABDPA Board Certification Exam for derm PAs. October 8, 2019. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.dermpa.org/news/articles/2019-10/sdpa-statement-regarding-abdpa-board-certification-exam-derm-pas
  13. American Board of Dermatology. Residents and fellows. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.abderm.org/residents-and-fellows
  14. American Osteopathic Board of Dermatology. Primary certificaiton exam. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://certification.osteopathic.org/dermatology/certification-process/dermatology/written-exams/
  15. Florida Atlantic University. Christine E. Lynn College of Nursing. Dermatology nurse practitioner certificate program. Accessed October 6, 2025. https://www.fau.edu/nursing/academics/certificates/dermatology-program/
  16. Dr. Phillip Frost Department of Dermatology and Cutaneous Surgery. Advanced Practitioner Program.
  17. Coldiron B, Ratnarathorn M. Scope of physician procedures independently billed by mid-level providers in the office setting. JAMA Dermatol. 2014;150:1153-1159.
  18. Zhang M, Zippin J, Kaffenberger B. Trends and scope of dermatology procedures billed by advanced practice professionals from 2012 through 2015. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:1040-1044.
  19. Resneck J Jr, Kimball AB. The dermatology workforce shortage. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;50:50-54.
  20. Kimball AB, Resneck JS Jr. The US dermatology workforce: a specialty remains in shortage. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2008;59:741-745.
  21. Creadore A, Desai S, Li SJ, et al. Insurance acceptance, appointment wait time, and dermatologist access across practice types in the US. JAMA Dermatol. 2021;157:181-188.
  22. Braun RT, Bond AM, Qian Y, et al. Private equity in dermatology: effect on price, utilization, and spending. Health Aff (Millwood). 2021;40:727-735.
  23. Skaljic M, Lipoff JB. Association of private equity ownership with increased employment of advanced practice professionals in outpatient dermatology offices. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:1178-1180.
  24. Jalian HR, Avram MM. Mid-level practitioners in dermatology: a need for further study and oversight. JAMA Dermatol. 2014;150:1149-1151.
  25. Sarzynski E, Barry H. Current evidence and controversies: advanced practice providers in healthcare. Am J Manag Care. 2019;25:366-368. 
  26. Nault A, Zhang C, Kim K, et al. Biopsy use in skin cancer diagnosis: comparing dermatology physicians and advanced practice professionals. JAMA Dermatol. 2015;151:899-902.
  27. Anderson AM, Matsumoto M, Saul MI, et al. Accuracy of skin cancer diagnosis by physician assistants compared with dermatologists in a large health care system. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:569-573.
  28. Sung C, Salem S, Oulee A, et al. A systematic review: landscape of private equity in dermatology from past to present. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023 Apr 1;22:404-409. doi: 10.36849/JDD.6892.
  29. CMS releases National Healthcare Expenditure and enrollment projections through 2031. Health Management Associates. July 13, 2023. Accessed October 23, 2025. https://www.healthmanagement.com/blog/cms-releases-national-healthcare-expenditure-and-enrollment-projections-through-2031/
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Page Number
180-183, E6-E8
Page Number
180-183, E6-E8
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline

The Current State of Postgraduate Dermatology Training Programs for Advanced Practice Providers

Display Headline

The Current State of Postgraduate Dermatology Training Programs for Advanced Practice Providers

Sections
Inside the Article

Practice Points

  • Postgraduate dermatology training programs are available for advanced practice providers (APPs), but they are optional and lack a formal accreditation process.
  • Awareness of these programs and the differences between APPs and physician training may help dermatologists provide safe and effective care in collaborative or supervisory roles.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
survey writer start date

Conservative Thickness Layers to Preserve Tattoo Appearance During Excisional Procedures

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline

Conservative Thickness Layers to Preserve Tattoo Appearance During Excisional Procedures

Practice Gap

Tattoos have become increasingly prevalent in Western culture, with approximately 1 in 4 Americans having at least 1 tattoo. Individuals invest money, time, and even pain in getting tattoos, many of which hold special personal, family, or religious significance.1 Various cutaneous pathologies may arise in areas of the skin with tattoos, including malignancies and inflammatory reactions to tattoo pigment, and in these cases, surgical management may be indicated.2,3

Nonmelanoma skin cancers (NMSCs) such as superficial basal cell carcinomas on broadly sun-damaged areas (eg, trunk, torso), squamous cell carcinomas, reactive keratoacanthomas, and reactive pseudoepitheliomatous squamous hyperplasia diagnosed as squamous cell carcinoma have been reported to occur in or near areas of the skin with tattoos.2 Mohs micrographic surgery (MMS) is the standard of care for removing NMSCs, particularly when they manifest in cosmetically sensitive areas.4 This treatment option allows for careful guided resection of tumors to minimize the risk for recurrence; it also preserves healthy tissue, which typically results in a smaller radial defect after the procedure is complete. 

Chronic reactions to tattoo pigment may include granulomatous tattoo reactions and pseudolymphomas.3 Treatment options may include immunosuppressives such as intralesional triamcinolone as well as pigment destruction via lasers5; however, not all tattoos are responsive to these treatments. Surgical excision is an effective and definitive treatment in this context, as tattoo pigment resides in or above the mid dermis to a depth of approximately 400 μm. Intradermal excision effectively removes the antigenic pigment.5

In these clinical scenarios, patients may be hesitant to pursue surgical treatment due to concerns that it may alter tattoo appearance. Many clinicians and surgeons may consider definitive treatment and tattoo preservation to be mutually exclusive, but this is not always the case. We propose a technique that utilizes conservative thickness layers (CTL) to minimize disruption to the appearance of tattoos in MMS for treatment of cutaneous malignancies as well as intradermal excision of tattoo pigment in the setting of chronic inflammatory tattoo reactions.

The Technique

In the appropriate clinical context, CTL can effectively result in defects that heal well by secondary intention and minimize collateral tissue distortion.4 Lesions manifesting in or near tattooed skin often are responsive to treatment with CTL; furthermore, CTL may preserve some deeper tattoo pigment, resulting in only partial loss of the tattooed skin.

Conservative thickness layers are performed intradermally, similar to removing traditional layers in MMS. For treatment of NMSCs, a margin is scored around the lesion, and then the blade is passed carefully under the lesion nearly parallel to the skin through an intradermal plane. It is important to avoid entering the subcuticular fat (Figure 1). The tissue then is processed normally in the Mohs laboratory for complete circumferential margin evaluation. If necessary and possible, subsequent layers also can be performed in the intradermal plane. Once total circumferential margin control is obtained, the wound is allowed to granulate and heal by secondary intention. As these processes occur, we have found that wound contraction is less likely with the dermis intact, resulting in less impact on the overall appearance of the tattoo (Figures 1 and 2). For very thin lesions, resultant defects may retain some residual tattoo pigment. The residual scars also may be responsive to tattoo revision, although a period of monitoring for recurrence should be considered if there is concern that revising the tattoo could obscure early recurrent tumors. From our experience, utilizing CTL for NMSCs that arise within or near tattoos results in favorable preservation of the tattoo appearance and high patient satisfaction.

CT116005177-Fig1-AB
FIGURE 1. A and B, Conservative thickness layer technique employed during Mohs micrographic surgery and the final cosmetic result from a skin cancer involving a large tattoo on the upper back and posterior neck.
CT116005177-Fig2-AB
FIGURE 2. A and B, Intradermal excision of allergenic tattoo pigment before and after conservative thickness layers technique for a floral tattoo on the dorsal foot.

The procedure is performed similarly for removal of allergenic tattoo pigment, with careful excision to the mid dermis. Since the areas affected by the cutaneous reaction may be relatively large, surgical precision is required to maintain a uniform depth to remove the tattoo pigment and preserve the deep dermis (Figure 2). Once removed, the defect can be left to granulate and heal by secondary intention. If the patient wants to have the tattoo revised in the future, it would be prudent to utilize pigment that the patient has responded favorably to. In our experience, this approach is effective and yields high patient satisfaction and minimizes morbidity.

Practice Implications

Tattoos often hold special meaning for patients; therefore, treatment of pathologies arising in or near tattooed skin should emphasize maintaining the appearance of the tattoo while still being effective. Conservative thickness layers in MMS and intradermal excisions for allergic reactions to tattoo pigment are an effective treatment strategy that clinicians may consider.

One shortcoming of using CTL for MMS is the need for subsequent layers to clear the tumor; however, data suggest that first-stage cure rates are extremely high even with CTL for appropriately selected patients, with clearance of nearly 80% of tumors on the first stage. Tumors that may be most responsive to CTL include exophytic NMSCs and those arising in areas with a thicker dermis, including the back, legs, and scalp, although other locations including the face, hands, shins, ankles, and feet also may be well suited for CTL.4 Another shortcoming of CTL is that skin cancers arising in tattoos may not be considered appropriate for MMS based on the 2012 Appropriate Use Criteria, which consider factors such as location, type of cancer, size of the lesion, and patient characteristics to determine whether a skin cancer is appropriate for treatment with MMS.6 When the Appropriate Use Criteria categorizes a cancer as uncertain or inappropriate for MMS, the clinician must use their clinical judgment to determine whether MMS is the preferred treatment approach.7 Given the cosmetic significance of tattoos, location of a skin cancer near a tattoo could be taken into account for skin cancers that might otherwise not meet Appropriate Use Criteria. 

Conservative thickness layers in MMS and intradermal excisions of tattoo pigment are both effective techniques of minimizing disruption of tattoos while effectively treating patients.

References
  1. Roggenkamp H, Nicholls A, Pierre JM. Tattoos as a window to the psyche: how talking about skin art can inform psychiatric practice. World J Psychiatry. 2017;7:148-158. doi:10.5498/wjp.v7.i3.148
  2. Rubatto M, Gelato F, Mastorino L, et al. Nonmelanoma skin cancer arising on tattoos. Int J Dermatol. 2023;62:E155-E156. doi:10.1111/ijd.16381
  3. Atwater AR, Bembry R, Reeder M. Tattoo hypersensitivity reactions: inky business. Cutis. 2020;106:64-67. doi:10.12788/cutis.0028
  4. Tolkachjov SN, Cappel JA, Bryant EA, et al. Conservative thickness layers in Mohs micrographic surgery. Int J Dermatol. 2018;57:1128-1134. doi:10.1111/ijd.14043
  5. Sardana K, Ranjan R, Ghunawat S. Optimising laser tattoo removal. J Cutan Aesthet Surg. 2015;8:16-24. doi:10.4103/0974-2077.155068
  6. Connolly SM, Baker DR, Coldiron BM, et al. AAD/ACMS/ASDSA/ASMS 2012 appropriate use criteria for Mohs micrographic surgery: a report of the American Academy of Dermatology, American College of Mohs Surgery, American Society for Dermatologic Surgery Association, and the American Society for Mohs Surgery. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012;67:531-550. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2012.06.009.
  7. Amthor Croley JA. Current controversies in mohs micrographic surgery. Cutis. 2019;104:E29-E31.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Williams is from the Department of Dermatology, West Virginia University School of Medicine, Morgantown. Dr. King is from Surgical Dermatology Group, Vestavia Hills, Alabama.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Josiah A. Williams, MD, 6040 University Town Centre Dr, Morgantown, WV 26501 (jaw00070@hsc.wvu.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):177-178. doi:10.12788/cutis.1289

Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
177-178
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Williams is from the Department of Dermatology, West Virginia University School of Medicine, Morgantown. Dr. King is from Surgical Dermatology Group, Vestavia Hills, Alabama.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Josiah A. Williams, MD, 6040 University Town Centre Dr, Morgantown, WV 26501 (jaw00070@hsc.wvu.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):177-178. doi:10.12788/cutis.1289

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Williams is from the Department of Dermatology, West Virginia University School of Medicine, Morgantown. Dr. King is from Surgical Dermatology Group, Vestavia Hills, Alabama.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Josiah A. Williams, MD, 6040 University Town Centre Dr, Morgantown, WV 26501 (jaw00070@hsc.wvu.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):177-178. doi:10.12788/cutis.1289

Article PDF
Article PDF

Practice Gap

Tattoos have become increasingly prevalent in Western culture, with approximately 1 in 4 Americans having at least 1 tattoo. Individuals invest money, time, and even pain in getting tattoos, many of which hold special personal, family, or religious significance.1 Various cutaneous pathologies may arise in areas of the skin with tattoos, including malignancies and inflammatory reactions to tattoo pigment, and in these cases, surgical management may be indicated.2,3

Nonmelanoma skin cancers (NMSCs) such as superficial basal cell carcinomas on broadly sun-damaged areas (eg, trunk, torso), squamous cell carcinomas, reactive keratoacanthomas, and reactive pseudoepitheliomatous squamous hyperplasia diagnosed as squamous cell carcinoma have been reported to occur in or near areas of the skin with tattoos.2 Mohs micrographic surgery (MMS) is the standard of care for removing NMSCs, particularly when they manifest in cosmetically sensitive areas.4 This treatment option allows for careful guided resection of tumors to minimize the risk for recurrence; it also preserves healthy tissue, which typically results in a smaller radial defect after the procedure is complete. 

Chronic reactions to tattoo pigment may include granulomatous tattoo reactions and pseudolymphomas.3 Treatment options may include immunosuppressives such as intralesional triamcinolone as well as pigment destruction via lasers5; however, not all tattoos are responsive to these treatments. Surgical excision is an effective and definitive treatment in this context, as tattoo pigment resides in or above the mid dermis to a depth of approximately 400 μm. Intradermal excision effectively removes the antigenic pigment.5

In these clinical scenarios, patients may be hesitant to pursue surgical treatment due to concerns that it may alter tattoo appearance. Many clinicians and surgeons may consider definitive treatment and tattoo preservation to be mutually exclusive, but this is not always the case. We propose a technique that utilizes conservative thickness layers (CTL) to minimize disruption to the appearance of tattoos in MMS for treatment of cutaneous malignancies as well as intradermal excision of tattoo pigment in the setting of chronic inflammatory tattoo reactions.

The Technique

In the appropriate clinical context, CTL can effectively result in defects that heal well by secondary intention and minimize collateral tissue distortion.4 Lesions manifesting in or near tattooed skin often are responsive to treatment with CTL; furthermore, CTL may preserve some deeper tattoo pigment, resulting in only partial loss of the tattooed skin.

Conservative thickness layers are performed intradermally, similar to removing traditional layers in MMS. For treatment of NMSCs, a margin is scored around the lesion, and then the blade is passed carefully under the lesion nearly parallel to the skin through an intradermal plane. It is important to avoid entering the subcuticular fat (Figure 1). The tissue then is processed normally in the Mohs laboratory for complete circumferential margin evaluation. If necessary and possible, subsequent layers also can be performed in the intradermal plane. Once total circumferential margin control is obtained, the wound is allowed to granulate and heal by secondary intention. As these processes occur, we have found that wound contraction is less likely with the dermis intact, resulting in less impact on the overall appearance of the tattoo (Figures 1 and 2). For very thin lesions, resultant defects may retain some residual tattoo pigment. The residual scars also may be responsive to tattoo revision, although a period of monitoring for recurrence should be considered if there is concern that revising the tattoo could obscure early recurrent tumors. From our experience, utilizing CTL for NMSCs that arise within or near tattoos results in favorable preservation of the tattoo appearance and high patient satisfaction.

CT116005177-Fig1-AB
FIGURE 1. A and B, Conservative thickness layer technique employed during Mohs micrographic surgery and the final cosmetic result from a skin cancer involving a large tattoo on the upper back and posterior neck.
CT116005177-Fig2-AB
FIGURE 2. A and B, Intradermal excision of allergenic tattoo pigment before and after conservative thickness layers technique for a floral tattoo on the dorsal foot.

The procedure is performed similarly for removal of allergenic tattoo pigment, with careful excision to the mid dermis. Since the areas affected by the cutaneous reaction may be relatively large, surgical precision is required to maintain a uniform depth to remove the tattoo pigment and preserve the deep dermis (Figure 2). Once removed, the defect can be left to granulate and heal by secondary intention. If the patient wants to have the tattoo revised in the future, it would be prudent to utilize pigment that the patient has responded favorably to. In our experience, this approach is effective and yields high patient satisfaction and minimizes morbidity.

Practice Implications

Tattoos often hold special meaning for patients; therefore, treatment of pathologies arising in or near tattooed skin should emphasize maintaining the appearance of the tattoo while still being effective. Conservative thickness layers in MMS and intradermal excisions for allergic reactions to tattoo pigment are an effective treatment strategy that clinicians may consider.

One shortcoming of using CTL for MMS is the need for subsequent layers to clear the tumor; however, data suggest that first-stage cure rates are extremely high even with CTL for appropriately selected patients, with clearance of nearly 80% of tumors on the first stage. Tumors that may be most responsive to CTL include exophytic NMSCs and those arising in areas with a thicker dermis, including the back, legs, and scalp, although other locations including the face, hands, shins, ankles, and feet also may be well suited for CTL.4 Another shortcoming of CTL is that skin cancers arising in tattoos may not be considered appropriate for MMS based on the 2012 Appropriate Use Criteria, which consider factors such as location, type of cancer, size of the lesion, and patient characteristics to determine whether a skin cancer is appropriate for treatment with MMS.6 When the Appropriate Use Criteria categorizes a cancer as uncertain or inappropriate for MMS, the clinician must use their clinical judgment to determine whether MMS is the preferred treatment approach.7 Given the cosmetic significance of tattoos, location of a skin cancer near a tattoo could be taken into account for skin cancers that might otherwise not meet Appropriate Use Criteria. 

Conservative thickness layers in MMS and intradermal excisions of tattoo pigment are both effective techniques of minimizing disruption of tattoos while effectively treating patients.

Practice Gap

Tattoos have become increasingly prevalent in Western culture, with approximately 1 in 4 Americans having at least 1 tattoo. Individuals invest money, time, and even pain in getting tattoos, many of which hold special personal, family, or religious significance.1 Various cutaneous pathologies may arise in areas of the skin with tattoos, including malignancies and inflammatory reactions to tattoo pigment, and in these cases, surgical management may be indicated.2,3

Nonmelanoma skin cancers (NMSCs) such as superficial basal cell carcinomas on broadly sun-damaged areas (eg, trunk, torso), squamous cell carcinomas, reactive keratoacanthomas, and reactive pseudoepitheliomatous squamous hyperplasia diagnosed as squamous cell carcinoma have been reported to occur in or near areas of the skin with tattoos.2 Mohs micrographic surgery (MMS) is the standard of care for removing NMSCs, particularly when they manifest in cosmetically sensitive areas.4 This treatment option allows for careful guided resection of tumors to minimize the risk for recurrence; it also preserves healthy tissue, which typically results in a smaller radial defect after the procedure is complete. 

Chronic reactions to tattoo pigment may include granulomatous tattoo reactions and pseudolymphomas.3 Treatment options may include immunosuppressives such as intralesional triamcinolone as well as pigment destruction via lasers5; however, not all tattoos are responsive to these treatments. Surgical excision is an effective and definitive treatment in this context, as tattoo pigment resides in or above the mid dermis to a depth of approximately 400 μm. Intradermal excision effectively removes the antigenic pigment.5

In these clinical scenarios, patients may be hesitant to pursue surgical treatment due to concerns that it may alter tattoo appearance. Many clinicians and surgeons may consider definitive treatment and tattoo preservation to be mutually exclusive, but this is not always the case. We propose a technique that utilizes conservative thickness layers (CTL) to minimize disruption to the appearance of tattoos in MMS for treatment of cutaneous malignancies as well as intradermal excision of tattoo pigment in the setting of chronic inflammatory tattoo reactions.

The Technique

In the appropriate clinical context, CTL can effectively result in defects that heal well by secondary intention and minimize collateral tissue distortion.4 Lesions manifesting in or near tattooed skin often are responsive to treatment with CTL; furthermore, CTL may preserve some deeper tattoo pigment, resulting in only partial loss of the tattooed skin.

Conservative thickness layers are performed intradermally, similar to removing traditional layers in MMS. For treatment of NMSCs, a margin is scored around the lesion, and then the blade is passed carefully under the lesion nearly parallel to the skin through an intradermal plane. It is important to avoid entering the subcuticular fat (Figure 1). The tissue then is processed normally in the Mohs laboratory for complete circumferential margin evaluation. If necessary and possible, subsequent layers also can be performed in the intradermal plane. Once total circumferential margin control is obtained, the wound is allowed to granulate and heal by secondary intention. As these processes occur, we have found that wound contraction is less likely with the dermis intact, resulting in less impact on the overall appearance of the tattoo (Figures 1 and 2). For very thin lesions, resultant defects may retain some residual tattoo pigment. The residual scars also may be responsive to tattoo revision, although a period of monitoring for recurrence should be considered if there is concern that revising the tattoo could obscure early recurrent tumors. From our experience, utilizing CTL for NMSCs that arise within or near tattoos results in favorable preservation of the tattoo appearance and high patient satisfaction.

CT116005177-Fig1-AB
FIGURE 1. A and B, Conservative thickness layer technique employed during Mohs micrographic surgery and the final cosmetic result from a skin cancer involving a large tattoo on the upper back and posterior neck.
CT116005177-Fig2-AB
FIGURE 2. A and B, Intradermal excision of allergenic tattoo pigment before and after conservative thickness layers technique for a floral tattoo on the dorsal foot.

The procedure is performed similarly for removal of allergenic tattoo pigment, with careful excision to the mid dermis. Since the areas affected by the cutaneous reaction may be relatively large, surgical precision is required to maintain a uniform depth to remove the tattoo pigment and preserve the deep dermis (Figure 2). Once removed, the defect can be left to granulate and heal by secondary intention. If the patient wants to have the tattoo revised in the future, it would be prudent to utilize pigment that the patient has responded favorably to. In our experience, this approach is effective and yields high patient satisfaction and minimizes morbidity.

Practice Implications

Tattoos often hold special meaning for patients; therefore, treatment of pathologies arising in or near tattooed skin should emphasize maintaining the appearance of the tattoo while still being effective. Conservative thickness layers in MMS and intradermal excisions for allergic reactions to tattoo pigment are an effective treatment strategy that clinicians may consider.

One shortcoming of using CTL for MMS is the need for subsequent layers to clear the tumor; however, data suggest that first-stage cure rates are extremely high even with CTL for appropriately selected patients, with clearance of nearly 80% of tumors on the first stage. Tumors that may be most responsive to CTL include exophytic NMSCs and those arising in areas with a thicker dermis, including the back, legs, and scalp, although other locations including the face, hands, shins, ankles, and feet also may be well suited for CTL.4 Another shortcoming of CTL is that skin cancers arising in tattoos may not be considered appropriate for MMS based on the 2012 Appropriate Use Criteria, which consider factors such as location, type of cancer, size of the lesion, and patient characteristics to determine whether a skin cancer is appropriate for treatment with MMS.6 When the Appropriate Use Criteria categorizes a cancer as uncertain or inappropriate for MMS, the clinician must use their clinical judgment to determine whether MMS is the preferred treatment approach.7 Given the cosmetic significance of tattoos, location of a skin cancer near a tattoo could be taken into account for skin cancers that might otherwise not meet Appropriate Use Criteria. 

Conservative thickness layers in MMS and intradermal excisions of tattoo pigment are both effective techniques of minimizing disruption of tattoos while effectively treating patients.

References
  1. Roggenkamp H, Nicholls A, Pierre JM. Tattoos as a window to the psyche: how talking about skin art can inform psychiatric practice. World J Psychiatry. 2017;7:148-158. doi:10.5498/wjp.v7.i3.148
  2. Rubatto M, Gelato F, Mastorino L, et al. Nonmelanoma skin cancer arising on tattoos. Int J Dermatol. 2023;62:E155-E156. doi:10.1111/ijd.16381
  3. Atwater AR, Bembry R, Reeder M. Tattoo hypersensitivity reactions: inky business. Cutis. 2020;106:64-67. doi:10.12788/cutis.0028
  4. Tolkachjov SN, Cappel JA, Bryant EA, et al. Conservative thickness layers in Mohs micrographic surgery. Int J Dermatol. 2018;57:1128-1134. doi:10.1111/ijd.14043
  5. Sardana K, Ranjan R, Ghunawat S. Optimising laser tattoo removal. J Cutan Aesthet Surg. 2015;8:16-24. doi:10.4103/0974-2077.155068
  6. Connolly SM, Baker DR, Coldiron BM, et al. AAD/ACMS/ASDSA/ASMS 2012 appropriate use criteria for Mohs micrographic surgery: a report of the American Academy of Dermatology, American College of Mohs Surgery, American Society for Dermatologic Surgery Association, and the American Society for Mohs Surgery. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012;67:531-550. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2012.06.009.
  7. Amthor Croley JA. Current controversies in mohs micrographic surgery. Cutis. 2019;104:E29-E31.
References
  1. Roggenkamp H, Nicholls A, Pierre JM. Tattoos as a window to the psyche: how talking about skin art can inform psychiatric practice. World J Psychiatry. 2017;7:148-158. doi:10.5498/wjp.v7.i3.148
  2. Rubatto M, Gelato F, Mastorino L, et al. Nonmelanoma skin cancer arising on tattoos. Int J Dermatol. 2023;62:E155-E156. doi:10.1111/ijd.16381
  3. Atwater AR, Bembry R, Reeder M. Tattoo hypersensitivity reactions: inky business. Cutis. 2020;106:64-67. doi:10.12788/cutis.0028
  4. Tolkachjov SN, Cappel JA, Bryant EA, et al. Conservative thickness layers in Mohs micrographic surgery. Int J Dermatol. 2018;57:1128-1134. doi:10.1111/ijd.14043
  5. Sardana K, Ranjan R, Ghunawat S. Optimising laser tattoo removal. J Cutan Aesthet Surg. 2015;8:16-24. doi:10.4103/0974-2077.155068
  6. Connolly SM, Baker DR, Coldiron BM, et al. AAD/ACMS/ASDSA/ASMS 2012 appropriate use criteria for Mohs micrographic surgery: a report of the American Academy of Dermatology, American College of Mohs Surgery, American Society for Dermatologic Surgery Association, and the American Society for Mohs Surgery. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012;67:531-550. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2012.06.009.
  7. Amthor Croley JA. Current controversies in mohs micrographic surgery. Cutis. 2019;104:E29-E31.
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Page Number
177-178
Page Number
177-178
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline

Conservative Thickness Layers to Preserve Tattoo Appearance During Excisional Procedures

Display Headline

Conservative Thickness Layers to Preserve Tattoo Appearance During Excisional Procedures

Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
survey writer start date

Solitary Plaque on the Nose

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline

Solitary Plaque on the Nose

The biopsy revealed hyperkeratosis, hypergranulosis, follicular plugging, vacuolar interface dermatitis with apoptotic bodies, dyskeratotic keratinocytes, pigment incontinence, and melanophages. A perivascular, perifollicular, and periadnexal lymphoplasmacytic inflammatory infiltrate was noted in the superficial and deep dermis (Figure). Based on the characteristic clinical morphology, dermoscopic features, and histopathology, a diagnosis of discoid lupus erythematosus (DLE) was established. The patient was started on mometasone cream 0.1% and tacrolimus ointment 0.1% once daily, with strict recommendations for photoprotection. However, he subsequently was lost to follow-up, and treatment response could not be assessed.

CT116005179-FigAB
FIGURE. A, Biopsy revealed thinned-out hyperkeratosis, hypergranulosis, and follicular plugging with superficial and deep inflammatory infiltrates arranged predominantly around the follicles and adnexa (H&E, original magnification ×4). B, Basal vacuolar damage with a lymphocytic infiltrate abutting the dermoepidermal junction, apoptotic colloid bodies, and dyskeratotic keratinocytes in the basal layer and pigment incontinence and melanophages were visualized in the dermis (H&E, original magnification ×40).

Lupus erythematosus is a multisystemic autoimmune disease with a predilection for skin involvement that is characterized by the production of autoantibodies against nuclear antigens. Discoid lupus erythematosus is the predominant form of the disease, mostly affecting middle-aged women (female-to-male ratio, 4.1:1).1 Discoid lupus erythematosus usually manifests as well-demarcated, erythematous patches or plaques with partially adherent scales that extend into a patulous follicle. On removal, the scales show horny plugs underneath. This classic finding is known as the carpet tack sign.

As the lesions evolve, they expand with hyperpigmentation at the periphery as well as hypopigmentation, atrophy, scarring, and telangiectasias at the center.2 In our patient, the history of discharge and crusting of the lesion and the presence of slight central atrophy—all of which could be attributed to chronic application of topical medications such as corticosteroids, which can cause epidermal thinning, maceration, and secondary crust formation—raised clinical suspicion of cutaneous infections (eg, cutaneous leishmaniasis, lupus vulgaris) and squamous cell carcinoma. The presence of slightly raised margins upon clinical examination brought basal cell carcinoma (BCC) into the differential.

Dermoscopic features commonly seen in DLE reflect the pathologic findings. Follicular plugging and perifollicular white halos correspond to follicular hyperkeratosis and perifollicular fibrosis, respectively (eTable). Disease duration has been shown to alter the dermoscopic appearance of DLE with early active disease showing radially arranged arborizing blood vessels between perifollicular white halos along with follicular red dots, whereas lesions of longer duration display structureless white areas secondary to dermal fibrosis.3 Additionally, background erythema due to neoangiogenesis and dermal inflammation suggests that the disease is in its active state.

CT116005179-eTable

On dermoscopy, pigmentation structures such as brown dots, brown lines, and grey-brown dots and globules were seen more prominently in our patient with skin of color, making the underlying erythema more subtle than in patients with lighter skin types. Dotted and linear vessels also were seen in our patient, but not as prominently as typically is seen in lighter skin types.4

Lupus vulgaris was ruled out in our patient based on the absence of the typical orange to yellowish-orange background with vessels or any histopathologic evidence of epithelioid granulomas.5 Cutaneous leishmaniasis is characterized by polymorphic vascularization, erythema, follicular plugs, yellow-orange structureless areas with scales, and crusts on dermoscopy.6 Squamous cell carcinoma tends to show white structureless areas, looped vessels, and central keratin.7

Superficial BCC also appears as thin plaques or patches bound by a well-circumscribed, slightly raised, irregular margin. However, on dermoscopy, BCC typically exhibits spoke-wheel areas, arborizing vessels, comma vessels, and concentric structures.8

The clinical manifestations of crusting, discharge, and a raised border was atypical, probably owing to the long-term unsupervised application of topical medications, which made the initial diagnosis challenging. Therefore, various differential diagnoses were considered. Dermoscopic evaluation coupled with histology was performed, which ultimately confirmed the diagnosis of DLE.

References
  1. Gopalan G, Gopinath SR, Kothandaramasamy R, et al. A clinical and epidemiological study on discoid lupus erythematosus. Int J Res Dermatol 2018;4:396-402. doi:10.18203/issn.24554529.IntJRes Dermatol20183165
  2. McDaniel B, Sukumaran S, Koritala T, et al. Discoid lupus erythematosus. StatPearls [Internet]. StatPearls Publishing 2025. Updated August 28, 2023. Accessed October 15, 2025. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK493145/
  3. Fathy H, Ghanim BM, Refat S, et al. Dermoscopic criteria of discoid lupus erythematosus: an observational cross-sectional study of 28 patients. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol 2022;88:360-366. doi:10.25259/IJDVL_207_19
  4. Ankad BS, Gupta A, Nikam BP, et al. Implications of dermoscopy and histopathological correlation in discoid lupus erythematosus in skin of color. Indian J Dermatol 2022;67:5‐11. doi:10.4103/ijd.ijd_591_21
  5. Jindal R, Chauhan P, Sethi S. Dermoscopy of the diverse spectrum of cutaneous tuberculosis in the skin of color. Dermatol Pract Concept. 2022;12:E2022203. doi:10.5826/dpc.1204a203
  6. Chauhan P, Adya KA. Dermatoscopy of cutaneous granulomatous disorders. Indian Dermatol Online J. 2021;12:34-44. doi:10.4103 /idoj.IDOJ_543_20.
  7. Rosendahl C, Cameron A, Argenziano G, et al. Dermoscopy of squamous cell carcinoma and keratoacanthoma. Arch Dermatol. 2012;148:1386-1392. doi:10.1001/archdermatol.2012.2974.
  8. Vinciullo C, Mada V. Basal cell carcinoma. 10th ed. Wiley: Blackwell Science; 2024.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

From the Department of Dermatology and Venerology, All India Institute of Medical Sciences, Jammu.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Payal Chauhan, MD, DNB (chauhanpayal89@gmail.com).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):179, 186-187, E2. doi:10.12788/cutis.1292

Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
179, 186-187, E2
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

From the Department of Dermatology and Venerology, All India Institute of Medical Sciences, Jammu.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Payal Chauhan, MD, DNB (chauhanpayal89@gmail.com).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):179, 186-187, E2. doi:10.12788/cutis.1292

Author and Disclosure Information

From the Department of Dermatology and Venerology, All India Institute of Medical Sciences, Jammu.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Payal Chauhan, MD, DNB (chauhanpayal89@gmail.com).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):179, 186-187, E2. doi:10.12788/cutis.1292

Article PDF
Article PDF

The biopsy revealed hyperkeratosis, hypergranulosis, follicular plugging, vacuolar interface dermatitis with apoptotic bodies, dyskeratotic keratinocytes, pigment incontinence, and melanophages. A perivascular, perifollicular, and periadnexal lymphoplasmacytic inflammatory infiltrate was noted in the superficial and deep dermis (Figure). Based on the characteristic clinical morphology, dermoscopic features, and histopathology, a diagnosis of discoid lupus erythematosus (DLE) was established. The patient was started on mometasone cream 0.1% and tacrolimus ointment 0.1% once daily, with strict recommendations for photoprotection. However, he subsequently was lost to follow-up, and treatment response could not be assessed.

CT116005179-FigAB
FIGURE. A, Biopsy revealed thinned-out hyperkeratosis, hypergranulosis, and follicular plugging with superficial and deep inflammatory infiltrates arranged predominantly around the follicles and adnexa (H&E, original magnification ×4). B, Basal vacuolar damage with a lymphocytic infiltrate abutting the dermoepidermal junction, apoptotic colloid bodies, and dyskeratotic keratinocytes in the basal layer and pigment incontinence and melanophages were visualized in the dermis (H&E, original magnification ×40).

Lupus erythematosus is a multisystemic autoimmune disease with a predilection for skin involvement that is characterized by the production of autoantibodies against nuclear antigens. Discoid lupus erythematosus is the predominant form of the disease, mostly affecting middle-aged women (female-to-male ratio, 4.1:1).1 Discoid lupus erythematosus usually manifests as well-demarcated, erythematous patches or plaques with partially adherent scales that extend into a patulous follicle. On removal, the scales show horny plugs underneath. This classic finding is known as the carpet tack sign.

As the lesions evolve, they expand with hyperpigmentation at the periphery as well as hypopigmentation, atrophy, scarring, and telangiectasias at the center.2 In our patient, the history of discharge and crusting of the lesion and the presence of slight central atrophy—all of which could be attributed to chronic application of topical medications such as corticosteroids, which can cause epidermal thinning, maceration, and secondary crust formation—raised clinical suspicion of cutaneous infections (eg, cutaneous leishmaniasis, lupus vulgaris) and squamous cell carcinoma. The presence of slightly raised margins upon clinical examination brought basal cell carcinoma (BCC) into the differential.

Dermoscopic features commonly seen in DLE reflect the pathologic findings. Follicular plugging and perifollicular white halos correspond to follicular hyperkeratosis and perifollicular fibrosis, respectively (eTable). Disease duration has been shown to alter the dermoscopic appearance of DLE with early active disease showing radially arranged arborizing blood vessels between perifollicular white halos along with follicular red dots, whereas lesions of longer duration display structureless white areas secondary to dermal fibrosis.3 Additionally, background erythema due to neoangiogenesis and dermal inflammation suggests that the disease is in its active state.

CT116005179-eTable

On dermoscopy, pigmentation structures such as brown dots, brown lines, and grey-brown dots and globules were seen more prominently in our patient with skin of color, making the underlying erythema more subtle than in patients with lighter skin types. Dotted and linear vessels also were seen in our patient, but not as prominently as typically is seen in lighter skin types.4

Lupus vulgaris was ruled out in our patient based on the absence of the typical orange to yellowish-orange background with vessels or any histopathologic evidence of epithelioid granulomas.5 Cutaneous leishmaniasis is characterized by polymorphic vascularization, erythema, follicular plugs, yellow-orange structureless areas with scales, and crusts on dermoscopy.6 Squamous cell carcinoma tends to show white structureless areas, looped vessels, and central keratin.7

Superficial BCC also appears as thin plaques or patches bound by a well-circumscribed, slightly raised, irregular margin. However, on dermoscopy, BCC typically exhibits spoke-wheel areas, arborizing vessels, comma vessels, and concentric structures.8

The clinical manifestations of crusting, discharge, and a raised border was atypical, probably owing to the long-term unsupervised application of topical medications, which made the initial diagnosis challenging. Therefore, various differential diagnoses were considered. Dermoscopic evaluation coupled with histology was performed, which ultimately confirmed the diagnosis of DLE.

The biopsy revealed hyperkeratosis, hypergranulosis, follicular plugging, vacuolar interface dermatitis with apoptotic bodies, dyskeratotic keratinocytes, pigment incontinence, and melanophages. A perivascular, perifollicular, and periadnexal lymphoplasmacytic inflammatory infiltrate was noted in the superficial and deep dermis (Figure). Based on the characteristic clinical morphology, dermoscopic features, and histopathology, a diagnosis of discoid lupus erythematosus (DLE) was established. The patient was started on mometasone cream 0.1% and tacrolimus ointment 0.1% once daily, with strict recommendations for photoprotection. However, he subsequently was lost to follow-up, and treatment response could not be assessed.

CT116005179-FigAB
FIGURE. A, Biopsy revealed thinned-out hyperkeratosis, hypergranulosis, and follicular plugging with superficial and deep inflammatory infiltrates arranged predominantly around the follicles and adnexa (H&E, original magnification ×4). B, Basal vacuolar damage with a lymphocytic infiltrate abutting the dermoepidermal junction, apoptotic colloid bodies, and dyskeratotic keratinocytes in the basal layer and pigment incontinence and melanophages were visualized in the dermis (H&E, original magnification ×40).

Lupus erythematosus is a multisystemic autoimmune disease with a predilection for skin involvement that is characterized by the production of autoantibodies against nuclear antigens. Discoid lupus erythematosus is the predominant form of the disease, mostly affecting middle-aged women (female-to-male ratio, 4.1:1).1 Discoid lupus erythematosus usually manifests as well-demarcated, erythematous patches or plaques with partially adherent scales that extend into a patulous follicle. On removal, the scales show horny plugs underneath. This classic finding is known as the carpet tack sign.

As the lesions evolve, they expand with hyperpigmentation at the periphery as well as hypopigmentation, atrophy, scarring, and telangiectasias at the center.2 In our patient, the history of discharge and crusting of the lesion and the presence of slight central atrophy—all of which could be attributed to chronic application of topical medications such as corticosteroids, which can cause epidermal thinning, maceration, and secondary crust formation—raised clinical suspicion of cutaneous infections (eg, cutaneous leishmaniasis, lupus vulgaris) and squamous cell carcinoma. The presence of slightly raised margins upon clinical examination brought basal cell carcinoma (BCC) into the differential.

Dermoscopic features commonly seen in DLE reflect the pathologic findings. Follicular plugging and perifollicular white halos correspond to follicular hyperkeratosis and perifollicular fibrosis, respectively (eTable). Disease duration has been shown to alter the dermoscopic appearance of DLE with early active disease showing radially arranged arborizing blood vessels between perifollicular white halos along with follicular red dots, whereas lesions of longer duration display structureless white areas secondary to dermal fibrosis.3 Additionally, background erythema due to neoangiogenesis and dermal inflammation suggests that the disease is in its active state.

CT116005179-eTable

On dermoscopy, pigmentation structures such as brown dots, brown lines, and grey-brown dots and globules were seen more prominently in our patient with skin of color, making the underlying erythema more subtle than in patients with lighter skin types. Dotted and linear vessels also were seen in our patient, but not as prominently as typically is seen in lighter skin types.4

Lupus vulgaris was ruled out in our patient based on the absence of the typical orange to yellowish-orange background with vessels or any histopathologic evidence of epithelioid granulomas.5 Cutaneous leishmaniasis is characterized by polymorphic vascularization, erythema, follicular plugs, yellow-orange structureless areas with scales, and crusts on dermoscopy.6 Squamous cell carcinoma tends to show white structureless areas, looped vessels, and central keratin.7

Superficial BCC also appears as thin plaques or patches bound by a well-circumscribed, slightly raised, irregular margin. However, on dermoscopy, BCC typically exhibits spoke-wheel areas, arborizing vessels, comma vessels, and concentric structures.8

The clinical manifestations of crusting, discharge, and a raised border was atypical, probably owing to the long-term unsupervised application of topical medications, which made the initial diagnosis challenging. Therefore, various differential diagnoses were considered. Dermoscopic evaluation coupled with histology was performed, which ultimately confirmed the diagnosis of DLE.

References
  1. Gopalan G, Gopinath SR, Kothandaramasamy R, et al. A clinical and epidemiological study on discoid lupus erythematosus. Int J Res Dermatol 2018;4:396-402. doi:10.18203/issn.24554529.IntJRes Dermatol20183165
  2. McDaniel B, Sukumaran S, Koritala T, et al. Discoid lupus erythematosus. StatPearls [Internet]. StatPearls Publishing 2025. Updated August 28, 2023. Accessed October 15, 2025. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK493145/
  3. Fathy H, Ghanim BM, Refat S, et al. Dermoscopic criteria of discoid lupus erythematosus: an observational cross-sectional study of 28 patients. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol 2022;88:360-366. doi:10.25259/IJDVL_207_19
  4. Ankad BS, Gupta A, Nikam BP, et al. Implications of dermoscopy and histopathological correlation in discoid lupus erythematosus in skin of color. Indian J Dermatol 2022;67:5‐11. doi:10.4103/ijd.ijd_591_21
  5. Jindal R, Chauhan P, Sethi S. Dermoscopy of the diverse spectrum of cutaneous tuberculosis in the skin of color. Dermatol Pract Concept. 2022;12:E2022203. doi:10.5826/dpc.1204a203
  6. Chauhan P, Adya KA. Dermatoscopy of cutaneous granulomatous disorders. Indian Dermatol Online J. 2021;12:34-44. doi:10.4103 /idoj.IDOJ_543_20.
  7. Rosendahl C, Cameron A, Argenziano G, et al. Dermoscopy of squamous cell carcinoma and keratoacanthoma. Arch Dermatol. 2012;148:1386-1392. doi:10.1001/archdermatol.2012.2974.
  8. Vinciullo C, Mada V. Basal cell carcinoma. 10th ed. Wiley: Blackwell Science; 2024.
References
  1. Gopalan G, Gopinath SR, Kothandaramasamy R, et al. A clinical and epidemiological study on discoid lupus erythematosus. Int J Res Dermatol 2018;4:396-402. doi:10.18203/issn.24554529.IntJRes Dermatol20183165
  2. McDaniel B, Sukumaran S, Koritala T, et al. Discoid lupus erythematosus. StatPearls [Internet]. StatPearls Publishing 2025. Updated August 28, 2023. Accessed October 15, 2025. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK493145/
  3. Fathy H, Ghanim BM, Refat S, et al. Dermoscopic criteria of discoid lupus erythematosus: an observational cross-sectional study of 28 patients. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol 2022;88:360-366. doi:10.25259/IJDVL_207_19
  4. Ankad BS, Gupta A, Nikam BP, et al. Implications of dermoscopy and histopathological correlation in discoid lupus erythematosus in skin of color. Indian J Dermatol 2022;67:5‐11. doi:10.4103/ijd.ijd_591_21
  5. Jindal R, Chauhan P, Sethi S. Dermoscopy of the diverse spectrum of cutaneous tuberculosis in the skin of color. Dermatol Pract Concept. 2022;12:E2022203. doi:10.5826/dpc.1204a203
  6. Chauhan P, Adya KA. Dermatoscopy of cutaneous granulomatous disorders. Indian Dermatol Online J. 2021;12:34-44. doi:10.4103 /idoj.IDOJ_543_20.
  7. Rosendahl C, Cameron A, Argenziano G, et al. Dermoscopy of squamous cell carcinoma and keratoacanthoma. Arch Dermatol. 2012;148:1386-1392. doi:10.1001/archdermatol.2012.2974.
  8. Vinciullo C, Mada V. Basal cell carcinoma. 10th ed. Wiley: Blackwell Science; 2024.
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Page Number
179, 186-187, E2
Page Number
179, 186-187, E2
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline

Solitary Plaque on the Nose

Display Headline

Solitary Plaque on the Nose

Sections
Questionnaire Body

A 50-year-old Southeast Asian-Indian man presented to the dermatology clinic with a slightly elevated reddish-purple lesion on the left side of the nose accompanied by intense itching, occasional discharge, and crusting of 5 months’ duration. The patient reported applying multiple unknown topical agents initially prescribed to him by a physician; however, he subsequently continued applying these medications without regular follow-up visits. He had a history of smoking 2 packs per day for 25 years. His family history was unremarkable. Physical examination revealed a well-defined, 1.5×1.5-cm, nontender, scaly, erythematous to violaceous plaque with slightly raised margins, peripheral hyperpigmentation, and slight central atrophy on the left side of the nose. Dermoscopy revealed prominent follicles with a perifollicular halo (red arrow), white scales (black arrow), linear curved and dotted vessels (black circle), blue-grey globules (red circle), brown reticular lines (yellow arrow), and background erythema. General and systemic examination and routine laboratory workup were normal. A biopsy of the lesion was performed.

CT116005179-Quiz_top_bottom
Noncontact polarized mode (original magnification ×10)
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
survey writer start date

Approach to Diagnosing and Managing Sporotrichosis

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline

Approach to Diagnosing and Managing Sporotrichosis

Sporotrichosis is an implantation mycosis that classically manifests as a localized skin and subcutaneous fungal infection but may disseminate to other parts of the body.1 It is caused by several species within the Sporothrix genus2 and is associated with varying clinical manifestations, geographic distributions, virulence profiles, and antifungal susceptibility patterns.3,4 Transmission of the fungus can involve inoculation from wild or domestic animals (eg, cats).5,6 Occupations such as landscaping and gardening or elements in the environment (eg, soil, plant fragments) also can be sources of exposure.7,8

Sporotrichosis is recognized by the World Health Organization as a neglected tropical disease that warrants global advocacy to prevent infections and improve patient outcomes.9,10 It carries substantial stigma and socioeconomic burden.11,12 Diagnostics, species identification, and antifungal susceptibility testing often are limited, particularly in resource-limited settings.13 In this article, we outline steps to diagnose and manage sporotrichosis to improve care for affected patients globally.

Epidemiology

Sporotrichosis occurs worldwide but is most common in tropical and subtropical regions.14,15 Outbreaks and clusters of sporotrichosis have been observed across North, Central, and South America as well as in southern Africa and Asia. The estimated annual incidence is 40,000 cases worldwide,16-20 but global case counts likely are underestimated due to limited surveillance data and diagnostic capability.21

On the Asian subcontinent, Sporothrix globosa is the predominant causative species of sporotrichosis, typically via contaminated plant material22; however, at least 1 outbreak has been associated with severe flooding.23 In Africa, infections are most commonly caused by Sporothrix schenckii sensu stricto through a similar transmission route. Across Central America, S schenckii sensu stricto is the predominant causative species; however, Sporothrix brasiliensis is the predominant species in some countries in South America, particularly Brazil.20   

Data describing the current geographic distribution and prevalence of sporotrichosis in the United States are limited. Historically, the disease was reported most commonly in Midwestern states and was associated with outbreaks related to handling Sphagnum moss.24,25 Epidemiologic studies using health insurance data indicate an average annual incidence of 2.0 cases per million individuals in the United States, with a higher prevalence among women and a median age at diagnosis of 54 years.26 A review of sporotrichosis-associated hospitalizations across the United States from 2000 to 2013 indicated an average hospitalization rate of 0.35 cases per 1 million individuals; rates were higher (0.45 cases per million) in the West and lower (0.15 per million) in the Northeast and in men (0.40 per million).27 Type 2 diabetes, immune-mediated inflammatory disease, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease are associated with an increased risk for infection and hospitalization.27

Causative Organisms

Sporothrix species are thermally dimorphic fungi that can grow as mold in the environment and as yeast in human tissue. Sporothrix brasiliensis is the only thermodimorphic fungus known to be transmitted directly in its yeast form.28 In other species, inoculation usually occurs after contact with contaminated soil or plant material during gardening, carpentry, or agricultural practices.7

Zoonotic transmission of sporotrichosis from animals to humans has been reported from a range of domestic and wild animals and birds but historically has been rare.5,7,29,30 Recently, the importance of both cat-to-cat (epizootic) and cat-to-human (zoonotic) transmission of S brasiliensis has been recognized, with infection typically following traumatic inoculation after a scratch or bite; less frequently, transmission occurs due to exposure to respiratory droplets or contact with feline exudates.5,29,31 Sporothrix brasiliensis is responsible for zoonotic epidemics in South America, primarily in Brazil. Transmission occurs among humans, cats, and canines, with felines serving as the primary vector.32 Transmission of this species is particularly common in stray and unneutered male cats that exhibit aggressive behaviors.33 This species also is thought to be the most virulent Sporothrix species.21

Sporothrix brasiliensis can persist on nondisinfected inanimate surfaces, which suggests that fomite transmission can lead to human infection.31 The epidemiology of sporotrichosis has transformed in regions where S brasiliensis circulates, with epidemic spread resulting in thousands of cases, whereas in other areas without S brasilinesis, sporotrichosis predominantly occurs sporadically with rare clusters.1,2,7,15

Sporotrichosis has been the subject of a taxonomic debate in the mycology community.21 Sporothrix schenckii sensu lato originally was believed to be the sole fungal pathogen causing sporotrichosis34 but was later divided into S schenckii sensu stricto, Sporothrix globosa, and S brasiliensis.35 More than 60 distinct species now have been described within the Sporothrix genus,36,37 but the primary species causing human sporotrichosis include S schenckii sensu stricto, S brasiliensis, S globosa, Sporothrix mexicana, and Sporothrix luriei.35 Both S schenckii and S brasiliensis have greater virulence than other Sporothrix species4; however, S schenckii causes infections that typically are localized and are milder, while S brasiliensis can lead to more atypical, severe, and disseminated infections38,39 and can spread epidemically.

Clinical Manifestations

Sporotrichosis has 4 main clinical presentations: cutaneous lymphatic, fixed cutaneous, cutaneous or systemic disseminated, and extracutaneous.40,41 The most common clinical manifestation is the cutaneous lymphatic form, which predominantly affects the hands and forearms in adults and the face in children.7 The primary lesion usually manifests as a unilateral papule, nodule, or pustule that may ulcerate (sporotrichotic chancre), but multiple sites of inoculation are possible. Subsequent lesions may appear in a linear distribution along a regional lymphatic path (sporotrichoid spread). Systemic symptoms and regional lymphadenopathy are uncommon and usually are mild.

The second most common clinical manifestation is the fixed cutaneous form, typically affecting the face, neck, trunk, or legs with a single papule, nodule, or verrucous lesion with no lymphangitic spread.7 Usually confined to the inoculation site, the primary lesion may be accompanied by satellite lesions and often presents a diagnostic challenge.

Disseminated sporotrichosis (either cutaneous or systemic) is rare. Disseminated cutaneous sporotrichosis manifests with multiple noncontiguous skin lesions caused by lymphatic and possible hematogenous spread. Lesions may include a combination of papules, pustules, follicular eruptions, crusted plaques, and ulcers that may mimic other systemic infections. Immunoreactive changes such as erythema nodosum, erythema multiforme, or arthritis may accompany skin lesions, most commonly with S brasiliensis infections. Nearly 10% of S brasiliensis infections involve the ocular adnexa, and Parinaud oculoglandular syndrome is commonly described in cases reported in Brazil.42,43 Disseminated disease usually occurs in immunocompromised hosts; however, despite a focus on HIV co-infection,8,44 prior epidemiologic research has suggested that diabetes and alcoholism are the most common predisposing factors.45 Systemic disseminated sporotrichosis by definition affects at least 2 body systems, most commonly the central nervous system, lungs, and musculoskeletal system (including joints and bone marrow).45

Extracutaneous sporotrichosis is rare and often is difficult to diagnose. Risk factors include chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, alcoholism, use of steroid medications, AIDS, solid organ transplantation, and use of tumor necrosis factor α inhibitors. It usually affects bony structures through hematogenous spread in immunocompromised hosts and is associated with a high risk for osteomyelitis due to delayed diagnosis.2

Clinical progression of sporotrichosis usually is slow, and lesions may persist for months or years if untreated. Sporotrichosis should always be considered for atypical, persistent, or treatment-resistant manifestations of nodular or ulcerated skin lesions in endemic regions or acute illness with these symptoms following exposure. Preventing secondary bacterial infection is an important consideration as it can exacerbate disease severity, extend the treatment duration, prolong hospitalization, and increase mortality risk.46

Diagnosis

In regions endemic for S brasiliensis, it may be acceptable to commence treatment on clinical suspicion without a definitive diagnosis,21 but caution is necessary, as lesions easily can be mistaken for other conditions such as Mycobacterium marinum infections (sporotrichoid lesions) or cutaneous leishmaniasis. Limited availability of molecular diagnostic tools in routine clinical laboratories affects the diagnosis of sporotrichosis and species identification. Direct microscopy on a 10% to 30% potassium hydroxide wet mount has low diagnostic sensitivity and is not recommended47; findings typically include cigar-shaped yeast cells (eFigure 1). Biopsy and histopathology also are useful, although in many infections (other than those due to S brasiliensis) there are very few detectable organisms in the tissue. Fluorescent staining of fungi with optical brighteners (eg, Calcofluor, Blankophor) is a useful technique with high sensitivity in clinical specimens on histopathologic and direct examination.48

Smith-CDC-Nov-25-1
eFIGURE 1. Sporothrix schenckii microscopy shows thin, septate, branched hyphae with conidia that look like a flower (original magnification ×40).

Fungal culture has higher sensitivity and specificity than microscopy and is the gold-standard approach for diagnosis of sporotrichosis (eFigure 2); however, culture cannot differentiate between Sporothrix species and may take more than a month to yield a positive result.7 No reliable serologic test for sporotrichosis has been validated, and a standardized antigen assay currently is unavailable.49 Serology may be more useful for patients who present with systemic disease or have persistently negative culture results despite a high index of suspicion. 

Smith-CDC-Nov-25-2
eFIGURE 2. Sporothrix schenckii culture. This wrinkled colony displayed a characteristically leathery, moist appearance with coloration ranging from beige-yellow at the periphery to a darker, brownish-purple in the more central, older areas. Image courtesy of the CDC/Dr. Lucille K. Georg.

A recent study evaluated the effectiveness of a lateral flow assay for detecting anti-Sporothrix antibodies, demonstrating the potential for its use as a rapid diagnostic test.50 Investigating different molecular methods to increase the sensitivity and specificity of diagnosis and distinguish Sporothrix species has been a focus of recent research, with a preference for polymerase chain reaction (PCR)–based genotypic methods.13,51 Recent advances in diagnostic testing include the development of multiplex PCR,52 culture-independent PCR techniques,53 and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization–time of flight mass spectrometry,54 each with varying clinical and practical applicability. Specialized testing can be beneficial for patients who have a poor therapeutic response to standard treatment, guide antifungal treatment choices, and identify epidemiologic disease and transmission patterns.21

Although rarely performed, antifungal susceptibility testing may be useful in guiding therapy to improve patient outcomes, particularly in the context of treatment failure, which has been documented with isolates exhibiting high minimal inhibitory concentrations (MICs) to first-line therapy and a poor clinical response.55,56 Proposed mechanisms of resistance include increased cellular melanin ­production, which protects against oxidative stress and reduces antifungal activity.56 Antifungal susceptibility profiles for therapeutics vary across Sporothrix species; for example, S brasiliensis generally shows lower MICs to itraconazole and terbinafine compared with S schenckii and S globosa, and S schenckii has shown a high MIC to itraconazole, as reflected in MIC distribution studies and epidemiologic cutoff values for antifungal agents.55,57-59 However, specific breakpoints for different Sporothrix species have not been determined.60 Robust clinical studies are needed to determine the correlation of in vitro MICs to clinical outcomes to assess the utility of antifungal susceptibility testing for Sporothrix species.

Management

Treatment of sporotrichosis is guided by clinical presentation, host immune status, and species identification. Management can be challenging in cases with an atypical or delayed diagnosis and limited access to molecular testing methods. Itraconazole is the first-line therapy for management of cutaneous sporotrichosis. It is regarded as safe, effective, well tolerated, and easily administered, with doses ranging from 100 mg in mild cases to 400 mg (with daily or twice-daily dosing).61 Treatment usually is for 3 to 6 months and should continue for 1 month after complete clinical resolution is achieved62; however, some cases of S brasiliensis infection require longer treatment, and complex or disseminated cases may require therapy for up to 12 months.61 Itraconazole is contraindicated in pregnancy and has many drug interactions (through cytochrome P450 inhibition) that may preclude administration, particularly in elderly populations. Therapeutic drug monitoring is recommended for prolonged or high-dose therapy, with periodic liver function testing to reduce the risk for toxicity. Itraconazole should be administered with food, and concurrent use of antacids or proton pump inhibitors should be avoided.61

Oral terbinafine (250 mg daily) can be considered as an effective alternative to treat cutaneous disease.63 Particularly in resource-limited settings, potassium iodide is an affordable and effective treatment for cutaneous sporotrichosis, administered as a saturated oral solution,64 but due to adverse effects such as severe nausea, the daily dose should be increased slowly each day to ensure tolerance.

Amphotericin B is the treatment of choice for severe and treatment-resistant cases of sporotrichosis as well as for immunocompromised patients.21,61 In patients with HIV, a longer treatment course is recommended with oversight from an infectious diseases specialist and usually is followed by a 12-month course of itraconazole after completion of initial therapy.61 Surgical excision infrequently is recommended but can be used in combination with another treatment modality and may be useful with a slow or incomplete response to medical therapy. Thermotherapy involves direct application of heat to cutaneous lesions and may be considered for small and localized lesions, particularly if antifungal agents are contraindicated or poorly tolerated.61 Public health measures include promoting case detection through practitioner education and patient awareness in endemic regions, as well as zoonotic control of infected animals to manage sporotrichosis.

Final Thoughts

Sporotrichosis is a fungal infection with growing public health significance. While the global disease burden is unknown, rising case numbers and geographic spread likely reflect a complex interaction between humans, the environment, and animals, exemplified by the spread of feline-associated infection due to S brasiliensis in South America.28 Cases of S brasiliensis infection after importation of an affected cat have been detected outside South America, and clinicians should be alert for introduction to the United States. Strengthening genotypic and phenotypic diagnostic capabilities will allow species identification and guide treatment and management. Disease surveillance and operational research will inform public health approaches to control sporotrichosis worldwide.

References
  1. Queiroz-Telles F, Nucci M, Colombo AL, et al. Mycoses of implantation in Latin America: an overview of epidemiology, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and treatment. Med Mycol. 2011;49:225-236.
  2. Orofino-Costa R, de Macedo PM, Rodrigues AM, et al. Sporotrichosis: an update on epidemiology, etiopathogenesis, laboratory and clinical therapeutics. An Bras Dermatol. 2017;92:606-620.
  3. Almeida-Paes R, de Oliveira MM, Freitas DF, et al. Sporotrichosis in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil: Sporothrix brasiliensis is associated with atypical clinical presentations. PLoS Negl Trop Dis. 2014;8:E3094.
  4. Arrillaga-Moncrieff I, Capilla J, Mayayo E, et al. Different virulence levels of the species of Sporothrix in a murine model. Clin Microbiol Infect. 2009;15:651-655.
  5. de Lima Barros MB, Schubach TM, Gutierrez-Galhardo MC, et al. Sporotrichosis: an emergent zoonosis in Rio de Janeiro. Mem Inst Oswaldo Cruz. 2001;96:777-779.
  6. Bao F, Huai P, Chen C, et al. An outbreak of sporotrichosis associated with tying crabs. JAMA Dermatol. 2025;161:883-885.
  7. de Lima Barros MB, de Almeida Paes R, Schubach AO. Sporothrix schenckii and sporotrichosis. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2011;24:633-654.
  8. Queiroz-Telles F, Buccheri R, Benard G. Sporotrichosis in immunocompromised hosts. J Fungi. 2019;5:8.
  9. World Health Organization. Generic Framework for Control, Elimination and Eradication of Neglected Tropical Diseases. World Health Organization; 2016.
  10. Smith DJ, Soebono H, Parajuli N, et al. South-East Asia regional neglected tropical disease framework: improving control of mycetoma, chromoblastomycosis, and sporotrichosis. Lancet Reg Health Southeast Asia. 2025;35:100561.
  11. Winck GR, Raimundo RL, Fernandes-Ferreira H, et al. Socioecological vulnerability and the risk of zoonotic disease emergence in Brazil. Sci Adv. 2022;8:eabo5774.
  12. Jenks JD, Prattes J, Wurster S, et al. Social determinants of health as drivers of fungal disease. EClinicalMedicine. 2023;66:102325.
  13. Rodrigues AM, Gonçalves SS, de Carvalho JA, et al. Current progress on epidemiology, diagnosis, and treatment of sporotrichosis and their future trends. J Fungi. 2022;8:776.
  14. Evans EGV, Ashbee HR, Frankland JC, et al. Tropical mycoses: hazards to travellers. In: Evans EGV, Ashbee HR, eds. Tropical Mycology. Vol 2. CABI Publishing; 2002:145-163.
  15. Matute DR, Teixeira MM. Sporothrix is neglected among the neglected. PLoS Pathog. 2025;21:E1012898.
  16. Matruchot L. Sur un nouveau groupe de champignons pathogenes, agents des sporotrichoses. Comptes Rendus De L’Académie Des Sci. 1910;150:543-545.
  17. Dangerfield LF. Sporotriehosis among miners on the Witwatersrand gold mines. S Afr Med J. 1941;15:128-131.
  18. Fukushiro R. Epidemiology and ecology of sporotrichosis in Japan. Zentralbl Bakteriol Mikrobiol Hyg. 1984;257:228-233.
  19. Dixon DM, Salkin IF, Duncan RA, et al. Isolation and characterization of Sporothrix schenckii from clinical and environmental sources associated with the largest US epidemic of sporotrichosis. J Clin Microbiol. 1991;29:1106-1113.
  20. dos Santos AR, Misas E, Min B, et al. Emergence of zoonotic sporotrichosis in Brazil: a genomic epidemiology study. Lancet Microbe. 2024;5:E282-E290.
  21. Schechtman RC, Falcão EM, Carard M, et al. Sporotrichosis: hyperendemic by zoonotic transmission, with atypical presentations, hypersensitivity reactions and greater severity. An Bras Dermatol. 2022;97:1-13.
  22. Rodrigues AM, de Hoog GS, de Camargo ZP. Sporothrix species causing outbreaks in animals and humans driven by animal-animal transmission. PLoS Pathog. 2016;12:E1005638.
  23. Li HY, Song J, Zhang Y. Epidemiological survey of sporotrichosis in Zhaodong, Heilongjiang. Chin J Dermatol. 1995;28:401-402.
  24. Hajjeh R, McDonnell S, Reef S, et al. Outbreak of sporotrichosis among tree nursery workers. J Infect Dis. 1997;176:499-504.
  25. Coles FB, Schuchat A, Hibbs JR, et al. A multistate outbreak of sporotrichosis associated with sphagnum moss. Am J Epidemiol. 1992;136:475-487.
  26. Benedict K, Jackson BR. Sporotrichosis cases in commercial insurance data, United States, 2012-2018. Emerg Infect Dis. 2020;26:2783-2785.
  27. Gold JAW, Derado G, Mody RK, et al. Sporotrichosis-associated hospitalizations, United States, 2000-2013. Emerg Infect Dis. 2016;22:1817-1820.
  28. Rossow JA, Queiroz-Telles F, Caceres DH, et al. A One Health approach to combatting Sporothrix brasiliensis: narrative review of an emerging zoonotic fungal pathogen in South America. J Fungi. 2020;6:247-274.
  29. Madrid IM, Mattei AS, Fernandes CG, et al. Epidemiological findings and laboratory evaluation of sporotrichosis: a description of 103 cases in cats and dogs in southern Brazil. Mycopathologia. 2012;173:265-273.
  30. Fichman V, Gremião ID, Mendes-Júnior AA, et al. Sporotrichosis transmitted by a cockatiel (Nymphicus hollandicus). J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2018;32:E157-E158.
  31. Cognialli RC, Queiroz-Telles F, Cavanaugh AM, et al. New insights on transmission of Sporothrix brasiliensis. Mycoses. 2025;68:E70047.
  32. Bastos FA, De Farias MR, Gremião ID, et al. Cat-transmitted sporotrichosis by Sporothrix brasiliensis: focus on its potential transmission routes and epidemiological profile. Med Mycol. 2025;63.
  33. Gremiao ID, Menezes RC, Schubach TM, et al. Feline sporotrichosis: epidemiological and clinical aspects. Med Mycol. 2015;53:15-21.
  34. Hektoen L, Perkins CF. Refractory subcutaneous abscesses caused by Sporothrix schenckii: a new pathogenic fungus. J Exp Med. 1900;5:77-89.
  35. Marimon R, Cano J, Gené J, et al. Sporothrix brasiliensis, S. globosa, and S. mexicana, three new Sporothrix species of clinical interest. J Clin Microbiol. 2007;45:3198-3206.
  36. Rodrigues AM, Della Terra PP, Gremião ID, et al. The threat of emerging and re-emerging pathogenic Sporothrix species. Mycopathologia. 2020;185:813-842.
  37. Morgado DS, Castro R, Ribeiro-Alves M, et al. Global distribution of animal sporotrichosis: a systematic review of Sporothrix sp. identified using molecular tools. Curr Res Microbial Sci. 2022;3:100140.
  38. de Lima IM, Ferraz CE, Lima-Neto RG, et al. Case report: Sweet syndrome in patients with sporotrichosis: a 10-case series. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2020;103:2533-2538.
  39. Xavier MO, Bittencourt LR, da Silva CM, et al. Atypical presentation of sporotrichosis: report of three cases. Rev Soc Bras Med Trop. 2013;46:116-118.
  40. Ramos-e-Silva M, Vasconcelos C, Carneiro S, et al. Sporotrichosis. Clin Dermatol. 2007;25:181-187.
  41. Sampaio SA, Lacaz CS. Klinische und statische Untersuchungen uber Sporotrichose in Sao Paulo. Der Hautarzt. 1959;10:490-493.
  42. Arinelli A, Aleixo L, Freitas DF, et al. Ocular manifestations of sporotrichosis in a hyperendemic region in Brazil: description of a series of 120 cases. Ocul Immunol Inflamm. 2023;31:329-337.
  43. Cognialli RC, Cáceres DH, Bastos FA, et al. Rising incidence of Sporothrix brasiliensis infections, Curitiba, Brazil, 2011-2022. Emerg Infect Dis. 2023;29:1330-1339.
  44. Freitas DF, Valle AC, da Silva MB, et al. Sporotrichosis: an emerging neglected opportunistic infection in HIV-infected patients in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. PLoS Negl Trop Dis. 2014;8:E3110.
  45. Bonifaz A, Tirado-Sánchez A. Cutaneous disseminated and extracutaneous sporotrichosis: current status of a complex disease. J Fungi. 2017;3:6.
  46. Falcão EM, de Lima Filho JB, Campos DP, et al. Hospitalizações e óbitos relacionados à esporotricose no Brasil (1992-2015). Cad Saude Publica. 2019;35:4.
  47. Mahajan VK, Burkhart CG. Sporotrichosis: an overview and therapeutic options. Dermatol Res Pract. 2014;2014:32-44.
  48. Hamer EC, Moore CB, Denning DW. Comparison of two fluorescent whiteners, Calcofluor and Blankophor, for the detection of fungal elements in clinical specimens in the diagnostic laboratory. Clin Microbiol Infect. 2006;12:181-184.
  49. Bernardes-Engemann AR, Orofino Costa RC, Miguens BP, et al. Development of an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for the serodiagnosis of several clinical forms of sporotrichosis. Med Mycol. 2005;43:487-493.
  50. Cognialli R, Bloss K, Weiss I, et al. A lateral flow assay for the immunodiagnosis of human cat-transmitted sporotrichosis. Mycoses. 2022;65:926-934.
  51. Rodrigues AM, de Hoog GS, de Camargo ZP. Molecular diagnosis of pathogenic Sporothrix species. PLoS Negl Trop Dis. 2015;9:E0004190.
  52. Della Terra PP, Gonsales FF, de Carvalho JA, et al. Development and evaluation of a multiplex qPCR assay for rapid diagnostics of emerging sporotrichosis. Transbound Emerg Dis. 2022;69.
  53. Kano R, Nakamura Y, Watanabe S, et al. Identification of Sporothrix schenckii based on sequences of the chitin synthase 1 gene. Mycoses. 2001;44:261-265.
  54. Oliveira MM, Santos C, Sampaio P, et al. Development and optimization of a new MALDI-TOF protocol for identification of the Sporothrix species complex. Res Microbiol. 2015;166:102-110.
  55. Bernardes-Engemann AR, Tomki GF, Rabello VBS, et al. Sporotrichosis caused by non-wild type Sporothrix brasiliensis strains. Front Cell Infect Microbiol. 2022;12:893501.
  56. Waller SB, Dalla Lana DF, Quatrin PM, et al. Antifungal resistance on Sporothrix species: an overview. Braz J Microbiol. 2021;52:73-80.
  57. Marimon R, Serena C, Gene J. In vitro antifungal susceptibilities of five species of sporothrix. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2008;52:732-734.
  58. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI). Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Yeasts (M27, 4th edition). 4th ed. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI); 2017.
  59. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI). Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Filamentous Fungi (Approved Standard, M38, 3rd edition). Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI); 2017
  60. Oliveira DC, Lopes PG, Spader TB, et al. Antifungal susceptibilities of Sporothrix albicans, S. brasiliensis, and S. luriei of the S. schenckii complex identified in Brazil. J Clin Microbiol. 2011;49:3047-3049.
  61. Kauffman CA, Bustamante B, Chapman SW, et al. Clinical practice guidelines for the management of sporotrichosis: 2007 update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis. 2007;45:1255-1265.
  62. Thompson GR, Le T, Chindamporn A, et al. Global guideline for the diagnosis and management of the endemic mycoses: an initiative of the European Confederation of Medical Mycology in cooperation with the International Society for Human and Animal Mycology. Lancet Infect Dis. 2021;21:E364-E374.
  63. Francesconi G, Valle AC, Passos S, et al. Terbinafine (250 mg/day): an effective and safe treatment of cutaneous sporotrichosis. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2009;23:1273-1276.
  64. Macedo PM, Lopes-Bezerra LM, Bernardes-Engemann AR, et al. New posology of potassium iodide for the treatment of cutaneous sporotrichosis: study of efficacy and safety in 102 patients. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2015;29:719-724.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Cox is from the Department of Dermatology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Cambridge, and the Division of Child and Maternal Health, Menzies School of Health Research, Tiwi, Northern Territory, Australia. Dr. Queiroz-Telles is from the Department of Public Health, Federal University of Paraná, Curitiba, Brazil. Dr. Lipner is from the Department of Dermatology, Weill Cornell Medicine, New York, New York. Dr. Caplan is from The Ronald O. Perelman Department of Dermatology, NYU Grossman School of Medicine, New York. Dr. Hay is from King’s College London, United Kingdom. Dr. Smith is from the Mycotic Diseases Branch, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia. 

Drs. Cox, Queiroz-Telles, Hay, and Smith have no relevant financial disclosures to report. Dr. Caplan has served as a consultant for Priovant Therapeutics. Dr. Lipner has served as a consultant for BelleTorus Corporation and Moberg Pharmaceuticals.

The findings and conclusions in this report are those of the authors and do not necessarily represent the official position of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

Correspondence: Dallas J. Smith, PharmD, MAS, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30329 (rhq8@cdc.gov).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):170-174, E5. doi:10.12788/cutis.1296

Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
170-174, E5
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Cox is from the Department of Dermatology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Cambridge, and the Division of Child and Maternal Health, Menzies School of Health Research, Tiwi, Northern Territory, Australia. Dr. Queiroz-Telles is from the Department of Public Health, Federal University of Paraná, Curitiba, Brazil. Dr. Lipner is from the Department of Dermatology, Weill Cornell Medicine, New York, New York. Dr. Caplan is from The Ronald O. Perelman Department of Dermatology, NYU Grossman School of Medicine, New York. Dr. Hay is from King’s College London, United Kingdom. Dr. Smith is from the Mycotic Diseases Branch, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia. 

Drs. Cox, Queiroz-Telles, Hay, and Smith have no relevant financial disclosures to report. Dr. Caplan has served as a consultant for Priovant Therapeutics. Dr. Lipner has served as a consultant for BelleTorus Corporation and Moberg Pharmaceuticals.

The findings and conclusions in this report are those of the authors and do not necessarily represent the official position of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

Correspondence: Dallas J. Smith, PharmD, MAS, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30329 (rhq8@cdc.gov).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):170-174, E5. doi:10.12788/cutis.1296

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Cox is from the Department of Dermatology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Cambridge, and the Division of Child and Maternal Health, Menzies School of Health Research, Tiwi, Northern Territory, Australia. Dr. Queiroz-Telles is from the Department of Public Health, Federal University of Paraná, Curitiba, Brazil. Dr. Lipner is from the Department of Dermatology, Weill Cornell Medicine, New York, New York. Dr. Caplan is from The Ronald O. Perelman Department of Dermatology, NYU Grossman School of Medicine, New York. Dr. Hay is from King’s College London, United Kingdom. Dr. Smith is from the Mycotic Diseases Branch, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia. 

Drs. Cox, Queiroz-Telles, Hay, and Smith have no relevant financial disclosures to report. Dr. Caplan has served as a consultant for Priovant Therapeutics. Dr. Lipner has served as a consultant for BelleTorus Corporation and Moberg Pharmaceuticals.

The findings and conclusions in this report are those of the authors and do not necessarily represent the official position of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

Correspondence: Dallas J. Smith, PharmD, MAS, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30329 (rhq8@cdc.gov).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):170-174, E5. doi:10.12788/cutis.1296

Article PDF
Article PDF

Sporotrichosis is an implantation mycosis that classically manifests as a localized skin and subcutaneous fungal infection but may disseminate to other parts of the body.1 It is caused by several species within the Sporothrix genus2 and is associated with varying clinical manifestations, geographic distributions, virulence profiles, and antifungal susceptibility patterns.3,4 Transmission of the fungus can involve inoculation from wild or domestic animals (eg, cats).5,6 Occupations such as landscaping and gardening or elements in the environment (eg, soil, plant fragments) also can be sources of exposure.7,8

Sporotrichosis is recognized by the World Health Organization as a neglected tropical disease that warrants global advocacy to prevent infections and improve patient outcomes.9,10 It carries substantial stigma and socioeconomic burden.11,12 Diagnostics, species identification, and antifungal susceptibility testing often are limited, particularly in resource-limited settings.13 In this article, we outline steps to diagnose and manage sporotrichosis to improve care for affected patients globally.

Epidemiology

Sporotrichosis occurs worldwide but is most common in tropical and subtropical regions.14,15 Outbreaks and clusters of sporotrichosis have been observed across North, Central, and South America as well as in southern Africa and Asia. The estimated annual incidence is 40,000 cases worldwide,16-20 but global case counts likely are underestimated due to limited surveillance data and diagnostic capability.21

On the Asian subcontinent, Sporothrix globosa is the predominant causative species of sporotrichosis, typically via contaminated plant material22; however, at least 1 outbreak has been associated with severe flooding.23 In Africa, infections are most commonly caused by Sporothrix schenckii sensu stricto through a similar transmission route. Across Central America, S schenckii sensu stricto is the predominant causative species; however, Sporothrix brasiliensis is the predominant species in some countries in South America, particularly Brazil.20   

Data describing the current geographic distribution and prevalence of sporotrichosis in the United States are limited. Historically, the disease was reported most commonly in Midwestern states and was associated with outbreaks related to handling Sphagnum moss.24,25 Epidemiologic studies using health insurance data indicate an average annual incidence of 2.0 cases per million individuals in the United States, with a higher prevalence among women and a median age at diagnosis of 54 years.26 A review of sporotrichosis-associated hospitalizations across the United States from 2000 to 2013 indicated an average hospitalization rate of 0.35 cases per 1 million individuals; rates were higher (0.45 cases per million) in the West and lower (0.15 per million) in the Northeast and in men (0.40 per million).27 Type 2 diabetes, immune-mediated inflammatory disease, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease are associated with an increased risk for infection and hospitalization.27

Causative Organisms

Sporothrix species are thermally dimorphic fungi that can grow as mold in the environment and as yeast in human tissue. Sporothrix brasiliensis is the only thermodimorphic fungus known to be transmitted directly in its yeast form.28 In other species, inoculation usually occurs after contact with contaminated soil or plant material during gardening, carpentry, or agricultural practices.7

Zoonotic transmission of sporotrichosis from animals to humans has been reported from a range of domestic and wild animals and birds but historically has been rare.5,7,29,30 Recently, the importance of both cat-to-cat (epizootic) and cat-to-human (zoonotic) transmission of S brasiliensis has been recognized, with infection typically following traumatic inoculation after a scratch or bite; less frequently, transmission occurs due to exposure to respiratory droplets or contact with feline exudates.5,29,31 Sporothrix brasiliensis is responsible for zoonotic epidemics in South America, primarily in Brazil. Transmission occurs among humans, cats, and canines, with felines serving as the primary vector.32 Transmission of this species is particularly common in stray and unneutered male cats that exhibit aggressive behaviors.33 This species also is thought to be the most virulent Sporothrix species.21

Sporothrix brasiliensis can persist on nondisinfected inanimate surfaces, which suggests that fomite transmission can lead to human infection.31 The epidemiology of sporotrichosis has transformed in regions where S brasiliensis circulates, with epidemic spread resulting in thousands of cases, whereas in other areas without S brasilinesis, sporotrichosis predominantly occurs sporadically with rare clusters.1,2,7,15

Sporotrichosis has been the subject of a taxonomic debate in the mycology community.21 Sporothrix schenckii sensu lato originally was believed to be the sole fungal pathogen causing sporotrichosis34 but was later divided into S schenckii sensu stricto, Sporothrix globosa, and S brasiliensis.35 More than 60 distinct species now have been described within the Sporothrix genus,36,37 but the primary species causing human sporotrichosis include S schenckii sensu stricto, S brasiliensis, S globosa, Sporothrix mexicana, and Sporothrix luriei.35 Both S schenckii and S brasiliensis have greater virulence than other Sporothrix species4; however, S schenckii causes infections that typically are localized and are milder, while S brasiliensis can lead to more atypical, severe, and disseminated infections38,39 and can spread epidemically.

Clinical Manifestations

Sporotrichosis has 4 main clinical presentations: cutaneous lymphatic, fixed cutaneous, cutaneous or systemic disseminated, and extracutaneous.40,41 The most common clinical manifestation is the cutaneous lymphatic form, which predominantly affects the hands and forearms in adults and the face in children.7 The primary lesion usually manifests as a unilateral papule, nodule, or pustule that may ulcerate (sporotrichotic chancre), but multiple sites of inoculation are possible. Subsequent lesions may appear in a linear distribution along a regional lymphatic path (sporotrichoid spread). Systemic symptoms and regional lymphadenopathy are uncommon and usually are mild.

The second most common clinical manifestation is the fixed cutaneous form, typically affecting the face, neck, trunk, or legs with a single papule, nodule, or verrucous lesion with no lymphangitic spread.7 Usually confined to the inoculation site, the primary lesion may be accompanied by satellite lesions and often presents a diagnostic challenge.

Disseminated sporotrichosis (either cutaneous or systemic) is rare. Disseminated cutaneous sporotrichosis manifests with multiple noncontiguous skin lesions caused by lymphatic and possible hematogenous spread. Lesions may include a combination of papules, pustules, follicular eruptions, crusted plaques, and ulcers that may mimic other systemic infections. Immunoreactive changes such as erythema nodosum, erythema multiforme, or arthritis may accompany skin lesions, most commonly with S brasiliensis infections. Nearly 10% of S brasiliensis infections involve the ocular adnexa, and Parinaud oculoglandular syndrome is commonly described in cases reported in Brazil.42,43 Disseminated disease usually occurs in immunocompromised hosts; however, despite a focus on HIV co-infection,8,44 prior epidemiologic research has suggested that diabetes and alcoholism are the most common predisposing factors.45 Systemic disseminated sporotrichosis by definition affects at least 2 body systems, most commonly the central nervous system, lungs, and musculoskeletal system (including joints and bone marrow).45

Extracutaneous sporotrichosis is rare and often is difficult to diagnose. Risk factors include chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, alcoholism, use of steroid medications, AIDS, solid organ transplantation, and use of tumor necrosis factor α inhibitors. It usually affects bony structures through hematogenous spread in immunocompromised hosts and is associated with a high risk for osteomyelitis due to delayed diagnosis.2

Clinical progression of sporotrichosis usually is slow, and lesions may persist for months or years if untreated. Sporotrichosis should always be considered for atypical, persistent, or treatment-resistant manifestations of nodular or ulcerated skin lesions in endemic regions or acute illness with these symptoms following exposure. Preventing secondary bacterial infection is an important consideration as it can exacerbate disease severity, extend the treatment duration, prolong hospitalization, and increase mortality risk.46

Diagnosis

In regions endemic for S brasiliensis, it may be acceptable to commence treatment on clinical suspicion without a definitive diagnosis,21 but caution is necessary, as lesions easily can be mistaken for other conditions such as Mycobacterium marinum infections (sporotrichoid lesions) or cutaneous leishmaniasis. Limited availability of molecular diagnostic tools in routine clinical laboratories affects the diagnosis of sporotrichosis and species identification. Direct microscopy on a 10% to 30% potassium hydroxide wet mount has low diagnostic sensitivity and is not recommended47; findings typically include cigar-shaped yeast cells (eFigure 1). Biopsy and histopathology also are useful, although in many infections (other than those due to S brasiliensis) there are very few detectable organisms in the tissue. Fluorescent staining of fungi with optical brighteners (eg, Calcofluor, Blankophor) is a useful technique with high sensitivity in clinical specimens on histopathologic and direct examination.48

Smith-CDC-Nov-25-1
eFIGURE 1. Sporothrix schenckii microscopy shows thin, septate, branched hyphae with conidia that look like a flower (original magnification ×40).

Fungal culture has higher sensitivity and specificity than microscopy and is the gold-standard approach for diagnosis of sporotrichosis (eFigure 2); however, culture cannot differentiate between Sporothrix species and may take more than a month to yield a positive result.7 No reliable serologic test for sporotrichosis has been validated, and a standardized antigen assay currently is unavailable.49 Serology may be more useful for patients who present with systemic disease or have persistently negative culture results despite a high index of suspicion. 

Smith-CDC-Nov-25-2
eFIGURE 2. Sporothrix schenckii culture. This wrinkled colony displayed a characteristically leathery, moist appearance with coloration ranging from beige-yellow at the periphery to a darker, brownish-purple in the more central, older areas. Image courtesy of the CDC/Dr. Lucille K. Georg.

A recent study evaluated the effectiveness of a lateral flow assay for detecting anti-Sporothrix antibodies, demonstrating the potential for its use as a rapid diagnostic test.50 Investigating different molecular methods to increase the sensitivity and specificity of diagnosis and distinguish Sporothrix species has been a focus of recent research, with a preference for polymerase chain reaction (PCR)–based genotypic methods.13,51 Recent advances in diagnostic testing include the development of multiplex PCR,52 culture-independent PCR techniques,53 and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization–time of flight mass spectrometry,54 each with varying clinical and practical applicability. Specialized testing can be beneficial for patients who have a poor therapeutic response to standard treatment, guide antifungal treatment choices, and identify epidemiologic disease and transmission patterns.21

Although rarely performed, antifungal susceptibility testing may be useful in guiding therapy to improve patient outcomes, particularly in the context of treatment failure, which has been documented with isolates exhibiting high minimal inhibitory concentrations (MICs) to first-line therapy and a poor clinical response.55,56 Proposed mechanisms of resistance include increased cellular melanin ­production, which protects against oxidative stress and reduces antifungal activity.56 Antifungal susceptibility profiles for therapeutics vary across Sporothrix species; for example, S brasiliensis generally shows lower MICs to itraconazole and terbinafine compared with S schenckii and S globosa, and S schenckii has shown a high MIC to itraconazole, as reflected in MIC distribution studies and epidemiologic cutoff values for antifungal agents.55,57-59 However, specific breakpoints for different Sporothrix species have not been determined.60 Robust clinical studies are needed to determine the correlation of in vitro MICs to clinical outcomes to assess the utility of antifungal susceptibility testing for Sporothrix species.

Management

Treatment of sporotrichosis is guided by clinical presentation, host immune status, and species identification. Management can be challenging in cases with an atypical or delayed diagnosis and limited access to molecular testing methods. Itraconazole is the first-line therapy for management of cutaneous sporotrichosis. It is regarded as safe, effective, well tolerated, and easily administered, with doses ranging from 100 mg in mild cases to 400 mg (with daily or twice-daily dosing).61 Treatment usually is for 3 to 6 months and should continue for 1 month after complete clinical resolution is achieved62; however, some cases of S brasiliensis infection require longer treatment, and complex or disseminated cases may require therapy for up to 12 months.61 Itraconazole is contraindicated in pregnancy and has many drug interactions (through cytochrome P450 inhibition) that may preclude administration, particularly in elderly populations. Therapeutic drug monitoring is recommended for prolonged or high-dose therapy, with periodic liver function testing to reduce the risk for toxicity. Itraconazole should be administered with food, and concurrent use of antacids or proton pump inhibitors should be avoided.61

Oral terbinafine (250 mg daily) can be considered as an effective alternative to treat cutaneous disease.63 Particularly in resource-limited settings, potassium iodide is an affordable and effective treatment for cutaneous sporotrichosis, administered as a saturated oral solution,64 but due to adverse effects such as severe nausea, the daily dose should be increased slowly each day to ensure tolerance.

Amphotericin B is the treatment of choice for severe and treatment-resistant cases of sporotrichosis as well as for immunocompromised patients.21,61 In patients with HIV, a longer treatment course is recommended with oversight from an infectious diseases specialist and usually is followed by a 12-month course of itraconazole after completion of initial therapy.61 Surgical excision infrequently is recommended but can be used in combination with another treatment modality and may be useful with a slow or incomplete response to medical therapy. Thermotherapy involves direct application of heat to cutaneous lesions and may be considered for small and localized lesions, particularly if antifungal agents are contraindicated or poorly tolerated.61 Public health measures include promoting case detection through practitioner education and patient awareness in endemic regions, as well as zoonotic control of infected animals to manage sporotrichosis.

Final Thoughts

Sporotrichosis is a fungal infection with growing public health significance. While the global disease burden is unknown, rising case numbers and geographic spread likely reflect a complex interaction between humans, the environment, and animals, exemplified by the spread of feline-associated infection due to S brasiliensis in South America.28 Cases of S brasiliensis infection after importation of an affected cat have been detected outside South America, and clinicians should be alert for introduction to the United States. Strengthening genotypic and phenotypic diagnostic capabilities will allow species identification and guide treatment and management. Disease surveillance and operational research will inform public health approaches to control sporotrichosis worldwide.

Sporotrichosis is an implantation mycosis that classically manifests as a localized skin and subcutaneous fungal infection but may disseminate to other parts of the body.1 It is caused by several species within the Sporothrix genus2 and is associated with varying clinical manifestations, geographic distributions, virulence profiles, and antifungal susceptibility patterns.3,4 Transmission of the fungus can involve inoculation from wild or domestic animals (eg, cats).5,6 Occupations such as landscaping and gardening or elements in the environment (eg, soil, plant fragments) also can be sources of exposure.7,8

Sporotrichosis is recognized by the World Health Organization as a neglected tropical disease that warrants global advocacy to prevent infections and improve patient outcomes.9,10 It carries substantial stigma and socioeconomic burden.11,12 Diagnostics, species identification, and antifungal susceptibility testing often are limited, particularly in resource-limited settings.13 In this article, we outline steps to diagnose and manage sporotrichosis to improve care for affected patients globally.

Epidemiology

Sporotrichosis occurs worldwide but is most common in tropical and subtropical regions.14,15 Outbreaks and clusters of sporotrichosis have been observed across North, Central, and South America as well as in southern Africa and Asia. The estimated annual incidence is 40,000 cases worldwide,16-20 but global case counts likely are underestimated due to limited surveillance data and diagnostic capability.21

On the Asian subcontinent, Sporothrix globosa is the predominant causative species of sporotrichosis, typically via contaminated plant material22; however, at least 1 outbreak has been associated with severe flooding.23 In Africa, infections are most commonly caused by Sporothrix schenckii sensu stricto through a similar transmission route. Across Central America, S schenckii sensu stricto is the predominant causative species; however, Sporothrix brasiliensis is the predominant species in some countries in South America, particularly Brazil.20   

Data describing the current geographic distribution and prevalence of sporotrichosis in the United States are limited. Historically, the disease was reported most commonly in Midwestern states and was associated with outbreaks related to handling Sphagnum moss.24,25 Epidemiologic studies using health insurance data indicate an average annual incidence of 2.0 cases per million individuals in the United States, with a higher prevalence among women and a median age at diagnosis of 54 years.26 A review of sporotrichosis-associated hospitalizations across the United States from 2000 to 2013 indicated an average hospitalization rate of 0.35 cases per 1 million individuals; rates were higher (0.45 cases per million) in the West and lower (0.15 per million) in the Northeast and in men (0.40 per million).27 Type 2 diabetes, immune-mediated inflammatory disease, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease are associated with an increased risk for infection and hospitalization.27

Causative Organisms

Sporothrix species are thermally dimorphic fungi that can grow as mold in the environment and as yeast in human tissue. Sporothrix brasiliensis is the only thermodimorphic fungus known to be transmitted directly in its yeast form.28 In other species, inoculation usually occurs after contact with contaminated soil or plant material during gardening, carpentry, or agricultural practices.7

Zoonotic transmission of sporotrichosis from animals to humans has been reported from a range of domestic and wild animals and birds but historically has been rare.5,7,29,30 Recently, the importance of both cat-to-cat (epizootic) and cat-to-human (zoonotic) transmission of S brasiliensis has been recognized, with infection typically following traumatic inoculation after a scratch or bite; less frequently, transmission occurs due to exposure to respiratory droplets or contact with feline exudates.5,29,31 Sporothrix brasiliensis is responsible for zoonotic epidemics in South America, primarily in Brazil. Transmission occurs among humans, cats, and canines, with felines serving as the primary vector.32 Transmission of this species is particularly common in stray and unneutered male cats that exhibit aggressive behaviors.33 This species also is thought to be the most virulent Sporothrix species.21

Sporothrix brasiliensis can persist on nondisinfected inanimate surfaces, which suggests that fomite transmission can lead to human infection.31 The epidemiology of sporotrichosis has transformed in regions where S brasiliensis circulates, with epidemic spread resulting in thousands of cases, whereas in other areas without S brasilinesis, sporotrichosis predominantly occurs sporadically with rare clusters.1,2,7,15

Sporotrichosis has been the subject of a taxonomic debate in the mycology community.21 Sporothrix schenckii sensu lato originally was believed to be the sole fungal pathogen causing sporotrichosis34 but was later divided into S schenckii sensu stricto, Sporothrix globosa, and S brasiliensis.35 More than 60 distinct species now have been described within the Sporothrix genus,36,37 but the primary species causing human sporotrichosis include S schenckii sensu stricto, S brasiliensis, S globosa, Sporothrix mexicana, and Sporothrix luriei.35 Both S schenckii and S brasiliensis have greater virulence than other Sporothrix species4; however, S schenckii causes infections that typically are localized and are milder, while S brasiliensis can lead to more atypical, severe, and disseminated infections38,39 and can spread epidemically.

Clinical Manifestations

Sporotrichosis has 4 main clinical presentations: cutaneous lymphatic, fixed cutaneous, cutaneous or systemic disseminated, and extracutaneous.40,41 The most common clinical manifestation is the cutaneous lymphatic form, which predominantly affects the hands and forearms in adults and the face in children.7 The primary lesion usually manifests as a unilateral papule, nodule, or pustule that may ulcerate (sporotrichotic chancre), but multiple sites of inoculation are possible. Subsequent lesions may appear in a linear distribution along a regional lymphatic path (sporotrichoid spread). Systemic symptoms and regional lymphadenopathy are uncommon and usually are mild.

The second most common clinical manifestation is the fixed cutaneous form, typically affecting the face, neck, trunk, or legs with a single papule, nodule, or verrucous lesion with no lymphangitic spread.7 Usually confined to the inoculation site, the primary lesion may be accompanied by satellite lesions and often presents a diagnostic challenge.

Disseminated sporotrichosis (either cutaneous or systemic) is rare. Disseminated cutaneous sporotrichosis manifests with multiple noncontiguous skin lesions caused by lymphatic and possible hematogenous spread. Lesions may include a combination of papules, pustules, follicular eruptions, crusted plaques, and ulcers that may mimic other systemic infections. Immunoreactive changes such as erythema nodosum, erythema multiforme, or arthritis may accompany skin lesions, most commonly with S brasiliensis infections. Nearly 10% of S brasiliensis infections involve the ocular adnexa, and Parinaud oculoglandular syndrome is commonly described in cases reported in Brazil.42,43 Disseminated disease usually occurs in immunocompromised hosts; however, despite a focus on HIV co-infection,8,44 prior epidemiologic research has suggested that diabetes and alcoholism are the most common predisposing factors.45 Systemic disseminated sporotrichosis by definition affects at least 2 body systems, most commonly the central nervous system, lungs, and musculoskeletal system (including joints and bone marrow).45

Extracutaneous sporotrichosis is rare and often is difficult to diagnose. Risk factors include chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, alcoholism, use of steroid medications, AIDS, solid organ transplantation, and use of tumor necrosis factor α inhibitors. It usually affects bony structures through hematogenous spread in immunocompromised hosts and is associated with a high risk for osteomyelitis due to delayed diagnosis.2

Clinical progression of sporotrichosis usually is slow, and lesions may persist for months or years if untreated. Sporotrichosis should always be considered for atypical, persistent, or treatment-resistant manifestations of nodular or ulcerated skin lesions in endemic regions or acute illness with these symptoms following exposure. Preventing secondary bacterial infection is an important consideration as it can exacerbate disease severity, extend the treatment duration, prolong hospitalization, and increase mortality risk.46

Diagnosis

In regions endemic for S brasiliensis, it may be acceptable to commence treatment on clinical suspicion without a definitive diagnosis,21 but caution is necessary, as lesions easily can be mistaken for other conditions such as Mycobacterium marinum infections (sporotrichoid lesions) or cutaneous leishmaniasis. Limited availability of molecular diagnostic tools in routine clinical laboratories affects the diagnosis of sporotrichosis and species identification. Direct microscopy on a 10% to 30% potassium hydroxide wet mount has low diagnostic sensitivity and is not recommended47; findings typically include cigar-shaped yeast cells (eFigure 1). Biopsy and histopathology also are useful, although in many infections (other than those due to S brasiliensis) there are very few detectable organisms in the tissue. Fluorescent staining of fungi with optical brighteners (eg, Calcofluor, Blankophor) is a useful technique with high sensitivity in clinical specimens on histopathologic and direct examination.48

Smith-CDC-Nov-25-1
eFIGURE 1. Sporothrix schenckii microscopy shows thin, septate, branched hyphae with conidia that look like a flower (original magnification ×40).

Fungal culture has higher sensitivity and specificity than microscopy and is the gold-standard approach for diagnosis of sporotrichosis (eFigure 2); however, culture cannot differentiate between Sporothrix species and may take more than a month to yield a positive result.7 No reliable serologic test for sporotrichosis has been validated, and a standardized antigen assay currently is unavailable.49 Serology may be more useful for patients who present with systemic disease or have persistently negative culture results despite a high index of suspicion. 

Smith-CDC-Nov-25-2
eFIGURE 2. Sporothrix schenckii culture. This wrinkled colony displayed a characteristically leathery, moist appearance with coloration ranging from beige-yellow at the periphery to a darker, brownish-purple in the more central, older areas. Image courtesy of the CDC/Dr. Lucille K. Georg.

A recent study evaluated the effectiveness of a lateral flow assay for detecting anti-Sporothrix antibodies, demonstrating the potential for its use as a rapid diagnostic test.50 Investigating different molecular methods to increase the sensitivity and specificity of diagnosis and distinguish Sporothrix species has been a focus of recent research, with a preference for polymerase chain reaction (PCR)–based genotypic methods.13,51 Recent advances in diagnostic testing include the development of multiplex PCR,52 culture-independent PCR techniques,53 and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization–time of flight mass spectrometry,54 each with varying clinical and practical applicability. Specialized testing can be beneficial for patients who have a poor therapeutic response to standard treatment, guide antifungal treatment choices, and identify epidemiologic disease and transmission patterns.21

Although rarely performed, antifungal susceptibility testing may be useful in guiding therapy to improve patient outcomes, particularly in the context of treatment failure, which has been documented with isolates exhibiting high minimal inhibitory concentrations (MICs) to first-line therapy and a poor clinical response.55,56 Proposed mechanisms of resistance include increased cellular melanin ­production, which protects against oxidative stress and reduces antifungal activity.56 Antifungal susceptibility profiles for therapeutics vary across Sporothrix species; for example, S brasiliensis generally shows lower MICs to itraconazole and terbinafine compared with S schenckii and S globosa, and S schenckii has shown a high MIC to itraconazole, as reflected in MIC distribution studies and epidemiologic cutoff values for antifungal agents.55,57-59 However, specific breakpoints for different Sporothrix species have not been determined.60 Robust clinical studies are needed to determine the correlation of in vitro MICs to clinical outcomes to assess the utility of antifungal susceptibility testing for Sporothrix species.

Management

Treatment of sporotrichosis is guided by clinical presentation, host immune status, and species identification. Management can be challenging in cases with an atypical or delayed diagnosis and limited access to molecular testing methods. Itraconazole is the first-line therapy for management of cutaneous sporotrichosis. It is regarded as safe, effective, well tolerated, and easily administered, with doses ranging from 100 mg in mild cases to 400 mg (with daily or twice-daily dosing).61 Treatment usually is for 3 to 6 months and should continue for 1 month after complete clinical resolution is achieved62; however, some cases of S brasiliensis infection require longer treatment, and complex or disseminated cases may require therapy for up to 12 months.61 Itraconazole is contraindicated in pregnancy and has many drug interactions (through cytochrome P450 inhibition) that may preclude administration, particularly in elderly populations. Therapeutic drug monitoring is recommended for prolonged or high-dose therapy, with periodic liver function testing to reduce the risk for toxicity. Itraconazole should be administered with food, and concurrent use of antacids or proton pump inhibitors should be avoided.61

Oral terbinafine (250 mg daily) can be considered as an effective alternative to treat cutaneous disease.63 Particularly in resource-limited settings, potassium iodide is an affordable and effective treatment for cutaneous sporotrichosis, administered as a saturated oral solution,64 but due to adverse effects such as severe nausea, the daily dose should be increased slowly each day to ensure tolerance.

Amphotericin B is the treatment of choice for severe and treatment-resistant cases of sporotrichosis as well as for immunocompromised patients.21,61 In patients with HIV, a longer treatment course is recommended with oversight from an infectious diseases specialist and usually is followed by a 12-month course of itraconazole after completion of initial therapy.61 Surgical excision infrequently is recommended but can be used in combination with another treatment modality and may be useful with a slow or incomplete response to medical therapy. Thermotherapy involves direct application of heat to cutaneous lesions and may be considered for small and localized lesions, particularly if antifungal agents are contraindicated or poorly tolerated.61 Public health measures include promoting case detection through practitioner education and patient awareness in endemic regions, as well as zoonotic control of infected animals to manage sporotrichosis.

Final Thoughts

Sporotrichosis is a fungal infection with growing public health significance. While the global disease burden is unknown, rising case numbers and geographic spread likely reflect a complex interaction between humans, the environment, and animals, exemplified by the spread of feline-associated infection due to S brasiliensis in South America.28 Cases of S brasiliensis infection after importation of an affected cat have been detected outside South America, and clinicians should be alert for introduction to the United States. Strengthening genotypic and phenotypic diagnostic capabilities will allow species identification and guide treatment and management. Disease surveillance and operational research will inform public health approaches to control sporotrichosis worldwide.

References
  1. Queiroz-Telles F, Nucci M, Colombo AL, et al. Mycoses of implantation in Latin America: an overview of epidemiology, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and treatment. Med Mycol. 2011;49:225-236.
  2. Orofino-Costa R, de Macedo PM, Rodrigues AM, et al. Sporotrichosis: an update on epidemiology, etiopathogenesis, laboratory and clinical therapeutics. An Bras Dermatol. 2017;92:606-620.
  3. Almeida-Paes R, de Oliveira MM, Freitas DF, et al. Sporotrichosis in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil: Sporothrix brasiliensis is associated with atypical clinical presentations. PLoS Negl Trop Dis. 2014;8:E3094.
  4. Arrillaga-Moncrieff I, Capilla J, Mayayo E, et al. Different virulence levels of the species of Sporothrix in a murine model. Clin Microbiol Infect. 2009;15:651-655.
  5. de Lima Barros MB, Schubach TM, Gutierrez-Galhardo MC, et al. Sporotrichosis: an emergent zoonosis in Rio de Janeiro. Mem Inst Oswaldo Cruz. 2001;96:777-779.
  6. Bao F, Huai P, Chen C, et al. An outbreak of sporotrichosis associated with tying crabs. JAMA Dermatol. 2025;161:883-885.
  7. de Lima Barros MB, de Almeida Paes R, Schubach AO. Sporothrix schenckii and sporotrichosis. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2011;24:633-654.
  8. Queiroz-Telles F, Buccheri R, Benard G. Sporotrichosis in immunocompromised hosts. J Fungi. 2019;5:8.
  9. World Health Organization. Generic Framework for Control, Elimination and Eradication of Neglected Tropical Diseases. World Health Organization; 2016.
  10. Smith DJ, Soebono H, Parajuli N, et al. South-East Asia regional neglected tropical disease framework: improving control of mycetoma, chromoblastomycosis, and sporotrichosis. Lancet Reg Health Southeast Asia. 2025;35:100561.
  11. Winck GR, Raimundo RL, Fernandes-Ferreira H, et al. Socioecological vulnerability and the risk of zoonotic disease emergence in Brazil. Sci Adv. 2022;8:eabo5774.
  12. Jenks JD, Prattes J, Wurster S, et al. Social determinants of health as drivers of fungal disease. EClinicalMedicine. 2023;66:102325.
  13. Rodrigues AM, Gonçalves SS, de Carvalho JA, et al. Current progress on epidemiology, diagnosis, and treatment of sporotrichosis and their future trends. J Fungi. 2022;8:776.
  14. Evans EGV, Ashbee HR, Frankland JC, et al. Tropical mycoses: hazards to travellers. In: Evans EGV, Ashbee HR, eds. Tropical Mycology. Vol 2. CABI Publishing; 2002:145-163.
  15. Matute DR, Teixeira MM. Sporothrix is neglected among the neglected. PLoS Pathog. 2025;21:E1012898.
  16. Matruchot L. Sur un nouveau groupe de champignons pathogenes, agents des sporotrichoses. Comptes Rendus De L’Académie Des Sci. 1910;150:543-545.
  17. Dangerfield LF. Sporotriehosis among miners on the Witwatersrand gold mines. S Afr Med J. 1941;15:128-131.
  18. Fukushiro R. Epidemiology and ecology of sporotrichosis in Japan. Zentralbl Bakteriol Mikrobiol Hyg. 1984;257:228-233.
  19. Dixon DM, Salkin IF, Duncan RA, et al. Isolation and characterization of Sporothrix schenckii from clinical and environmental sources associated with the largest US epidemic of sporotrichosis. J Clin Microbiol. 1991;29:1106-1113.
  20. dos Santos AR, Misas E, Min B, et al. Emergence of zoonotic sporotrichosis in Brazil: a genomic epidemiology study. Lancet Microbe. 2024;5:E282-E290.
  21. Schechtman RC, Falcão EM, Carard M, et al. Sporotrichosis: hyperendemic by zoonotic transmission, with atypical presentations, hypersensitivity reactions and greater severity. An Bras Dermatol. 2022;97:1-13.
  22. Rodrigues AM, de Hoog GS, de Camargo ZP. Sporothrix species causing outbreaks in animals and humans driven by animal-animal transmission. PLoS Pathog. 2016;12:E1005638.
  23. Li HY, Song J, Zhang Y. Epidemiological survey of sporotrichosis in Zhaodong, Heilongjiang. Chin J Dermatol. 1995;28:401-402.
  24. Hajjeh R, McDonnell S, Reef S, et al. Outbreak of sporotrichosis among tree nursery workers. J Infect Dis. 1997;176:499-504.
  25. Coles FB, Schuchat A, Hibbs JR, et al. A multistate outbreak of sporotrichosis associated with sphagnum moss. Am J Epidemiol. 1992;136:475-487.
  26. Benedict K, Jackson BR. Sporotrichosis cases in commercial insurance data, United States, 2012-2018. Emerg Infect Dis. 2020;26:2783-2785.
  27. Gold JAW, Derado G, Mody RK, et al. Sporotrichosis-associated hospitalizations, United States, 2000-2013. Emerg Infect Dis. 2016;22:1817-1820.
  28. Rossow JA, Queiroz-Telles F, Caceres DH, et al. A One Health approach to combatting Sporothrix brasiliensis: narrative review of an emerging zoonotic fungal pathogen in South America. J Fungi. 2020;6:247-274.
  29. Madrid IM, Mattei AS, Fernandes CG, et al. Epidemiological findings and laboratory evaluation of sporotrichosis: a description of 103 cases in cats and dogs in southern Brazil. Mycopathologia. 2012;173:265-273.
  30. Fichman V, Gremião ID, Mendes-Júnior AA, et al. Sporotrichosis transmitted by a cockatiel (Nymphicus hollandicus). J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2018;32:E157-E158.
  31. Cognialli RC, Queiroz-Telles F, Cavanaugh AM, et al. New insights on transmission of Sporothrix brasiliensis. Mycoses. 2025;68:E70047.
  32. Bastos FA, De Farias MR, Gremião ID, et al. Cat-transmitted sporotrichosis by Sporothrix brasiliensis: focus on its potential transmission routes and epidemiological profile. Med Mycol. 2025;63.
  33. Gremiao ID, Menezes RC, Schubach TM, et al. Feline sporotrichosis: epidemiological and clinical aspects. Med Mycol. 2015;53:15-21.
  34. Hektoen L, Perkins CF. Refractory subcutaneous abscesses caused by Sporothrix schenckii: a new pathogenic fungus. J Exp Med. 1900;5:77-89.
  35. Marimon R, Cano J, Gené J, et al. Sporothrix brasiliensis, S. globosa, and S. mexicana, three new Sporothrix species of clinical interest. J Clin Microbiol. 2007;45:3198-3206.
  36. Rodrigues AM, Della Terra PP, Gremião ID, et al. The threat of emerging and re-emerging pathogenic Sporothrix species. Mycopathologia. 2020;185:813-842.
  37. Morgado DS, Castro R, Ribeiro-Alves M, et al. Global distribution of animal sporotrichosis: a systematic review of Sporothrix sp. identified using molecular tools. Curr Res Microbial Sci. 2022;3:100140.
  38. de Lima IM, Ferraz CE, Lima-Neto RG, et al. Case report: Sweet syndrome in patients with sporotrichosis: a 10-case series. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2020;103:2533-2538.
  39. Xavier MO, Bittencourt LR, da Silva CM, et al. Atypical presentation of sporotrichosis: report of three cases. Rev Soc Bras Med Trop. 2013;46:116-118.
  40. Ramos-e-Silva M, Vasconcelos C, Carneiro S, et al. Sporotrichosis. Clin Dermatol. 2007;25:181-187.
  41. Sampaio SA, Lacaz CS. Klinische und statische Untersuchungen uber Sporotrichose in Sao Paulo. Der Hautarzt. 1959;10:490-493.
  42. Arinelli A, Aleixo L, Freitas DF, et al. Ocular manifestations of sporotrichosis in a hyperendemic region in Brazil: description of a series of 120 cases. Ocul Immunol Inflamm. 2023;31:329-337.
  43. Cognialli RC, Cáceres DH, Bastos FA, et al. Rising incidence of Sporothrix brasiliensis infections, Curitiba, Brazil, 2011-2022. Emerg Infect Dis. 2023;29:1330-1339.
  44. Freitas DF, Valle AC, da Silva MB, et al. Sporotrichosis: an emerging neglected opportunistic infection in HIV-infected patients in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. PLoS Negl Trop Dis. 2014;8:E3110.
  45. Bonifaz A, Tirado-Sánchez A. Cutaneous disseminated and extracutaneous sporotrichosis: current status of a complex disease. J Fungi. 2017;3:6.
  46. Falcão EM, de Lima Filho JB, Campos DP, et al. Hospitalizações e óbitos relacionados à esporotricose no Brasil (1992-2015). Cad Saude Publica. 2019;35:4.
  47. Mahajan VK, Burkhart CG. Sporotrichosis: an overview and therapeutic options. Dermatol Res Pract. 2014;2014:32-44.
  48. Hamer EC, Moore CB, Denning DW. Comparison of two fluorescent whiteners, Calcofluor and Blankophor, for the detection of fungal elements in clinical specimens in the diagnostic laboratory. Clin Microbiol Infect. 2006;12:181-184.
  49. Bernardes-Engemann AR, Orofino Costa RC, Miguens BP, et al. Development of an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for the serodiagnosis of several clinical forms of sporotrichosis. Med Mycol. 2005;43:487-493.
  50. Cognialli R, Bloss K, Weiss I, et al. A lateral flow assay for the immunodiagnosis of human cat-transmitted sporotrichosis. Mycoses. 2022;65:926-934.
  51. Rodrigues AM, de Hoog GS, de Camargo ZP. Molecular diagnosis of pathogenic Sporothrix species. PLoS Negl Trop Dis. 2015;9:E0004190.
  52. Della Terra PP, Gonsales FF, de Carvalho JA, et al. Development and evaluation of a multiplex qPCR assay for rapid diagnostics of emerging sporotrichosis. Transbound Emerg Dis. 2022;69.
  53. Kano R, Nakamura Y, Watanabe S, et al. Identification of Sporothrix schenckii based on sequences of the chitin synthase 1 gene. Mycoses. 2001;44:261-265.
  54. Oliveira MM, Santos C, Sampaio P, et al. Development and optimization of a new MALDI-TOF protocol for identification of the Sporothrix species complex. Res Microbiol. 2015;166:102-110.
  55. Bernardes-Engemann AR, Tomki GF, Rabello VBS, et al. Sporotrichosis caused by non-wild type Sporothrix brasiliensis strains. Front Cell Infect Microbiol. 2022;12:893501.
  56. Waller SB, Dalla Lana DF, Quatrin PM, et al. Antifungal resistance on Sporothrix species: an overview. Braz J Microbiol. 2021;52:73-80.
  57. Marimon R, Serena C, Gene J. In vitro antifungal susceptibilities of five species of sporothrix. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2008;52:732-734.
  58. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI). Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Yeasts (M27, 4th edition). 4th ed. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI); 2017.
  59. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI). Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Filamentous Fungi (Approved Standard, M38, 3rd edition). Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI); 2017
  60. Oliveira DC, Lopes PG, Spader TB, et al. Antifungal susceptibilities of Sporothrix albicans, S. brasiliensis, and S. luriei of the S. schenckii complex identified in Brazil. J Clin Microbiol. 2011;49:3047-3049.
  61. Kauffman CA, Bustamante B, Chapman SW, et al. Clinical practice guidelines for the management of sporotrichosis: 2007 update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis. 2007;45:1255-1265.
  62. Thompson GR, Le T, Chindamporn A, et al. Global guideline for the diagnosis and management of the endemic mycoses: an initiative of the European Confederation of Medical Mycology in cooperation with the International Society for Human and Animal Mycology. Lancet Infect Dis. 2021;21:E364-E374.
  63. Francesconi G, Valle AC, Passos S, et al. Terbinafine (250 mg/day): an effective and safe treatment of cutaneous sporotrichosis. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2009;23:1273-1276.
  64. Macedo PM, Lopes-Bezerra LM, Bernardes-Engemann AR, et al. New posology of potassium iodide for the treatment of cutaneous sporotrichosis: study of efficacy and safety in 102 patients. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2015;29:719-724.
References
  1. Queiroz-Telles F, Nucci M, Colombo AL, et al. Mycoses of implantation in Latin America: an overview of epidemiology, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and treatment. Med Mycol. 2011;49:225-236.
  2. Orofino-Costa R, de Macedo PM, Rodrigues AM, et al. Sporotrichosis: an update on epidemiology, etiopathogenesis, laboratory and clinical therapeutics. An Bras Dermatol. 2017;92:606-620.
  3. Almeida-Paes R, de Oliveira MM, Freitas DF, et al. Sporotrichosis in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil: Sporothrix brasiliensis is associated with atypical clinical presentations. PLoS Negl Trop Dis. 2014;8:E3094.
  4. Arrillaga-Moncrieff I, Capilla J, Mayayo E, et al. Different virulence levels of the species of Sporothrix in a murine model. Clin Microbiol Infect. 2009;15:651-655.
  5. de Lima Barros MB, Schubach TM, Gutierrez-Galhardo MC, et al. Sporotrichosis: an emergent zoonosis in Rio de Janeiro. Mem Inst Oswaldo Cruz. 2001;96:777-779.
  6. Bao F, Huai P, Chen C, et al. An outbreak of sporotrichosis associated with tying crabs. JAMA Dermatol. 2025;161:883-885.
  7. de Lima Barros MB, de Almeida Paes R, Schubach AO. Sporothrix schenckii and sporotrichosis. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2011;24:633-654.
  8. Queiroz-Telles F, Buccheri R, Benard G. Sporotrichosis in immunocompromised hosts. J Fungi. 2019;5:8.
  9. World Health Organization. Generic Framework for Control, Elimination and Eradication of Neglected Tropical Diseases. World Health Organization; 2016.
  10. Smith DJ, Soebono H, Parajuli N, et al. South-East Asia regional neglected tropical disease framework: improving control of mycetoma, chromoblastomycosis, and sporotrichosis. Lancet Reg Health Southeast Asia. 2025;35:100561.
  11. Winck GR, Raimundo RL, Fernandes-Ferreira H, et al. Socioecological vulnerability and the risk of zoonotic disease emergence in Brazil. Sci Adv. 2022;8:eabo5774.
  12. Jenks JD, Prattes J, Wurster S, et al. Social determinants of health as drivers of fungal disease. EClinicalMedicine. 2023;66:102325.
  13. Rodrigues AM, Gonçalves SS, de Carvalho JA, et al. Current progress on epidemiology, diagnosis, and treatment of sporotrichosis and their future trends. J Fungi. 2022;8:776.
  14. Evans EGV, Ashbee HR, Frankland JC, et al. Tropical mycoses: hazards to travellers. In: Evans EGV, Ashbee HR, eds. Tropical Mycology. Vol 2. CABI Publishing; 2002:145-163.
  15. Matute DR, Teixeira MM. Sporothrix is neglected among the neglected. PLoS Pathog. 2025;21:E1012898.
  16. Matruchot L. Sur un nouveau groupe de champignons pathogenes, agents des sporotrichoses. Comptes Rendus De L’Académie Des Sci. 1910;150:543-545.
  17. Dangerfield LF. Sporotriehosis among miners on the Witwatersrand gold mines. S Afr Med J. 1941;15:128-131.
  18. Fukushiro R. Epidemiology and ecology of sporotrichosis in Japan. Zentralbl Bakteriol Mikrobiol Hyg. 1984;257:228-233.
  19. Dixon DM, Salkin IF, Duncan RA, et al. Isolation and characterization of Sporothrix schenckii from clinical and environmental sources associated with the largest US epidemic of sporotrichosis. J Clin Microbiol. 1991;29:1106-1113.
  20. dos Santos AR, Misas E, Min B, et al. Emergence of zoonotic sporotrichosis in Brazil: a genomic epidemiology study. Lancet Microbe. 2024;5:E282-E290.
  21. Schechtman RC, Falcão EM, Carard M, et al. Sporotrichosis: hyperendemic by zoonotic transmission, with atypical presentations, hypersensitivity reactions and greater severity. An Bras Dermatol. 2022;97:1-13.
  22. Rodrigues AM, de Hoog GS, de Camargo ZP. Sporothrix species causing outbreaks in animals and humans driven by animal-animal transmission. PLoS Pathog. 2016;12:E1005638.
  23. Li HY, Song J, Zhang Y. Epidemiological survey of sporotrichosis in Zhaodong, Heilongjiang. Chin J Dermatol. 1995;28:401-402.
  24. Hajjeh R, McDonnell S, Reef S, et al. Outbreak of sporotrichosis among tree nursery workers. J Infect Dis. 1997;176:499-504.
  25. Coles FB, Schuchat A, Hibbs JR, et al. A multistate outbreak of sporotrichosis associated with sphagnum moss. Am J Epidemiol. 1992;136:475-487.
  26. Benedict K, Jackson BR. Sporotrichosis cases in commercial insurance data, United States, 2012-2018. Emerg Infect Dis. 2020;26:2783-2785.
  27. Gold JAW, Derado G, Mody RK, et al. Sporotrichosis-associated hospitalizations, United States, 2000-2013. Emerg Infect Dis. 2016;22:1817-1820.
  28. Rossow JA, Queiroz-Telles F, Caceres DH, et al. A One Health approach to combatting Sporothrix brasiliensis: narrative review of an emerging zoonotic fungal pathogen in South America. J Fungi. 2020;6:247-274.
  29. Madrid IM, Mattei AS, Fernandes CG, et al. Epidemiological findings and laboratory evaluation of sporotrichosis: a description of 103 cases in cats and dogs in southern Brazil. Mycopathologia. 2012;173:265-273.
  30. Fichman V, Gremião ID, Mendes-Júnior AA, et al. Sporotrichosis transmitted by a cockatiel (Nymphicus hollandicus). J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2018;32:E157-E158.
  31. Cognialli RC, Queiroz-Telles F, Cavanaugh AM, et al. New insights on transmission of Sporothrix brasiliensis. Mycoses. 2025;68:E70047.
  32. Bastos FA, De Farias MR, Gremião ID, et al. Cat-transmitted sporotrichosis by Sporothrix brasiliensis: focus on its potential transmission routes and epidemiological profile. Med Mycol. 2025;63.
  33. Gremiao ID, Menezes RC, Schubach TM, et al. Feline sporotrichosis: epidemiological and clinical aspects. Med Mycol. 2015;53:15-21.
  34. Hektoen L, Perkins CF. Refractory subcutaneous abscesses caused by Sporothrix schenckii: a new pathogenic fungus. J Exp Med. 1900;5:77-89.
  35. Marimon R, Cano J, Gené J, et al. Sporothrix brasiliensis, S. globosa, and S. mexicana, three new Sporothrix species of clinical interest. J Clin Microbiol. 2007;45:3198-3206.
  36. Rodrigues AM, Della Terra PP, Gremião ID, et al. The threat of emerging and re-emerging pathogenic Sporothrix species. Mycopathologia. 2020;185:813-842.
  37. Morgado DS, Castro R, Ribeiro-Alves M, et al. Global distribution of animal sporotrichosis: a systematic review of Sporothrix sp. identified using molecular tools. Curr Res Microbial Sci. 2022;3:100140.
  38. de Lima IM, Ferraz CE, Lima-Neto RG, et al. Case report: Sweet syndrome in patients with sporotrichosis: a 10-case series. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2020;103:2533-2538.
  39. Xavier MO, Bittencourt LR, da Silva CM, et al. Atypical presentation of sporotrichosis: report of three cases. Rev Soc Bras Med Trop. 2013;46:116-118.
  40. Ramos-e-Silva M, Vasconcelos C, Carneiro S, et al. Sporotrichosis. Clin Dermatol. 2007;25:181-187.
  41. Sampaio SA, Lacaz CS. Klinische und statische Untersuchungen uber Sporotrichose in Sao Paulo. Der Hautarzt. 1959;10:490-493.
  42. Arinelli A, Aleixo L, Freitas DF, et al. Ocular manifestations of sporotrichosis in a hyperendemic region in Brazil: description of a series of 120 cases. Ocul Immunol Inflamm. 2023;31:329-337.
  43. Cognialli RC, Cáceres DH, Bastos FA, et al. Rising incidence of Sporothrix brasiliensis infections, Curitiba, Brazil, 2011-2022. Emerg Infect Dis. 2023;29:1330-1339.
  44. Freitas DF, Valle AC, da Silva MB, et al. Sporotrichosis: an emerging neglected opportunistic infection in HIV-infected patients in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. PLoS Negl Trop Dis. 2014;8:E3110.
  45. Bonifaz A, Tirado-Sánchez A. Cutaneous disseminated and extracutaneous sporotrichosis: current status of a complex disease. J Fungi. 2017;3:6.
  46. Falcão EM, de Lima Filho JB, Campos DP, et al. Hospitalizações e óbitos relacionados à esporotricose no Brasil (1992-2015). Cad Saude Publica. 2019;35:4.
  47. Mahajan VK, Burkhart CG. Sporotrichosis: an overview and therapeutic options. Dermatol Res Pract. 2014;2014:32-44.
  48. Hamer EC, Moore CB, Denning DW. Comparison of two fluorescent whiteners, Calcofluor and Blankophor, for the detection of fungal elements in clinical specimens in the diagnostic laboratory. Clin Microbiol Infect. 2006;12:181-184.
  49. Bernardes-Engemann AR, Orofino Costa RC, Miguens BP, et al. Development of an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for the serodiagnosis of several clinical forms of sporotrichosis. Med Mycol. 2005;43:487-493.
  50. Cognialli R, Bloss K, Weiss I, et al. A lateral flow assay for the immunodiagnosis of human cat-transmitted sporotrichosis. Mycoses. 2022;65:926-934.
  51. Rodrigues AM, de Hoog GS, de Camargo ZP. Molecular diagnosis of pathogenic Sporothrix species. PLoS Negl Trop Dis. 2015;9:E0004190.
  52. Della Terra PP, Gonsales FF, de Carvalho JA, et al. Development and evaluation of a multiplex qPCR assay for rapid diagnostics of emerging sporotrichosis. Transbound Emerg Dis. 2022;69.
  53. Kano R, Nakamura Y, Watanabe S, et al. Identification of Sporothrix schenckii based on sequences of the chitin synthase 1 gene. Mycoses. 2001;44:261-265.
  54. Oliveira MM, Santos C, Sampaio P, et al. Development and optimization of a new MALDI-TOF protocol for identification of the Sporothrix species complex. Res Microbiol. 2015;166:102-110.
  55. Bernardes-Engemann AR, Tomki GF, Rabello VBS, et al. Sporotrichosis caused by non-wild type Sporothrix brasiliensis strains. Front Cell Infect Microbiol. 2022;12:893501.
  56. Waller SB, Dalla Lana DF, Quatrin PM, et al. Antifungal resistance on Sporothrix species: an overview. Braz J Microbiol. 2021;52:73-80.
  57. Marimon R, Serena C, Gene J. In vitro antifungal susceptibilities of five species of sporothrix. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2008;52:732-734.
  58. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI). Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Yeasts (M27, 4th edition). 4th ed. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI); 2017.
  59. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI). Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Filamentous Fungi (Approved Standard, M38, 3rd edition). Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI); 2017
  60. Oliveira DC, Lopes PG, Spader TB, et al. Antifungal susceptibilities of Sporothrix albicans, S. brasiliensis, and S. luriei of the S. schenckii complex identified in Brazil. J Clin Microbiol. 2011;49:3047-3049.
  61. Kauffman CA, Bustamante B, Chapman SW, et al. Clinical practice guidelines for the management of sporotrichosis: 2007 update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis. 2007;45:1255-1265.
  62. Thompson GR, Le T, Chindamporn A, et al. Global guideline for the diagnosis and management of the endemic mycoses: an initiative of the European Confederation of Medical Mycology in cooperation with the International Society for Human and Animal Mycology. Lancet Infect Dis. 2021;21:E364-E374.
  63. Francesconi G, Valle AC, Passos S, et al. Terbinafine (250 mg/day): an effective and safe treatment of cutaneous sporotrichosis. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2009;23:1273-1276.
  64. Macedo PM, Lopes-Bezerra LM, Bernardes-Engemann AR, et al. New posology of potassium iodide for the treatment of cutaneous sporotrichosis: study of efficacy and safety in 102 patients. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2015;29:719-724.
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Page Number
170-174, E5
Page Number
170-174, E5
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline

Approach to Diagnosing and Managing Sporotrichosis

Display Headline

Approach to Diagnosing and Managing Sporotrichosis

Sections
Inside the Article

Practice Points

  • Sporotrichosis is an implantation mycosis that is considered a neglected tropical disease warranting global advocacy to prevent infections and improve patient outcomes.
  • Common diagnostic methods such as microscopy may have a low sensitivity for confirming sporotrichosis. Culture from lesional tissue or pus is considered the gold standard for diagnosis.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
survey writer start date

Toluene-2,5-Diamine Sulfate: The 2025 American Contact Dermatitis Society Allergen of the Year

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline

Toluene-2,5-Diamine Sulfate: The 2025 American Contact Dermatitis Society Allergen of the Year

The American Contact Dermatitis Society selected toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate (PTDS) as the 2025 Allergen of the Year.1 Widely used as an alternative to para-phenylenediamine (PPD) in oxidative and permanent/semipermanent hair dyes, PTDS has emerged as a potent contact allergen with substantial cross-­reactivity to PPD. In this article, we discuss PTDS as both a PPD alternative and a contact allergen as well as the clinical features of allergic contact dermatitis (ACD) to PTDS and practical recommendations for management in at-risk populations.

Background

Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate is a compound formed by combining 2,5-diaminotoluene (PTD) with sulfuric acid, making it more water soluble and potentially less irritating than PTD alone.2 In this article, the terms PTDS and PTD will be used interchangeably due to their structural similarity.

Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate commonly is used in oxidative and permanent/semipermanent hair dyes as an alternative to PPD, the most common hair dye contact allergen.3 Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate also is a component used in color photography development and in dyes used for textiles, furs, leathers, and biologic stains.4 The prevalence of PTDS contact allergy likely is underreported due to its absence in routine patch test series such as the Thin-Layer Rapid Use Epicutaneous (T.R.U.E.) test (Smart Practice) and the American Contact Dermatitis Society Core 90 Series.

Cross-Reactivity Between PTDS and PPD

There is substantial cross-reactivity between PTDS and PPD, necessitating careful avoidance and alternative dye selection. The rate of cross-reactivity between these compounds is high, with some estimated to be more than 80% among patch tested individuals.5-9 In some cases, patients with a contact allergy to PPD are able to tolerate dyes containing PTDS. Studies conducted in Canada and Europe showed that 31.3% to 76.3% of patients with a contact allergy to PPD also had an allergy to PTDS or PTD.7,8,10 Stronger reactions to PPD also seem to be associated with an increased risk for cross-reaction.11

Clinical Manifestation of ACD to PTDS

In the literature, case reports of ACD caused by PTDS are rare. The clinical manifestations of PTDS-ACD will closely mirror those described in PPD-ACD or PTD-ACD, reflecting the cross-reactivity between these aromatic amines. Generally, ACD to components in hair dyes manifests as a pruritic, erythematous, edematous, eczematous rash that can affect the margins of the scalp, ears, face, and/or neck. Severe cases can extend beyond the initial area of contact, potentially resulting in widespread involvement and systemic symptoms.12 Notably, the scalp often is spared, which may be attributable to protection provided by sebum or the hair itself covering the scalp.13

Two case reports described ACD of the eyebrows after application of PTD-containing hair dye.14,15 One patient developed severe bullous ACD involving the eyebrows and eyelashes with concurrent conjunctivitis,14 and the other experienced erythema, edema, burning, itching, and exudation at and around the eyebrows.15 The latter patient had prior exposure to PPD from a black henna tattoo, which may have led to an initial sensitization and subsequent cross-reactivity to PTD in the hair dye. 

Another case report described a patient with erythema, edema, and scaling of the face, neck, and arms within 1 week of exposure to a new hair dye at a salon.16 Patch testing revealed a positive reaction to PPD on day 3, despite it not being a component of the hair dye. On day 7, the patient showed a delayed reaction to PTD, which was confirmed to be present in the dye.16 The implications of these findings are twofold. First, delayed patch test readings beyond day 5 could provide more sensitive interpretation. Second, this case highlights the cross-reactivity between these related compounds. 

Hairdressers and users of hair care products are most commonly affected by PTDS contact allergy. Though hairdressers generally are at a higher risk, prevalence for PTD sensitization in a European patch tested population showed rates of 20% in hairdressers and 30.8% in consumers.17 The North American Contact Dermatitis Group reported PTDS sensitization in fewer than 2% of 4121 patients patch tested across 13 North American centers over a period of 1 year.18 This suggests potential underutilization of the more specific panels that include PTDS. 

Hairdressers are at an increased risk of contact allergy to PTDS due to occupational exposure and are at higher risk for hand dermatitis due to frequent exposure to water. In a review of epidemiologic studies published between 2000 and 2021, the pooled lifetime prevalence of hand eczema in hairdressers was 38.2% compared to an estimated lifetime prevalence of 14.5% in the general population.19 Higher risk for hand eczema can increase the risk for sensitization to contact allergens including PPD and PTDS due to impaired barrier function, allowing allergen penetration through disrupted skin.20

Strategies for Management and Avoidance

Patients with suspected contact allergy to PTDS should avoid this compound and related dye chemicals such as PPD due to the high risk for ACD and frequent cross-reactivity. While PTDS-allergic patients should avoid products containing PPD, some patients allergic to PPD may be able to tolerate exposure to PTD or PTDS.7,8,10 Regardless, any suspected contact allergy should be supported by patch testing with PTDS and PPD to confirm sensitization. Patch test readings for PTDS/PTD could be delayed beyond day 5 if clinical suspicion is high and early patch test reading is noncontributory; however, more studies are needed to establish that later readings are more reliable for PTDS.

Occupational risk reduction in hairdressers is essential. Hairdressers as well as at-home users of hair dyes should be properly informed by their dermatologist or other trained health care professional about PTDS and PTD as potent allergens and should be provided with information on potential alternatives. They also should be counseled on proper skin protection, including single-use gloves and careful hand care through gentle cleansing and use of barrier creams to protect skin integrity and prevent contact dermatitis. Nitrile rubber gloves offer the best protection when handling hair dyes. Polyvinyl chloride or natural latex rubber gloves also may be sufficient; however, polyethylene gloves should be avoided, as they have been shown to have the fastest time to penetration.21 Gloves should be properly sized, and reuse should be avoided. 

Because PTDS and PTD frequently are used in semipermanent and permanent hair dyes, temporary hair dyes (eg, henna-based dyes) may be safer alternatives, as they infrequently contain these allergens. Food, Drug, and Cosmetics (FD&C) and Drug and Cosmetics (D&C) dyes also are used in some semipermanent hair dyes and seem to have low cross-reactivity to PPD; therefore, these may be used in patients allergic to PTDS or PTD.22 However, these dyes require frequent reapplication, which may be unfavorable to some patients. Gallic acid–based hair dyes have been shown to be safe alternatives in patients with contact allergy to PTDS or PTD, though pretesting is recommended with a repeat open application test.23 The PPD derivative 2-methoxymethyl-para-phenylenediamine (ME-PPD) has reduced sensitization potential. In simulated hair dye use conditions, cross-reactivity to ME-PPD in patients with PPD contact allergy was 30% compared with 84% for PPD.24 However, in an open-use test in 25 PPD-allergic individuals, ME-PPD was reactive in 84% (21/25) and ME-PPD 2% patch testing was positive in 48% (12/25), suggesting that ME-PPD could be a potential alternative but is not universally tolerated.25

It is important to note that products purporting to be natural or botanical are not inherently safe and may themselves be allergenic.25 Patients should attempt a repeat open application test or patch testing prior to use of an alternative dye.

Given the prevalence of PTDS allergy, the fact that some PPD-allergic individuals may be able to tolerate hair dyes containing PTDS (assuming it tests negative), and the substantial quality of life and socioeconomic impacts of hair dye allergy, PTDS should be considered as an addition to standard patch test screening series.1

Final Thoughts

While initially popularized as an alternative to PPD in semipermanent and permanent hair dyes, PTDS now is emerging as a contact allergen with well-documented cross-reactivity to PPD. Dermatologists should consider patch testing for PTDS (and PPD) in individuals who regularly encounter this compound. This will guide further counseling and recommendations.

References
  1. Atwater AR, Botto N. Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate: allergen of the year 2025. Dermatitis. 2025;36:3-11. doi:10.1089/derm.2024.0384
  2. National Center for Biotechnology Information. PubChem Compound Summary for 2,5-diamintoluene sulfate (CID 22856). Accessed Oct. 2, 2025. https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/compound/2_5-Diaminotoluene-sulfate
  3. Søsted H, Rustemeyer T, Gonçalo M, et al. Contact allergy to common ingredients in hair dyes. Contact Dermatitis. 2013;69:32-39. doi:10.1111/cod.12077
  4. Burnett CL, Bergfeld WF, Belsito DV, et al. Final amended report of the safety assessment of toluene-2,5-diamine, toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate, and toluene-3,4-diamine as used in cosmetics. Int J Toxicol. 2010;29(3 suppl):61S-83S.
  5. Schmidt JD, Johansen JD, Nielsen MM, et al. Immune responses to hair dyes containing toluene-2,5-diamine. Br J Dermatol. 2014;170:352-359. doi:10.1111/bjd.12676
  6. Yazar K, Boman A, Lidén C. Potent skin sensitizers in oxidative hair dye products on the Swedish market. Contact Dermatitis. 2009;61:269-275. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2009.01612.x
  7. Fautz R, Fuchs A, van der Walle H, et al. Hair dye-sensitized hairdressers: the cross-reaction pattern with new generation hair dyes. Contact Dermatitis. 2002;46:319-324. doi:10.1034/j.1600-0536.2002.460601.x
  8. Vogel TA, Heijnen RW, Coenraads PJ, et al. Two decades of p-phenyl-enediamine and toluene-2,5-diamine patch testing—focus on co-sensitizations in the European baseline series and cross-reactions with chemically related substances. Contact Dermatitis. 2017;76:81-88. doi:10.1111/cod.12619
  9. Skazik C, Grannemann S, Wilbers L, et al. Reactivity of in vitro activated human T lymphocytes to p-phenylenediamine and related substances. Contact Dermatitis. 2008;59:203-211. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2008.01416.x
  10. LaBerge L, Pratt M, Fong B, et al. A 10-year review of p-phenylenediamine allergy and related para-amino compounds at the Ottawa Patch Test Clinic. Dermatitis. 2011;22:332. doi:10.2310/6620.2011.11044
  11. Thomas BR, White IR, McFadden JP, et al. Positive relationship—intensity of response to p-phenylenediamine on patch testing and cross-reactions with related allergens. Contact Dermatitis. 2014;71:98-101. doi:10.1111/cod.12255
  12. Helaskoski E, Suojalehto H, Virtanen H, et al. Occupational asthma, rhinitis, and contact urticaria caused by oxidative hair dyes in hairdressers. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2014;112:46-52. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2013.10.002
  13. Mukkanna KS, Stone NM, Ingram JR. Para-phenylenediamine allergy: current perspectives on diagnosis and management. J Asthma Allergy. 2017;10:9-15. doi:10.2147/JAA.S90265
  14. Søsted H, Rastogi SC, Thomsen JS. Allergic contact dermatitis from toluene-2,5-diamine in a cream dye for eyelashes and eyebrows—quantitative exposure assessment. Contact Dermatitis. 2007;57:195-196. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2007.01105.x
  15. Romita P, Foti C, Mascia P, et al. Eyebrow allergic contact dermatitis caused by m‐aminophenol and toluene‐2,5‐diamine secondary to a temporary black henna tattoo. Contact Dermatitis. 2018;79:51-52. doi:10.1111/cod.12987
  16. Bregnhøj A, Menne T. Primary sensitization to toluene-2,5-diamine giving rise to early positive patch reaction to p-phenylenediamine and late to toluene-2,5-diamine. Contact Dermatitis. 2008;59:189-190. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2008.01407.x
  17. Uter W, Hallmann S, Gefeller O, et al. Contact allergy to ingredients of hair cosmetics in female hairdressers and female consumers—an update based on IVDK data 2013-2020. Contact Dermatitis. 2023;89:161-170. doi:10.1111/cod.14363
  18. DeKoven JG, Warshaw EM, Reeder MJ, et al. North American Contact Dermatitis Group patch test results: 2019-2020. Dermatitis. 2023;34:90-104. doi:10.1089/derm.2022.29017.jdk
  19. Havmose MS, Kezic S, Uter W, et al. Prevalence and incidence of hand eczema in hairdressers—a systematic review and meta‐analysis of the published literature from 2000–2021. Contact Dermatitis. 2022;86:254-265. doi:10.1111/cod.14048
  20. CDC. About skin exposures and effects. Published December 10, 2024. Accessed October 13, 2025. https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/skin-exposure/about/index.html
  21. Havmose M, Thyssen JP, Zachariae C, et al. Use of protective gloves by hairdressers: a review of efficacy and potential adverse effects. Contact Dermatitis. 2020;83:75-82. doi:10.1111/cod.13561
  22. Fonacier L, Bernstein DI, Pacheco K, et al. Contact dermatitis: a practice parameter–update 2015. J Allergy Clin Immunol Pract. 2015;3(3 suppl):S1-S39. doi:10.1016/j.jaip.2015.02.009
  23. Choi Y, Lee JH, Kwon HB, et al. Skin testing of gallic acid-based hair dye in paraphenylenediamine/paratoluenediamine-reactive patients.J Dermatol. 2016;43:795-798. doi:10.1111/1346-8138.13226
  24. Blömeke B, Pot LM, Coenraads PJ, et al. Cross-elicitation responses to 2-methoxymethyl-p-phenylenediamine under hair dye use conditions in p-phenylenediamine-allergic individuals. Br J Dermatol. 2015;172:976-980. doi:10.1111/bjd.13412
  25. Schuttelaar ML, Dittmar D, Burgerhof JGM, et al. Cross-elicitation responses to 2-methoxymethyl-p-phenylenediamine in p-phenylenediamine-allergic individuals: results from open use testing and diagnostic patch testing. Contact Dermatitis. 2018;79:288-294. doi:10.1111/cod.13078
  26. Tran JM, Comstock JR, Reeder MJ. Natural is not always better: the prevalence of allergenic ingredients in "clean" beauty products. Dermatitis. 2022;33:215-219. doi:10.1097/DER.0000000000000863
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Kayla Tran is from the School of Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond. Dr. Adler is from the Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California, Los Angeles. Dr. Yu is from the Department of Dermatology, Virginia Commonwealth University Health System, Richmond. 

Kayla Tran has no relevant financial disclosures to report. Dr. Adler has received research grants from AbbVie and Dermavant and income from UpToDate. Dr. Yu has served as a consultant, advisory board member, and/or investigator for AbbVie, Arcutis, Astria, Dermavant, Eli Lilly and Company, iRhythm, Johnson & Johnson, Kiehl’s/L’Oreal, LEO, the National Eczema Association, O’Glacee, Pfizer, Sanofi, SmartPractice, and Sol- Gel and has received honorarium from UpToDate.

Correspondence: JiaDe Yu, MD, MS, Department of Dermatology, Virginia Commonwealth University Health System, 9109 Stony Point Dr, PO Box 980538, Richmond, VA 23235 (jiade.yu@vcuhealth.org).

Cutis. November 2025;116(5):167-169. doi:10.12788/cutis.1288

Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
167-169
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Kayla Tran is from the School of Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond. Dr. Adler is from the Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California, Los Angeles. Dr. Yu is from the Department of Dermatology, Virginia Commonwealth University Health System, Richmond. 

Kayla Tran has no relevant financial disclosures to report. Dr. Adler has received research grants from AbbVie and Dermavant and income from UpToDate. Dr. Yu has served as a consultant, advisory board member, and/or investigator for AbbVie, Arcutis, Astria, Dermavant, Eli Lilly and Company, iRhythm, Johnson & Johnson, Kiehl’s/L’Oreal, LEO, the National Eczema Association, O’Glacee, Pfizer, Sanofi, SmartPractice, and Sol- Gel and has received honorarium from UpToDate.

Correspondence: JiaDe Yu, MD, MS, Department of Dermatology, Virginia Commonwealth University Health System, 9109 Stony Point Dr, PO Box 980538, Richmond, VA 23235 (jiade.yu@vcuhealth.org).

Cutis. November 2025;116(5):167-169. doi:10.12788/cutis.1288

Author and Disclosure Information

Kayla Tran is from the School of Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond. Dr. Adler is from the Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California, Los Angeles. Dr. Yu is from the Department of Dermatology, Virginia Commonwealth University Health System, Richmond. 

Kayla Tran has no relevant financial disclosures to report. Dr. Adler has received research grants from AbbVie and Dermavant and income from UpToDate. Dr. Yu has served as a consultant, advisory board member, and/or investigator for AbbVie, Arcutis, Astria, Dermavant, Eli Lilly and Company, iRhythm, Johnson & Johnson, Kiehl’s/L’Oreal, LEO, the National Eczema Association, O’Glacee, Pfizer, Sanofi, SmartPractice, and Sol- Gel and has received honorarium from UpToDate.

Correspondence: JiaDe Yu, MD, MS, Department of Dermatology, Virginia Commonwealth University Health System, 9109 Stony Point Dr, PO Box 980538, Richmond, VA 23235 (jiade.yu@vcuhealth.org).

Cutis. November 2025;116(5):167-169. doi:10.12788/cutis.1288

Article PDF
Article PDF

The American Contact Dermatitis Society selected toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate (PTDS) as the 2025 Allergen of the Year.1 Widely used as an alternative to para-phenylenediamine (PPD) in oxidative and permanent/semipermanent hair dyes, PTDS has emerged as a potent contact allergen with substantial cross-­reactivity to PPD. In this article, we discuss PTDS as both a PPD alternative and a contact allergen as well as the clinical features of allergic contact dermatitis (ACD) to PTDS and practical recommendations for management in at-risk populations.

Background

Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate is a compound formed by combining 2,5-diaminotoluene (PTD) with sulfuric acid, making it more water soluble and potentially less irritating than PTD alone.2 In this article, the terms PTDS and PTD will be used interchangeably due to their structural similarity.

Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate commonly is used in oxidative and permanent/semipermanent hair dyes as an alternative to PPD, the most common hair dye contact allergen.3 Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate also is a component used in color photography development and in dyes used for textiles, furs, leathers, and biologic stains.4 The prevalence of PTDS contact allergy likely is underreported due to its absence in routine patch test series such as the Thin-Layer Rapid Use Epicutaneous (T.R.U.E.) test (Smart Practice) and the American Contact Dermatitis Society Core 90 Series.

Cross-Reactivity Between PTDS and PPD

There is substantial cross-reactivity between PTDS and PPD, necessitating careful avoidance and alternative dye selection. The rate of cross-reactivity between these compounds is high, with some estimated to be more than 80% among patch tested individuals.5-9 In some cases, patients with a contact allergy to PPD are able to tolerate dyes containing PTDS. Studies conducted in Canada and Europe showed that 31.3% to 76.3% of patients with a contact allergy to PPD also had an allergy to PTDS or PTD.7,8,10 Stronger reactions to PPD also seem to be associated with an increased risk for cross-reaction.11

Clinical Manifestation of ACD to PTDS

In the literature, case reports of ACD caused by PTDS are rare. The clinical manifestations of PTDS-ACD will closely mirror those described in PPD-ACD or PTD-ACD, reflecting the cross-reactivity between these aromatic amines. Generally, ACD to components in hair dyes manifests as a pruritic, erythematous, edematous, eczematous rash that can affect the margins of the scalp, ears, face, and/or neck. Severe cases can extend beyond the initial area of contact, potentially resulting in widespread involvement and systemic symptoms.12 Notably, the scalp often is spared, which may be attributable to protection provided by sebum or the hair itself covering the scalp.13

Two case reports described ACD of the eyebrows after application of PTD-containing hair dye.14,15 One patient developed severe bullous ACD involving the eyebrows and eyelashes with concurrent conjunctivitis,14 and the other experienced erythema, edema, burning, itching, and exudation at and around the eyebrows.15 The latter patient had prior exposure to PPD from a black henna tattoo, which may have led to an initial sensitization and subsequent cross-reactivity to PTD in the hair dye. 

Another case report described a patient with erythema, edema, and scaling of the face, neck, and arms within 1 week of exposure to a new hair dye at a salon.16 Patch testing revealed a positive reaction to PPD on day 3, despite it not being a component of the hair dye. On day 7, the patient showed a delayed reaction to PTD, which was confirmed to be present in the dye.16 The implications of these findings are twofold. First, delayed patch test readings beyond day 5 could provide more sensitive interpretation. Second, this case highlights the cross-reactivity between these related compounds. 

Hairdressers and users of hair care products are most commonly affected by PTDS contact allergy. Though hairdressers generally are at a higher risk, prevalence for PTD sensitization in a European patch tested population showed rates of 20% in hairdressers and 30.8% in consumers.17 The North American Contact Dermatitis Group reported PTDS sensitization in fewer than 2% of 4121 patients patch tested across 13 North American centers over a period of 1 year.18 This suggests potential underutilization of the more specific panels that include PTDS. 

Hairdressers are at an increased risk of contact allergy to PTDS due to occupational exposure and are at higher risk for hand dermatitis due to frequent exposure to water. In a review of epidemiologic studies published between 2000 and 2021, the pooled lifetime prevalence of hand eczema in hairdressers was 38.2% compared to an estimated lifetime prevalence of 14.5% in the general population.19 Higher risk for hand eczema can increase the risk for sensitization to contact allergens including PPD and PTDS due to impaired barrier function, allowing allergen penetration through disrupted skin.20

Strategies for Management and Avoidance

Patients with suspected contact allergy to PTDS should avoid this compound and related dye chemicals such as PPD due to the high risk for ACD and frequent cross-reactivity. While PTDS-allergic patients should avoid products containing PPD, some patients allergic to PPD may be able to tolerate exposure to PTD or PTDS.7,8,10 Regardless, any suspected contact allergy should be supported by patch testing with PTDS and PPD to confirm sensitization. Patch test readings for PTDS/PTD could be delayed beyond day 5 if clinical suspicion is high and early patch test reading is noncontributory; however, more studies are needed to establish that later readings are more reliable for PTDS.

Occupational risk reduction in hairdressers is essential. Hairdressers as well as at-home users of hair dyes should be properly informed by their dermatologist or other trained health care professional about PTDS and PTD as potent allergens and should be provided with information on potential alternatives. They also should be counseled on proper skin protection, including single-use gloves and careful hand care through gentle cleansing and use of barrier creams to protect skin integrity and prevent contact dermatitis. Nitrile rubber gloves offer the best protection when handling hair dyes. Polyvinyl chloride or natural latex rubber gloves also may be sufficient; however, polyethylene gloves should be avoided, as they have been shown to have the fastest time to penetration.21 Gloves should be properly sized, and reuse should be avoided. 

Because PTDS and PTD frequently are used in semipermanent and permanent hair dyes, temporary hair dyes (eg, henna-based dyes) may be safer alternatives, as they infrequently contain these allergens. Food, Drug, and Cosmetics (FD&C) and Drug and Cosmetics (D&C) dyes also are used in some semipermanent hair dyes and seem to have low cross-reactivity to PPD; therefore, these may be used in patients allergic to PTDS or PTD.22 However, these dyes require frequent reapplication, which may be unfavorable to some patients. Gallic acid–based hair dyes have been shown to be safe alternatives in patients with contact allergy to PTDS or PTD, though pretesting is recommended with a repeat open application test.23 The PPD derivative 2-methoxymethyl-para-phenylenediamine (ME-PPD) has reduced sensitization potential. In simulated hair dye use conditions, cross-reactivity to ME-PPD in patients with PPD contact allergy was 30% compared with 84% for PPD.24 However, in an open-use test in 25 PPD-allergic individuals, ME-PPD was reactive in 84% (21/25) and ME-PPD 2% patch testing was positive in 48% (12/25), suggesting that ME-PPD could be a potential alternative but is not universally tolerated.25

It is important to note that products purporting to be natural or botanical are not inherently safe and may themselves be allergenic.25 Patients should attempt a repeat open application test or patch testing prior to use of an alternative dye.

Given the prevalence of PTDS allergy, the fact that some PPD-allergic individuals may be able to tolerate hair dyes containing PTDS (assuming it tests negative), and the substantial quality of life and socioeconomic impacts of hair dye allergy, PTDS should be considered as an addition to standard patch test screening series.1

Final Thoughts

While initially popularized as an alternative to PPD in semipermanent and permanent hair dyes, PTDS now is emerging as a contact allergen with well-documented cross-reactivity to PPD. Dermatologists should consider patch testing for PTDS (and PPD) in individuals who regularly encounter this compound. This will guide further counseling and recommendations.

The American Contact Dermatitis Society selected toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate (PTDS) as the 2025 Allergen of the Year.1 Widely used as an alternative to para-phenylenediamine (PPD) in oxidative and permanent/semipermanent hair dyes, PTDS has emerged as a potent contact allergen with substantial cross-­reactivity to PPD. In this article, we discuss PTDS as both a PPD alternative and a contact allergen as well as the clinical features of allergic contact dermatitis (ACD) to PTDS and practical recommendations for management in at-risk populations.

Background

Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate is a compound formed by combining 2,5-diaminotoluene (PTD) with sulfuric acid, making it more water soluble and potentially less irritating than PTD alone.2 In this article, the terms PTDS and PTD will be used interchangeably due to their structural similarity.

Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate commonly is used in oxidative and permanent/semipermanent hair dyes as an alternative to PPD, the most common hair dye contact allergen.3 Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate also is a component used in color photography development and in dyes used for textiles, furs, leathers, and biologic stains.4 The prevalence of PTDS contact allergy likely is underreported due to its absence in routine patch test series such as the Thin-Layer Rapid Use Epicutaneous (T.R.U.E.) test (Smart Practice) and the American Contact Dermatitis Society Core 90 Series.

Cross-Reactivity Between PTDS and PPD

There is substantial cross-reactivity between PTDS and PPD, necessitating careful avoidance and alternative dye selection. The rate of cross-reactivity between these compounds is high, with some estimated to be more than 80% among patch tested individuals.5-9 In some cases, patients with a contact allergy to PPD are able to tolerate dyes containing PTDS. Studies conducted in Canada and Europe showed that 31.3% to 76.3% of patients with a contact allergy to PPD also had an allergy to PTDS or PTD.7,8,10 Stronger reactions to PPD also seem to be associated with an increased risk for cross-reaction.11

Clinical Manifestation of ACD to PTDS

In the literature, case reports of ACD caused by PTDS are rare. The clinical manifestations of PTDS-ACD will closely mirror those described in PPD-ACD or PTD-ACD, reflecting the cross-reactivity between these aromatic amines. Generally, ACD to components in hair dyes manifests as a pruritic, erythematous, edematous, eczematous rash that can affect the margins of the scalp, ears, face, and/or neck. Severe cases can extend beyond the initial area of contact, potentially resulting in widespread involvement and systemic symptoms.12 Notably, the scalp often is spared, which may be attributable to protection provided by sebum or the hair itself covering the scalp.13

Two case reports described ACD of the eyebrows after application of PTD-containing hair dye.14,15 One patient developed severe bullous ACD involving the eyebrows and eyelashes with concurrent conjunctivitis,14 and the other experienced erythema, edema, burning, itching, and exudation at and around the eyebrows.15 The latter patient had prior exposure to PPD from a black henna tattoo, which may have led to an initial sensitization and subsequent cross-reactivity to PTD in the hair dye. 

Another case report described a patient with erythema, edema, and scaling of the face, neck, and arms within 1 week of exposure to a new hair dye at a salon.16 Patch testing revealed a positive reaction to PPD on day 3, despite it not being a component of the hair dye. On day 7, the patient showed a delayed reaction to PTD, which was confirmed to be present in the dye.16 The implications of these findings are twofold. First, delayed patch test readings beyond day 5 could provide more sensitive interpretation. Second, this case highlights the cross-reactivity between these related compounds. 

Hairdressers and users of hair care products are most commonly affected by PTDS contact allergy. Though hairdressers generally are at a higher risk, prevalence for PTD sensitization in a European patch tested population showed rates of 20% in hairdressers and 30.8% in consumers.17 The North American Contact Dermatitis Group reported PTDS sensitization in fewer than 2% of 4121 patients patch tested across 13 North American centers over a period of 1 year.18 This suggests potential underutilization of the more specific panels that include PTDS. 

Hairdressers are at an increased risk of contact allergy to PTDS due to occupational exposure and are at higher risk for hand dermatitis due to frequent exposure to water. In a review of epidemiologic studies published between 2000 and 2021, the pooled lifetime prevalence of hand eczema in hairdressers was 38.2% compared to an estimated lifetime prevalence of 14.5% in the general population.19 Higher risk for hand eczema can increase the risk for sensitization to contact allergens including PPD and PTDS due to impaired barrier function, allowing allergen penetration through disrupted skin.20

Strategies for Management and Avoidance

Patients with suspected contact allergy to PTDS should avoid this compound and related dye chemicals such as PPD due to the high risk for ACD and frequent cross-reactivity. While PTDS-allergic patients should avoid products containing PPD, some patients allergic to PPD may be able to tolerate exposure to PTD or PTDS.7,8,10 Regardless, any suspected contact allergy should be supported by patch testing with PTDS and PPD to confirm sensitization. Patch test readings for PTDS/PTD could be delayed beyond day 5 if clinical suspicion is high and early patch test reading is noncontributory; however, more studies are needed to establish that later readings are more reliable for PTDS.

Occupational risk reduction in hairdressers is essential. Hairdressers as well as at-home users of hair dyes should be properly informed by their dermatologist or other trained health care professional about PTDS and PTD as potent allergens and should be provided with information on potential alternatives. They also should be counseled on proper skin protection, including single-use gloves and careful hand care through gentle cleansing and use of barrier creams to protect skin integrity and prevent contact dermatitis. Nitrile rubber gloves offer the best protection when handling hair dyes. Polyvinyl chloride or natural latex rubber gloves also may be sufficient; however, polyethylene gloves should be avoided, as they have been shown to have the fastest time to penetration.21 Gloves should be properly sized, and reuse should be avoided. 

Because PTDS and PTD frequently are used in semipermanent and permanent hair dyes, temporary hair dyes (eg, henna-based dyes) may be safer alternatives, as they infrequently contain these allergens. Food, Drug, and Cosmetics (FD&C) and Drug and Cosmetics (D&C) dyes also are used in some semipermanent hair dyes and seem to have low cross-reactivity to PPD; therefore, these may be used in patients allergic to PTDS or PTD.22 However, these dyes require frequent reapplication, which may be unfavorable to some patients. Gallic acid–based hair dyes have been shown to be safe alternatives in patients with contact allergy to PTDS or PTD, though pretesting is recommended with a repeat open application test.23 The PPD derivative 2-methoxymethyl-para-phenylenediamine (ME-PPD) has reduced sensitization potential. In simulated hair dye use conditions, cross-reactivity to ME-PPD in patients with PPD contact allergy was 30% compared with 84% for PPD.24 However, in an open-use test in 25 PPD-allergic individuals, ME-PPD was reactive in 84% (21/25) and ME-PPD 2% patch testing was positive in 48% (12/25), suggesting that ME-PPD could be a potential alternative but is not universally tolerated.25

It is important to note that products purporting to be natural or botanical are not inherently safe and may themselves be allergenic.25 Patients should attempt a repeat open application test or patch testing prior to use of an alternative dye.

Given the prevalence of PTDS allergy, the fact that some PPD-allergic individuals may be able to tolerate hair dyes containing PTDS (assuming it tests negative), and the substantial quality of life and socioeconomic impacts of hair dye allergy, PTDS should be considered as an addition to standard patch test screening series.1

Final Thoughts

While initially popularized as an alternative to PPD in semipermanent and permanent hair dyes, PTDS now is emerging as a contact allergen with well-documented cross-reactivity to PPD. Dermatologists should consider patch testing for PTDS (and PPD) in individuals who regularly encounter this compound. This will guide further counseling and recommendations.

References
  1. Atwater AR, Botto N. Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate: allergen of the year 2025. Dermatitis. 2025;36:3-11. doi:10.1089/derm.2024.0384
  2. National Center for Biotechnology Information. PubChem Compound Summary for 2,5-diamintoluene sulfate (CID 22856). Accessed Oct. 2, 2025. https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/compound/2_5-Diaminotoluene-sulfate
  3. Søsted H, Rustemeyer T, Gonçalo M, et al. Contact allergy to common ingredients in hair dyes. Contact Dermatitis. 2013;69:32-39. doi:10.1111/cod.12077
  4. Burnett CL, Bergfeld WF, Belsito DV, et al. Final amended report of the safety assessment of toluene-2,5-diamine, toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate, and toluene-3,4-diamine as used in cosmetics. Int J Toxicol. 2010;29(3 suppl):61S-83S.
  5. Schmidt JD, Johansen JD, Nielsen MM, et al. Immune responses to hair dyes containing toluene-2,5-diamine. Br J Dermatol. 2014;170:352-359. doi:10.1111/bjd.12676
  6. Yazar K, Boman A, Lidén C. Potent skin sensitizers in oxidative hair dye products on the Swedish market. Contact Dermatitis. 2009;61:269-275. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2009.01612.x
  7. Fautz R, Fuchs A, van der Walle H, et al. Hair dye-sensitized hairdressers: the cross-reaction pattern with new generation hair dyes. Contact Dermatitis. 2002;46:319-324. doi:10.1034/j.1600-0536.2002.460601.x
  8. Vogel TA, Heijnen RW, Coenraads PJ, et al. Two decades of p-phenyl-enediamine and toluene-2,5-diamine patch testing—focus on co-sensitizations in the European baseline series and cross-reactions with chemically related substances. Contact Dermatitis. 2017;76:81-88. doi:10.1111/cod.12619
  9. Skazik C, Grannemann S, Wilbers L, et al. Reactivity of in vitro activated human T lymphocytes to p-phenylenediamine and related substances. Contact Dermatitis. 2008;59:203-211. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2008.01416.x
  10. LaBerge L, Pratt M, Fong B, et al. A 10-year review of p-phenylenediamine allergy and related para-amino compounds at the Ottawa Patch Test Clinic. Dermatitis. 2011;22:332. doi:10.2310/6620.2011.11044
  11. Thomas BR, White IR, McFadden JP, et al. Positive relationship—intensity of response to p-phenylenediamine on patch testing and cross-reactions with related allergens. Contact Dermatitis. 2014;71:98-101. doi:10.1111/cod.12255
  12. Helaskoski E, Suojalehto H, Virtanen H, et al. Occupational asthma, rhinitis, and contact urticaria caused by oxidative hair dyes in hairdressers. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2014;112:46-52. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2013.10.002
  13. Mukkanna KS, Stone NM, Ingram JR. Para-phenylenediamine allergy: current perspectives on diagnosis and management. J Asthma Allergy. 2017;10:9-15. doi:10.2147/JAA.S90265
  14. Søsted H, Rastogi SC, Thomsen JS. Allergic contact dermatitis from toluene-2,5-diamine in a cream dye for eyelashes and eyebrows—quantitative exposure assessment. Contact Dermatitis. 2007;57:195-196. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2007.01105.x
  15. Romita P, Foti C, Mascia P, et al. Eyebrow allergic contact dermatitis caused by m‐aminophenol and toluene‐2,5‐diamine secondary to a temporary black henna tattoo. Contact Dermatitis. 2018;79:51-52. doi:10.1111/cod.12987
  16. Bregnhøj A, Menne T. Primary sensitization to toluene-2,5-diamine giving rise to early positive patch reaction to p-phenylenediamine and late to toluene-2,5-diamine. Contact Dermatitis. 2008;59:189-190. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2008.01407.x
  17. Uter W, Hallmann S, Gefeller O, et al. Contact allergy to ingredients of hair cosmetics in female hairdressers and female consumers—an update based on IVDK data 2013-2020. Contact Dermatitis. 2023;89:161-170. doi:10.1111/cod.14363
  18. DeKoven JG, Warshaw EM, Reeder MJ, et al. North American Contact Dermatitis Group patch test results: 2019-2020. Dermatitis. 2023;34:90-104. doi:10.1089/derm.2022.29017.jdk
  19. Havmose MS, Kezic S, Uter W, et al. Prevalence and incidence of hand eczema in hairdressers—a systematic review and meta‐analysis of the published literature from 2000–2021. Contact Dermatitis. 2022;86:254-265. doi:10.1111/cod.14048
  20. CDC. About skin exposures and effects. Published December 10, 2024. Accessed October 13, 2025. https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/skin-exposure/about/index.html
  21. Havmose M, Thyssen JP, Zachariae C, et al. Use of protective gloves by hairdressers: a review of efficacy and potential adverse effects. Contact Dermatitis. 2020;83:75-82. doi:10.1111/cod.13561
  22. Fonacier L, Bernstein DI, Pacheco K, et al. Contact dermatitis: a practice parameter–update 2015. J Allergy Clin Immunol Pract. 2015;3(3 suppl):S1-S39. doi:10.1016/j.jaip.2015.02.009
  23. Choi Y, Lee JH, Kwon HB, et al. Skin testing of gallic acid-based hair dye in paraphenylenediamine/paratoluenediamine-reactive patients.J Dermatol. 2016;43:795-798. doi:10.1111/1346-8138.13226
  24. Blömeke B, Pot LM, Coenraads PJ, et al. Cross-elicitation responses to 2-methoxymethyl-p-phenylenediamine under hair dye use conditions in p-phenylenediamine-allergic individuals. Br J Dermatol. 2015;172:976-980. doi:10.1111/bjd.13412
  25. Schuttelaar ML, Dittmar D, Burgerhof JGM, et al. Cross-elicitation responses to 2-methoxymethyl-p-phenylenediamine in p-phenylenediamine-allergic individuals: results from open use testing and diagnostic patch testing. Contact Dermatitis. 2018;79:288-294. doi:10.1111/cod.13078
  26. Tran JM, Comstock JR, Reeder MJ. Natural is not always better: the prevalence of allergenic ingredients in "clean" beauty products. Dermatitis. 2022;33:215-219. doi:10.1097/DER.0000000000000863
References
  1. Atwater AR, Botto N. Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate: allergen of the year 2025. Dermatitis. 2025;36:3-11. doi:10.1089/derm.2024.0384
  2. National Center for Biotechnology Information. PubChem Compound Summary for 2,5-diamintoluene sulfate (CID 22856). Accessed Oct. 2, 2025. https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/compound/2_5-Diaminotoluene-sulfate
  3. Søsted H, Rustemeyer T, Gonçalo M, et al. Contact allergy to common ingredients in hair dyes. Contact Dermatitis. 2013;69:32-39. doi:10.1111/cod.12077
  4. Burnett CL, Bergfeld WF, Belsito DV, et al. Final amended report of the safety assessment of toluene-2,5-diamine, toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate, and toluene-3,4-diamine as used in cosmetics. Int J Toxicol. 2010;29(3 suppl):61S-83S.
  5. Schmidt JD, Johansen JD, Nielsen MM, et al. Immune responses to hair dyes containing toluene-2,5-diamine. Br J Dermatol. 2014;170:352-359. doi:10.1111/bjd.12676
  6. Yazar K, Boman A, Lidén C. Potent skin sensitizers in oxidative hair dye products on the Swedish market. Contact Dermatitis. 2009;61:269-275. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2009.01612.x
  7. Fautz R, Fuchs A, van der Walle H, et al. Hair dye-sensitized hairdressers: the cross-reaction pattern with new generation hair dyes. Contact Dermatitis. 2002;46:319-324. doi:10.1034/j.1600-0536.2002.460601.x
  8. Vogel TA, Heijnen RW, Coenraads PJ, et al. Two decades of p-phenyl-enediamine and toluene-2,5-diamine patch testing—focus on co-sensitizations in the European baseline series and cross-reactions with chemically related substances. Contact Dermatitis. 2017;76:81-88. doi:10.1111/cod.12619
  9. Skazik C, Grannemann S, Wilbers L, et al. Reactivity of in vitro activated human T lymphocytes to p-phenylenediamine and related substances. Contact Dermatitis. 2008;59:203-211. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2008.01416.x
  10. LaBerge L, Pratt M, Fong B, et al. A 10-year review of p-phenylenediamine allergy and related para-amino compounds at the Ottawa Patch Test Clinic. Dermatitis. 2011;22:332. doi:10.2310/6620.2011.11044
  11. Thomas BR, White IR, McFadden JP, et al. Positive relationship—intensity of response to p-phenylenediamine on patch testing and cross-reactions with related allergens. Contact Dermatitis. 2014;71:98-101. doi:10.1111/cod.12255
  12. Helaskoski E, Suojalehto H, Virtanen H, et al. Occupational asthma, rhinitis, and contact urticaria caused by oxidative hair dyes in hairdressers. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2014;112:46-52. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2013.10.002
  13. Mukkanna KS, Stone NM, Ingram JR. Para-phenylenediamine allergy: current perspectives on diagnosis and management. J Asthma Allergy. 2017;10:9-15. doi:10.2147/JAA.S90265
  14. Søsted H, Rastogi SC, Thomsen JS. Allergic contact dermatitis from toluene-2,5-diamine in a cream dye for eyelashes and eyebrows—quantitative exposure assessment. Contact Dermatitis. 2007;57:195-196. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2007.01105.x
  15. Romita P, Foti C, Mascia P, et al. Eyebrow allergic contact dermatitis caused by m‐aminophenol and toluene‐2,5‐diamine secondary to a temporary black henna tattoo. Contact Dermatitis. 2018;79:51-52. doi:10.1111/cod.12987
  16. Bregnhøj A, Menne T. Primary sensitization to toluene-2,5-diamine giving rise to early positive patch reaction to p-phenylenediamine and late to toluene-2,5-diamine. Contact Dermatitis. 2008;59:189-190. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0536.2008.01407.x
  17. Uter W, Hallmann S, Gefeller O, et al. Contact allergy to ingredients of hair cosmetics in female hairdressers and female consumers—an update based on IVDK data 2013-2020. Contact Dermatitis. 2023;89:161-170. doi:10.1111/cod.14363
  18. DeKoven JG, Warshaw EM, Reeder MJ, et al. North American Contact Dermatitis Group patch test results: 2019-2020. Dermatitis. 2023;34:90-104. doi:10.1089/derm.2022.29017.jdk
  19. Havmose MS, Kezic S, Uter W, et al. Prevalence and incidence of hand eczema in hairdressers—a systematic review and meta‐analysis of the published literature from 2000–2021. Contact Dermatitis. 2022;86:254-265. doi:10.1111/cod.14048
  20. CDC. About skin exposures and effects. Published December 10, 2024. Accessed October 13, 2025. https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/skin-exposure/about/index.html
  21. Havmose M, Thyssen JP, Zachariae C, et al. Use of protective gloves by hairdressers: a review of efficacy and potential adverse effects. Contact Dermatitis. 2020;83:75-82. doi:10.1111/cod.13561
  22. Fonacier L, Bernstein DI, Pacheco K, et al. Contact dermatitis: a practice parameter–update 2015. J Allergy Clin Immunol Pract. 2015;3(3 suppl):S1-S39. doi:10.1016/j.jaip.2015.02.009
  23. Choi Y, Lee JH, Kwon HB, et al. Skin testing of gallic acid-based hair dye in paraphenylenediamine/paratoluenediamine-reactive patients.J Dermatol. 2016;43:795-798. doi:10.1111/1346-8138.13226
  24. Blömeke B, Pot LM, Coenraads PJ, et al. Cross-elicitation responses to 2-methoxymethyl-p-phenylenediamine under hair dye use conditions in p-phenylenediamine-allergic individuals. Br J Dermatol. 2015;172:976-980. doi:10.1111/bjd.13412
  25. Schuttelaar ML, Dittmar D, Burgerhof JGM, et al. Cross-elicitation responses to 2-methoxymethyl-p-phenylenediamine in p-phenylenediamine-allergic individuals: results from open use testing and diagnostic patch testing. Contact Dermatitis. 2018;79:288-294. doi:10.1111/cod.13078
  26. Tran JM, Comstock JR, Reeder MJ. Natural is not always better: the prevalence of allergenic ingredients in "clean" beauty products. Dermatitis. 2022;33:215-219. doi:10.1097/DER.0000000000000863
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Page Number
167-169
Page Number
167-169
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline

Toluene-2,5-Diamine Sulfate: The 2025 American Contact Dermatitis Society Allergen of the Year

Display Headline

Toluene-2,5-Diamine Sulfate: The 2025 American Contact Dermatitis Society Allergen of the Year

Sections
Inside the Article

Practice Points

  • Toluene-2,5-diamine sulfate (PTDS) is a widely used alternative to para-phenylenediamine (PPD) that is itself a potent and likely underreported allergen.
  • As high cross-reactivity has been reported, consider testing for both PTDS and PPD and possible delayed patch test reading.
  • Allergic contact dermatitis to PTDS may manifest with erythema, edema, and/or pruritus, similar to PPD.
  • Prevention entails avoidance of PTDS/PPD if sensitized, use of proper hand protection, and recommendation of alternative products.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
survey writer start date

Assessing the Merit of the Apple Cider Vinegar Rinse Method for Synthetic Hair Extensions

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline

Assessing the Merit of the Apple Cider Vinegar Rinse Method for Synthetic Hair Extensions

IN COLLABORATION WITH THE SKIN OF COLOR SOCIETY

Synthetic hair extensions are made from various plastic polymers (eg, modacrylic, vinyl chloride, and acrylonitrile) shaped into thin strands that mimic human hair and are used to add fullness, length, and manageability in individuals with textured hair.1-3 The plastic polymers used to make synthetic hair, most notably acrylonitrile and vinyl chloride, are known to be toxic to humans.1-4 The US Environmental Protection Agency classifies acrylonitrile as a probable carcinogen, and vinyl chloride is associated with the development of lymphoma; leukemia; and rare malignancies of the brain, liver, and lungs.1,4 According to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the maximum exposure limits of vinyl chloride and acrylonitrile vapor or gas over an 8-hour period are 1 ppm (0.001 g/L) and 2 ppm (0.002 g/L), respectively.5 Exposure levels from wearing synthetic hair extensions easily exceed these maximums; for example, a full head of braids requires application of multiple packets of synthetic hair, resulting in continuous exposure to carcinogenic materials that can last for weeks to months at a time.1 Furthermore, individuals as young as 3 years old can begin to style their hair with synthetic extensions, which not only leads to potentially harmful carcinogenic exposure in young children but also yields notably high levels of lifetime exposure in individuals who regularly style their hair with these products.

There currently are no regulations barring the use of potentially harmful materials from the manufacturing process for synthetic hair extensions.1 As a result, rinsing with apple cider vinegar (ACV) is a popular remedy that many users claim can effectively remove harmful chemicals from synthetic hair.6,7 As this is the only known remedy that aims to address this issue, we conducted a literature review of studies investigating the effects of the ACV rinse on the carcinogenicity of synthetic hair extensions.

Methods

We conducted a search of Google Scholar, JSTOR, Science Direct, the Public Library of Science, and PubMed articles indexed for MEDLINE using the terms ACV, apple cider vinegar rinse, ACV rinse, synthetic hair carcinogens, synthetic fiber carcinogens, synthetic hair extension carcinogens, modacrylic fibers, Kanekalon (a flame-retardant modacrylic fiber), acrylonitrile, and vinyl chloride fibers to identify primary research articles investigating the effects of the ACV rinse on the carcinogenicity of synthetic hair extensions for inclusion in our review. To broaden our search, we did not establish a time frame for publication of the articles included in the study. Articles investigating the ACV rinse that were unrelated to carcinogenicity and synthetic hair extensions were excluded from this study.

Results

Our initial literature search identified 270 articles, which decreased to 180 after removal of duplicates. These 180 articles were screened for relevance based on title and abstract, which yielded 6 articles. None of the 6 articles identified through our literature search discussed synthetic hair and carcinogenicity in the context of the ACV rinse and were subsequently excluded from our review (eFigure 1).

Ogah-1
eFIGURE 1. Visual flow diagram of article selection for literature review. Abbreviation: PLOS, Public Library of Science.

Comment

Potentially harmful chemicals and ingredients in hair care products marketed for textured hair are now established topics in public discourse among those familiar with textured hair care and maintenance1,8; however, the discourse remains limited. Our search for scientific articles investigating the effects of the ACV rinse on the carcinogenicity of synthetic hair extensions revealed a notable deficit in the literature regarding scientific studies assessing this practice. While the likelihood that the ACV rinse effectively alters the carcinogenicity of plastic polymers found in synthetic hair extensions and improves their safety seems improbable, the deficit of empirical data evaluating this practice is concerning given both the prevalence of this remedy and the sizable demographic of patients who practice styling with synthetic hair.1 Of the potential adverse outcomes (eg, contact dermatitis, traction alopecia) that are possible from styling with synthetic hair that have been reported in the literature, carcinogenic exposure from synthetic hair extensions is relatively absent, with the exception of a few publications,2,3,9 despite its potential to cause serious long-term consequences for hair stylists and those who regularly use these products.

Interestingly, individuals who style their hair with synthetic hair extensions frequently tout the efficacy of the ACV rinse for removal of mostly unidentified irritants, although the effects are unverified.6,7 While the ACV rinse may be an effective means of removing toxic chemicals from synthetic hair extensions, without verifiable data this method remains an unproven remedy whose perceived benefits could result from factors unrelated to the rinse itself. Theoretically, simply rinsing synthetic hair extensions with plain water prior to use may demonstrate similar efficacy to that of the ACV rinse. 

An additional factor worth mentioning is the lack of government regulations concerning the manufacturing practices of synthetic hair extensions. Flame-retardant materials such as trichloroethylene, polyvinyl chloride, and hexabromocyclododecane frequently are used in synthetic hair extensions despite their known adverse effects, which include reproductive organ toxicity and links to various cancers, leading to them being banned in 5 states.1,10-12 With no federal ban on these materials, individuals using synthetic hair remain at risk.  

It is unclear what chemicals, irritants, or toxic substances the ACV rinse method could potentially remove from synthetic hair. In general, manufacturers of synthetic hair extensions are not forthcoming with information regarding materials used in the processing of their products despite public inquiries into their manufacturing practices.6 Although Whitehurst’s3 curriculum details the process of making synthetic polymer fibers, the overall processes by which these plastics are made to resemble human hair have not been reviewed in academic publications. Should this information be made available to the public, consumers could potentially avoid specific irritants when purchasing synthetic hair extensions.   

The most common management strategy observed in the literature for adverse outcomes attributable to synthetic hair is discontinuation of use2; however, the prevalence and cultural significance of styling with synthetic hair extensions, along with the convenience these styles offer, make this option suboptimal. The scarcity of publications concerning the management of adverse outcomes related to the use of synthetic hair extensions may explain the absence of alternative management recommendations in the literature. Notably, new synthetic hair extensions from manufacturers that exclude plastic polymers and other harmful additives are now available to the public13; however, these hair extensions are cost prohibitive and are less accessible compared to synthetic extensions made from modacrylic fibers (eFigures 2 and 3).1,13-16 

Ogah-2
eFIGURE 2. Example of heat-resistant synthetic hair extension bundles.
Ogah-3
eFIGURE 3. Example of synthetic hair extensions commonly used for braided hairstyles.

Final Thoughts

The ACV rinse method is an anecdotal remedy for reducing the harm and risk of adverse outcomes and complications associated with synthetic hair extensions. Discontinued use of these components is the only remedy provided within academic literature to address the harmful ingredients found in synthetic hair extensions.2 Presently, there are no known data that support or disprove the efficacy of the ACV rinse. Furthermore, no academic guidance specifically supports remedies for mitigating carcinogen exposure risks in patients who style their hair with synthetic extensions. Given the early onset of exposure to synthetic hair in pediatric populations and the substantial demographic utilizing hairstyles that incorporate synthetic hair extensions, concerns regarding potential exposure risks cannot be overstated. Dermatologists should inform their patients of the potential risks associated with styling with synthetic hair extensions, helping them make informed decisions about future styling habits and hair care choices. Lastly, future studies should investigate how, if at all, ACV rinses alter what are arguably the most harmful components of synthetic hair extensions.

References
  1. Thomas CG. Carcinogenic materials in synthetic braids: an unrecognized risk of hair products for Black women. Lancet Reg Health Am. 2023;22:100517.
  2. Dlova NC, Ferguson NN, Rorex JN, et al. Synthetic hair extensions causing irritant contact dermatitis in patients with a history of atopy: a report of 10 cases. Contact Dermatitis. 2021;85:141-145.
  3. Whitehurst L. Polytails and urban tumble weaves: the chemistry of synthetic hair fibers. Yale National Initiative. September 2011. Accessed September 29, 2025. teachers.yale.edu/curriculum/viewer/initiative_11.05.10_u
  4. Acrylonitrile. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. April 1992. Updated January 2000. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.epa.gov/sites/default/files/2016-09/documents/acrylonitrile.pdf
  5. Permissible exposure limits – annotated tables. OSHA annotated table Z-1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.osha.gov/annotated-pels/table-z-1
  6. Adesina P. Braids are causing unbearable itching & there’s a sinister reason behind it. Refinery29. August 19, 2019. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.refinery29.com/en-gb/itchy-braids-hair
  7. Boakye O. Here’s why you should always wash plastic synthetic braiding extensions. InStyle. February 27, 2023. Accessed September 29, 2025. https://www.instyle.com/synthetic-braiding-extensions-upkeep-7151722
  8. James-Todd T, Connolly L, Preston EV, et al. Hormonal activity in commonly used Black hair care products: evaluating hormone disruption as a plausible contribution to health disparities. J Expo Sci Environ Epidemiol. 2021;31:476-486.
  9. Ijere ND, Okereke JN, Ezeji EU. Potential hazards associated with wearing of synthetic hairs (wigs, weavons, hair extensions/attachments) in Nigeria. J Environ Sci Public Health. 2022;6:299-313.
  10. Kaminsky T. An act to amend the environmental conservation law, in relation to the regulation of chemicals in upholstered furniture, mattresses and electronic enclosures. S4630B (2021). Accessed October 2, 2025. www.nysenate.gov/legislation/bills/2021/S4630
  11. Shen Y. Hair extension standards and regulations in the US: an overview. Compliance Gate. December 20, 2022. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.compliancegate.com/hair-extension-regulations-united-states/
  12. Lienke J, Rothschild R. Regulating Risk From Toxic Substances: Best Practices for Economic Analysis of Risk Management Options Under the Toxic Substances Control Act. Institute of Policy Integrity; 2021.
  13. Rebundle. Accessed October 2, 2025. https://rebundle.co/
  14. About us. Kanekalon. Accessed October 2, 2025. https://www.kanekalon-hair.com/en/about
  15. Julianna wholesale smooth Kanekalon futura natural fiber heat resistant bone straight synthetic bundle weft hair extensions. Accessed October 2, 2025. https://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/Julianna-wholesale-Smooth-Kanekalon-Futura-Natural_1601335996748.html
  16. AIDUSA solid colors braiding hair 5pcs synthetic Afro braid hair extensions 24 inch 1 tone for women braids twist crochet braids 100g(#1B Natural Black). Accessed October 2, 2025. www.amazon.com/AIDUSA-Braiding-Synthetic-Extensions-Crochet/dp/B09TNB9LC8
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ogah is from the Department of Internal Medicine, UCSF Health St. Mary’s Hospital, San Francisco, California. Dr. Kindred is from Kindred Hair & Skin Center, Marriottsville, Maryland.

Dr. Ogah has no relevant financial disclosures to report. Dr. Kindred has served as a consultant, advisor, and/or speaker for AbbVie, Aerolase, Eli Lilly and Company, Galderma, Incyte, Novartis, Pfizer, Regeneron, and Sun Pharma.

Correspondence: Ochanya Ogah, MD, 450 Stanyan St, San Francisco, CA 94117 (ochanya.ogah@gmail.com).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):165-166, 174, E3. doi:10.12788/cutis.1293

Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
165-166, 174, E3
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ogah is from the Department of Internal Medicine, UCSF Health St. Mary’s Hospital, San Francisco, California. Dr. Kindred is from Kindred Hair & Skin Center, Marriottsville, Maryland.

Dr. Ogah has no relevant financial disclosures to report. Dr. Kindred has served as a consultant, advisor, and/or speaker for AbbVie, Aerolase, Eli Lilly and Company, Galderma, Incyte, Novartis, Pfizer, Regeneron, and Sun Pharma.

Correspondence: Ochanya Ogah, MD, 450 Stanyan St, San Francisco, CA 94117 (ochanya.ogah@gmail.com).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):165-166, 174, E3. doi:10.12788/cutis.1293

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ogah is from the Department of Internal Medicine, UCSF Health St. Mary’s Hospital, San Francisco, California. Dr. Kindred is from Kindred Hair & Skin Center, Marriottsville, Maryland.

Dr. Ogah has no relevant financial disclosures to report. Dr. Kindred has served as a consultant, advisor, and/or speaker for AbbVie, Aerolase, Eli Lilly and Company, Galderma, Incyte, Novartis, Pfizer, Regeneron, and Sun Pharma.

Correspondence: Ochanya Ogah, MD, 450 Stanyan St, San Francisco, CA 94117 (ochanya.ogah@gmail.com).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):165-166, 174, E3. doi:10.12788/cutis.1293

Article PDF
Article PDF
IN COLLABORATION WITH THE SKIN OF COLOR SOCIETY
IN COLLABORATION WITH THE SKIN OF COLOR SOCIETY

Synthetic hair extensions are made from various plastic polymers (eg, modacrylic, vinyl chloride, and acrylonitrile) shaped into thin strands that mimic human hair and are used to add fullness, length, and manageability in individuals with textured hair.1-3 The plastic polymers used to make synthetic hair, most notably acrylonitrile and vinyl chloride, are known to be toxic to humans.1-4 The US Environmental Protection Agency classifies acrylonitrile as a probable carcinogen, and vinyl chloride is associated with the development of lymphoma; leukemia; and rare malignancies of the brain, liver, and lungs.1,4 According to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the maximum exposure limits of vinyl chloride and acrylonitrile vapor or gas over an 8-hour period are 1 ppm (0.001 g/L) and 2 ppm (0.002 g/L), respectively.5 Exposure levels from wearing synthetic hair extensions easily exceed these maximums; for example, a full head of braids requires application of multiple packets of synthetic hair, resulting in continuous exposure to carcinogenic materials that can last for weeks to months at a time.1 Furthermore, individuals as young as 3 years old can begin to style their hair with synthetic extensions, which not only leads to potentially harmful carcinogenic exposure in young children but also yields notably high levels of lifetime exposure in individuals who regularly style their hair with these products.

There currently are no regulations barring the use of potentially harmful materials from the manufacturing process for synthetic hair extensions.1 As a result, rinsing with apple cider vinegar (ACV) is a popular remedy that many users claim can effectively remove harmful chemicals from synthetic hair.6,7 As this is the only known remedy that aims to address this issue, we conducted a literature review of studies investigating the effects of the ACV rinse on the carcinogenicity of synthetic hair extensions.

Methods

We conducted a search of Google Scholar, JSTOR, Science Direct, the Public Library of Science, and PubMed articles indexed for MEDLINE using the terms ACV, apple cider vinegar rinse, ACV rinse, synthetic hair carcinogens, synthetic fiber carcinogens, synthetic hair extension carcinogens, modacrylic fibers, Kanekalon (a flame-retardant modacrylic fiber), acrylonitrile, and vinyl chloride fibers to identify primary research articles investigating the effects of the ACV rinse on the carcinogenicity of synthetic hair extensions for inclusion in our review. To broaden our search, we did not establish a time frame for publication of the articles included in the study. Articles investigating the ACV rinse that were unrelated to carcinogenicity and synthetic hair extensions were excluded from this study.

Results

Our initial literature search identified 270 articles, which decreased to 180 after removal of duplicates. These 180 articles were screened for relevance based on title and abstract, which yielded 6 articles. None of the 6 articles identified through our literature search discussed synthetic hair and carcinogenicity in the context of the ACV rinse and were subsequently excluded from our review (eFigure 1).

Ogah-1
eFIGURE 1. Visual flow diagram of article selection for literature review. Abbreviation: PLOS, Public Library of Science.

Comment

Potentially harmful chemicals and ingredients in hair care products marketed for textured hair are now established topics in public discourse among those familiar with textured hair care and maintenance1,8; however, the discourse remains limited. Our search for scientific articles investigating the effects of the ACV rinse on the carcinogenicity of synthetic hair extensions revealed a notable deficit in the literature regarding scientific studies assessing this practice. While the likelihood that the ACV rinse effectively alters the carcinogenicity of plastic polymers found in synthetic hair extensions and improves their safety seems improbable, the deficit of empirical data evaluating this practice is concerning given both the prevalence of this remedy and the sizable demographic of patients who practice styling with synthetic hair.1 Of the potential adverse outcomes (eg, contact dermatitis, traction alopecia) that are possible from styling with synthetic hair that have been reported in the literature, carcinogenic exposure from synthetic hair extensions is relatively absent, with the exception of a few publications,2,3,9 despite its potential to cause serious long-term consequences for hair stylists and those who regularly use these products.

Interestingly, individuals who style their hair with synthetic hair extensions frequently tout the efficacy of the ACV rinse for removal of mostly unidentified irritants, although the effects are unverified.6,7 While the ACV rinse may be an effective means of removing toxic chemicals from synthetic hair extensions, without verifiable data this method remains an unproven remedy whose perceived benefits could result from factors unrelated to the rinse itself. Theoretically, simply rinsing synthetic hair extensions with plain water prior to use may demonstrate similar efficacy to that of the ACV rinse. 

An additional factor worth mentioning is the lack of government regulations concerning the manufacturing practices of synthetic hair extensions. Flame-retardant materials such as trichloroethylene, polyvinyl chloride, and hexabromocyclododecane frequently are used in synthetic hair extensions despite their known adverse effects, which include reproductive organ toxicity and links to various cancers, leading to them being banned in 5 states.1,10-12 With no federal ban on these materials, individuals using synthetic hair remain at risk.  

It is unclear what chemicals, irritants, or toxic substances the ACV rinse method could potentially remove from synthetic hair. In general, manufacturers of synthetic hair extensions are not forthcoming with information regarding materials used in the processing of their products despite public inquiries into their manufacturing practices.6 Although Whitehurst’s3 curriculum details the process of making synthetic polymer fibers, the overall processes by which these plastics are made to resemble human hair have not been reviewed in academic publications. Should this information be made available to the public, consumers could potentially avoid specific irritants when purchasing synthetic hair extensions.   

The most common management strategy observed in the literature for adverse outcomes attributable to synthetic hair is discontinuation of use2; however, the prevalence and cultural significance of styling with synthetic hair extensions, along with the convenience these styles offer, make this option suboptimal. The scarcity of publications concerning the management of adverse outcomes related to the use of synthetic hair extensions may explain the absence of alternative management recommendations in the literature. Notably, new synthetic hair extensions from manufacturers that exclude plastic polymers and other harmful additives are now available to the public13; however, these hair extensions are cost prohibitive and are less accessible compared to synthetic extensions made from modacrylic fibers (eFigures 2 and 3).1,13-16 

Ogah-2
eFIGURE 2. Example of heat-resistant synthetic hair extension bundles.
Ogah-3
eFIGURE 3. Example of synthetic hair extensions commonly used for braided hairstyles.

Final Thoughts

The ACV rinse method is an anecdotal remedy for reducing the harm and risk of adverse outcomes and complications associated with synthetic hair extensions. Discontinued use of these components is the only remedy provided within academic literature to address the harmful ingredients found in synthetic hair extensions.2 Presently, there are no known data that support or disprove the efficacy of the ACV rinse. Furthermore, no academic guidance specifically supports remedies for mitigating carcinogen exposure risks in patients who style their hair with synthetic extensions. Given the early onset of exposure to synthetic hair in pediatric populations and the substantial demographic utilizing hairstyles that incorporate synthetic hair extensions, concerns regarding potential exposure risks cannot be overstated. Dermatologists should inform their patients of the potential risks associated with styling with synthetic hair extensions, helping them make informed decisions about future styling habits and hair care choices. Lastly, future studies should investigate how, if at all, ACV rinses alter what are arguably the most harmful components of synthetic hair extensions.

Synthetic hair extensions are made from various plastic polymers (eg, modacrylic, vinyl chloride, and acrylonitrile) shaped into thin strands that mimic human hair and are used to add fullness, length, and manageability in individuals with textured hair.1-3 The plastic polymers used to make synthetic hair, most notably acrylonitrile and vinyl chloride, are known to be toxic to humans.1-4 The US Environmental Protection Agency classifies acrylonitrile as a probable carcinogen, and vinyl chloride is associated with the development of lymphoma; leukemia; and rare malignancies of the brain, liver, and lungs.1,4 According to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the maximum exposure limits of vinyl chloride and acrylonitrile vapor or gas over an 8-hour period are 1 ppm (0.001 g/L) and 2 ppm (0.002 g/L), respectively.5 Exposure levels from wearing synthetic hair extensions easily exceed these maximums; for example, a full head of braids requires application of multiple packets of synthetic hair, resulting in continuous exposure to carcinogenic materials that can last for weeks to months at a time.1 Furthermore, individuals as young as 3 years old can begin to style their hair with synthetic extensions, which not only leads to potentially harmful carcinogenic exposure in young children but also yields notably high levels of lifetime exposure in individuals who regularly style their hair with these products.

There currently are no regulations barring the use of potentially harmful materials from the manufacturing process for synthetic hair extensions.1 As a result, rinsing with apple cider vinegar (ACV) is a popular remedy that many users claim can effectively remove harmful chemicals from synthetic hair.6,7 As this is the only known remedy that aims to address this issue, we conducted a literature review of studies investigating the effects of the ACV rinse on the carcinogenicity of synthetic hair extensions.

Methods

We conducted a search of Google Scholar, JSTOR, Science Direct, the Public Library of Science, and PubMed articles indexed for MEDLINE using the terms ACV, apple cider vinegar rinse, ACV rinse, synthetic hair carcinogens, synthetic fiber carcinogens, synthetic hair extension carcinogens, modacrylic fibers, Kanekalon (a flame-retardant modacrylic fiber), acrylonitrile, and vinyl chloride fibers to identify primary research articles investigating the effects of the ACV rinse on the carcinogenicity of synthetic hair extensions for inclusion in our review. To broaden our search, we did not establish a time frame for publication of the articles included in the study. Articles investigating the ACV rinse that were unrelated to carcinogenicity and synthetic hair extensions were excluded from this study.

Results

Our initial literature search identified 270 articles, which decreased to 180 after removal of duplicates. These 180 articles were screened for relevance based on title and abstract, which yielded 6 articles. None of the 6 articles identified through our literature search discussed synthetic hair and carcinogenicity in the context of the ACV rinse and were subsequently excluded from our review (eFigure 1).

Ogah-1
eFIGURE 1. Visual flow diagram of article selection for literature review. Abbreviation: PLOS, Public Library of Science.

Comment

Potentially harmful chemicals and ingredients in hair care products marketed for textured hair are now established topics in public discourse among those familiar with textured hair care and maintenance1,8; however, the discourse remains limited. Our search for scientific articles investigating the effects of the ACV rinse on the carcinogenicity of synthetic hair extensions revealed a notable deficit in the literature regarding scientific studies assessing this practice. While the likelihood that the ACV rinse effectively alters the carcinogenicity of plastic polymers found in synthetic hair extensions and improves their safety seems improbable, the deficit of empirical data evaluating this practice is concerning given both the prevalence of this remedy and the sizable demographic of patients who practice styling with synthetic hair.1 Of the potential adverse outcomes (eg, contact dermatitis, traction alopecia) that are possible from styling with synthetic hair that have been reported in the literature, carcinogenic exposure from synthetic hair extensions is relatively absent, with the exception of a few publications,2,3,9 despite its potential to cause serious long-term consequences for hair stylists and those who regularly use these products.

Interestingly, individuals who style their hair with synthetic hair extensions frequently tout the efficacy of the ACV rinse for removal of mostly unidentified irritants, although the effects are unverified.6,7 While the ACV rinse may be an effective means of removing toxic chemicals from synthetic hair extensions, without verifiable data this method remains an unproven remedy whose perceived benefits could result from factors unrelated to the rinse itself. Theoretically, simply rinsing synthetic hair extensions with plain water prior to use may demonstrate similar efficacy to that of the ACV rinse. 

An additional factor worth mentioning is the lack of government regulations concerning the manufacturing practices of synthetic hair extensions. Flame-retardant materials such as trichloroethylene, polyvinyl chloride, and hexabromocyclododecane frequently are used in synthetic hair extensions despite their known adverse effects, which include reproductive organ toxicity and links to various cancers, leading to them being banned in 5 states.1,10-12 With no federal ban on these materials, individuals using synthetic hair remain at risk.  

It is unclear what chemicals, irritants, or toxic substances the ACV rinse method could potentially remove from synthetic hair. In general, manufacturers of synthetic hair extensions are not forthcoming with information regarding materials used in the processing of their products despite public inquiries into their manufacturing practices.6 Although Whitehurst’s3 curriculum details the process of making synthetic polymer fibers, the overall processes by which these plastics are made to resemble human hair have not been reviewed in academic publications. Should this information be made available to the public, consumers could potentially avoid specific irritants when purchasing synthetic hair extensions.   

The most common management strategy observed in the literature for adverse outcomes attributable to synthetic hair is discontinuation of use2; however, the prevalence and cultural significance of styling with synthetic hair extensions, along with the convenience these styles offer, make this option suboptimal. The scarcity of publications concerning the management of adverse outcomes related to the use of synthetic hair extensions may explain the absence of alternative management recommendations in the literature. Notably, new synthetic hair extensions from manufacturers that exclude plastic polymers and other harmful additives are now available to the public13; however, these hair extensions are cost prohibitive and are less accessible compared to synthetic extensions made from modacrylic fibers (eFigures 2 and 3).1,13-16 

Ogah-2
eFIGURE 2. Example of heat-resistant synthetic hair extension bundles.
Ogah-3
eFIGURE 3. Example of synthetic hair extensions commonly used for braided hairstyles.

Final Thoughts

The ACV rinse method is an anecdotal remedy for reducing the harm and risk of adverse outcomes and complications associated with synthetic hair extensions. Discontinued use of these components is the only remedy provided within academic literature to address the harmful ingredients found in synthetic hair extensions.2 Presently, there are no known data that support or disprove the efficacy of the ACV rinse. Furthermore, no academic guidance specifically supports remedies for mitigating carcinogen exposure risks in patients who style their hair with synthetic extensions. Given the early onset of exposure to synthetic hair in pediatric populations and the substantial demographic utilizing hairstyles that incorporate synthetic hair extensions, concerns regarding potential exposure risks cannot be overstated. Dermatologists should inform their patients of the potential risks associated with styling with synthetic hair extensions, helping them make informed decisions about future styling habits and hair care choices. Lastly, future studies should investigate how, if at all, ACV rinses alter what are arguably the most harmful components of synthetic hair extensions.

References
  1. Thomas CG. Carcinogenic materials in synthetic braids: an unrecognized risk of hair products for Black women. Lancet Reg Health Am. 2023;22:100517.
  2. Dlova NC, Ferguson NN, Rorex JN, et al. Synthetic hair extensions causing irritant contact dermatitis in patients with a history of atopy: a report of 10 cases. Contact Dermatitis. 2021;85:141-145.
  3. Whitehurst L. Polytails and urban tumble weaves: the chemistry of synthetic hair fibers. Yale National Initiative. September 2011. Accessed September 29, 2025. teachers.yale.edu/curriculum/viewer/initiative_11.05.10_u
  4. Acrylonitrile. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. April 1992. Updated January 2000. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.epa.gov/sites/default/files/2016-09/documents/acrylonitrile.pdf
  5. Permissible exposure limits – annotated tables. OSHA annotated table Z-1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.osha.gov/annotated-pels/table-z-1
  6. Adesina P. Braids are causing unbearable itching & there’s a sinister reason behind it. Refinery29. August 19, 2019. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.refinery29.com/en-gb/itchy-braids-hair
  7. Boakye O. Here’s why you should always wash plastic synthetic braiding extensions. InStyle. February 27, 2023. Accessed September 29, 2025. https://www.instyle.com/synthetic-braiding-extensions-upkeep-7151722
  8. James-Todd T, Connolly L, Preston EV, et al. Hormonal activity in commonly used Black hair care products: evaluating hormone disruption as a plausible contribution to health disparities. J Expo Sci Environ Epidemiol. 2021;31:476-486.
  9. Ijere ND, Okereke JN, Ezeji EU. Potential hazards associated with wearing of synthetic hairs (wigs, weavons, hair extensions/attachments) in Nigeria. J Environ Sci Public Health. 2022;6:299-313.
  10. Kaminsky T. An act to amend the environmental conservation law, in relation to the regulation of chemicals in upholstered furniture, mattresses and electronic enclosures. S4630B (2021). Accessed October 2, 2025. www.nysenate.gov/legislation/bills/2021/S4630
  11. Shen Y. Hair extension standards and regulations in the US: an overview. Compliance Gate. December 20, 2022. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.compliancegate.com/hair-extension-regulations-united-states/
  12. Lienke J, Rothschild R. Regulating Risk From Toxic Substances: Best Practices for Economic Analysis of Risk Management Options Under the Toxic Substances Control Act. Institute of Policy Integrity; 2021.
  13. Rebundle. Accessed October 2, 2025. https://rebundle.co/
  14. About us. Kanekalon. Accessed October 2, 2025. https://www.kanekalon-hair.com/en/about
  15. Julianna wholesale smooth Kanekalon futura natural fiber heat resistant bone straight synthetic bundle weft hair extensions. Accessed October 2, 2025. https://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/Julianna-wholesale-Smooth-Kanekalon-Futura-Natural_1601335996748.html
  16. AIDUSA solid colors braiding hair 5pcs synthetic Afro braid hair extensions 24 inch 1 tone for women braids twist crochet braids 100g(#1B Natural Black). Accessed October 2, 2025. www.amazon.com/AIDUSA-Braiding-Synthetic-Extensions-Crochet/dp/B09TNB9LC8
References
  1. Thomas CG. Carcinogenic materials in synthetic braids: an unrecognized risk of hair products for Black women. Lancet Reg Health Am. 2023;22:100517.
  2. Dlova NC, Ferguson NN, Rorex JN, et al. Synthetic hair extensions causing irritant contact dermatitis in patients with a history of atopy: a report of 10 cases. Contact Dermatitis. 2021;85:141-145.
  3. Whitehurst L. Polytails and urban tumble weaves: the chemistry of synthetic hair fibers. Yale National Initiative. September 2011. Accessed September 29, 2025. teachers.yale.edu/curriculum/viewer/initiative_11.05.10_u
  4. Acrylonitrile. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. April 1992. Updated January 2000. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.epa.gov/sites/default/files/2016-09/documents/acrylonitrile.pdf
  5. Permissible exposure limits – annotated tables. OSHA annotated table Z-1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.osha.gov/annotated-pels/table-z-1
  6. Adesina P. Braids are causing unbearable itching & there’s a sinister reason behind it. Refinery29. August 19, 2019. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.refinery29.com/en-gb/itchy-braids-hair
  7. Boakye O. Here’s why you should always wash plastic synthetic braiding extensions. InStyle. February 27, 2023. Accessed September 29, 2025. https://www.instyle.com/synthetic-braiding-extensions-upkeep-7151722
  8. James-Todd T, Connolly L, Preston EV, et al. Hormonal activity in commonly used Black hair care products: evaluating hormone disruption as a plausible contribution to health disparities. J Expo Sci Environ Epidemiol. 2021;31:476-486.
  9. Ijere ND, Okereke JN, Ezeji EU. Potential hazards associated with wearing of synthetic hairs (wigs, weavons, hair extensions/attachments) in Nigeria. J Environ Sci Public Health. 2022;6:299-313.
  10. Kaminsky T. An act to amend the environmental conservation law, in relation to the regulation of chemicals in upholstered furniture, mattresses and electronic enclosures. S4630B (2021). Accessed October 2, 2025. www.nysenate.gov/legislation/bills/2021/S4630
  11. Shen Y. Hair extension standards and regulations in the US: an overview. Compliance Gate. December 20, 2022. Accessed September 29, 2025. www.compliancegate.com/hair-extension-regulations-united-states/
  12. Lienke J, Rothschild R. Regulating Risk From Toxic Substances: Best Practices for Economic Analysis of Risk Management Options Under the Toxic Substances Control Act. Institute of Policy Integrity; 2021.
  13. Rebundle. Accessed October 2, 2025. https://rebundle.co/
  14. About us. Kanekalon. Accessed October 2, 2025. https://www.kanekalon-hair.com/en/about
  15. Julianna wholesale smooth Kanekalon futura natural fiber heat resistant bone straight synthetic bundle weft hair extensions. Accessed October 2, 2025. https://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/Julianna-wholesale-Smooth-Kanekalon-Futura-Natural_1601335996748.html
  16. AIDUSA solid colors braiding hair 5pcs synthetic Afro braid hair extensions 24 inch 1 tone for women braids twist crochet braids 100g(#1B Natural Black). Accessed October 2, 2025. www.amazon.com/AIDUSA-Braiding-Synthetic-Extensions-Crochet/dp/B09TNB9LC8
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Page Number
165-166, 174, E3
Page Number
165-166, 174, E3
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline

Assessing the Merit of the Apple Cider Vinegar Rinse Method for Synthetic Hair Extensions

Display Headline

Assessing the Merit of the Apple Cider Vinegar Rinse Method for Synthetic Hair Extensions

Sections
Inside the Article

Practice Points

  • Synthetic hair extensions are made from materials that can expose patients to high levels of carcinogens beginning in early childhood.
  • The apple cider vinegar rinse method is an anecdotal remedy lacking data validating its ability to mitigate adverse reactions and complications associated with synthetic hair extensions, including carcinogenic exposure to materials they comprise.
  • Dermatologists should inform patients of the potential exposure risks when using synthetic hair extensions to help patients make informed decisions regarding future styling habits and hair care choices.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
survey writer start date

Update on Management of Atopic Dermatitis in Young Children

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline

Update on Management of Atopic Dermatitis in Young Children

Atopic dermatitis (AD) is a chronic inflammatory skin condition associated with skin barrier impairment and immune system dysregulation.1 Development of AD in young children can present challenges in determining appropriate treatment regimens. Natural remedies for AD often are promoted on social media over traditional treatments, including topical corticosteroids (TCSs), which can contribute to corticophobia.2 Dermatologists play a critical role not only in optimizing topical therapy but also addressing patient interest in natural approaches to AD, including diet-related questions. This article outlines the role of diet and probiotics in pediatric AD and reviews the topical treatments currently approved for this patient population.

Diet and Probiotics

With a growing focus on natural therapies for AD, dietary interventions have come to the forefront. A prevalent theme among patients and their families is addressing gut health and allergic triggers. Broad elimination diets have not shown clinical benefit in patients with AD regardless of age,3 and in children, they may result in nutritional deficiencies, poor growth, and increased risk for IgE-mediated food allergies.4 If a true food allergy is identified based on positive IgE and an acute clinical reaction, elimination of the allergen may provide some benefit.5

The link between gut microbiota and skin health has driven an interest in the role of probiotics in the treatment of pediatric AD. A meta-analysis of 20 articles concluded that, whether administered to infants or breastfeeding mothers, use of probiotics overall led to a significant reduction in AD risk in infants (P=.001). Lactobacillus and mixed strains were effective.6 While broad elimination diets are not used to treat AD, probiotic supplementation can be considered for prevention of AD.

Topical Corticosteroids

Topical corticosteroids are the cornerstone of AD treatment; however, corticophobia among patients is on the rise, leading to poor adherence and suboptimal control of AD.7 Mild cutaneous adverse effects (AEs) including skin atrophy, striae, and telangiectasias may occur. Rarely, systemic AEs occur due to absorption of TCSs into the bloodstream, mainly with application of potent steroids over large body surface areas or under occlusion.8 When the optimal potency of a TCS is chosen and used appropriately, incidence of AEs from TCS use is very low.9

Counseling parents about risk factors that can lead to AEs during treatment with TCSs and formulating regimens that minimize these risks while maintaining efficacy increases adherence and outcomes. Pulse maintenance dosing of TCSs typically involves application 1 to 2 times weekly to areas of the skin that are prone to frequent outbreaks. Pulse maintenance dosing can reduce the incidence of AD flares while also decreasing the total amount of topical medication needed as compared to the reactive approach alone, thereby reducing risk for AEs.8

Steroid-Sparing Topical Treatments

Although TCSs are considered first-line agents, recently there has been an advent of steroid-sparing topical agents approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for pediatric patients with AD, including topical calcineurin inhibitors (TCIs), phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitors, a Janus kinase inhibitor, and aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonists. Offering steroid-sparing agents in these patients can help ease parental anxiety regarding TCS overuse.

Topical Calcineurin Inhibitors—Pimecrolimus cream 1% and tacrolimus ointment 0.03% are approved for patients aged 2 years and older and have anti-inflammatory and antipruritic effects equivalent to low-potency TCS. Tacrolimus ­ointment 0.1% is approved for patients aged 16 years and older with similar efficacy to a midpotency TCSs. Pimecrolimus cream 1% and tacrolimus ointment 0.03% often are used off-label in ­children younger than 2 years, as supported by clinical trials showing their safety and efficacy.10 

Topical calcineurin inhibitors can replace or supplement TCSs, making TCIs a desirable option for avoidance of steroid-related AEs. The addition of a TCI to spot treatment or a pulse regimen in a young patient can reassure them and their caregivers that the provider is proactively reducing the risk of TCS overuse. The largest barrier to TCI use is the FDA’s black box warning based on the oral formulation of tacrolimus, citing a potential increased risk for lymphoma and skin cancer; however, there is no evidence for substantial systemic absorption of topical pimecrolimus or tacrolimus.11 Large task-force reviews have found no association between TCI use and development of malignancy.12,13 Based on the current data, counseling patients and their caregivers that this risk primarily is theoretical may help them more confidently integrate TCIs into their treatment regimen. Burning and tingling may occur in a minority of pediatric patients using TCIs for AD. Applying the medication to open wounds or inflamed skin increases the risk for stinging, but pretreatment with a short course of TCSs before transitioning to a TCI may boost tolerance.14 

Phosphodiesterase 4 Inhibitors—Crisaborole ointment 2%, a phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor, is approved for children aged 3 months and older with mild to moderate AD. Its use has been more limited than TCSs and TCIs, as local irritation including stinging and burning can occur in up to 50% of patients.15 One study comparing crisaborole 2% with tacrolimus 0.03% revealed greater improvement with tacrolimus.16 A second phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor approved for once-daily use in children aged 6 years and older with mild to moderate AD is roflumilast cream 0.15%. Roflumilast reduces eczema severity and pruritus, with AEs also limited to application-site stinging and burning.17 

Janus Kinase Inhibitor—Ruxolitinib cream 1.5%, a Janus kinase inhibitor, has been approved by the FDA since 2023 for twice-daily use in children aged 12 years and older with AD. Similar to TCIs, ruxolitinib cream carries a black box warning. Short-term safety data on ruxolitinib cream have revealed low levels of ruxolitinib concentration in plasma18; however, long-term studies on topical Janus kinase inhibitors for AD in pediatric and adult populations are lacking. To reduce the risk for systemic absorption, recommendations include limiting usage to 60 g per week and limiting treatment to less than 20% of the body surface area.19 Ruxolitinib has efficacy similar to or possibly superior to triamcinolone 0.1%.20 Ruxolitinib is emerging as a promising nonsteroidal option that potentially is highly efficacious and well tolerated without cutaneous AEs.  

Aryl Hydrocarbon Receptor Agonist—Tapinarof cream 1% is an aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist that has been approved by the FDA since 2024 for children aged 2 years and older as a once-daily treatment for moderate to severe AD. Adverse events include folliculitis, nasopharyngitis, and headache, which are mostly mild or moderate.21

Final Thoughts

Topical management of pediatric AD includes traditional therapy with TCSs and newer steroid-sparing agents, which can help address corticophobia. Anticipatory guidance regarding the safety and long-term effects of individual therapies is critical to ensuring patient adherence to treatment regimens. Probiotics may help prevent pediatric AD, but future studies are needed to determine their role in treatment.

References
  1. Weidinger S, Beck LA, Bieber T, et al. Atopic dermatitis. Nat Rev Dis Primers. 2018;4:1.
  2. Voillot P, Riche B, Portafax M, et al. Social media platforms listening study on atopic dermatitis: quantitative and qualitative findings. J Med Internet Res. 2022;24:E31140.
  3. Bath-Hextall F, Delamere FM, Williams HC. Dietary exclusions for improving established atopic eczema in adults and children: systematic review. Allergy. 2009;64:258-264.
  4. Rustad AM, Nickles MA, Bilimoria SN, et al. The role of diet modification in atopic dermatitis: navigating the complexity. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2022;23:27-36.
  5. Khan A, Adalsteinsson J, Whitaker-Worth DL. Atopic dermatitis and nutrition. Clin Dermatol. 2022;40:135-144. 
  6. Chen L, Ni Y, Wu X, et al. Probiotics for the prevention of atopic dermatitis in infants from different geographic regions: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Dermatolog Treat. 2022;33:2931-2939.
  7. Herzum A, Occella C, Gariazzo L, et al. Corticophobia among parents of children with atopic dermatitis: assessing major and minor risk factors for high TOPICOP scores. J Clin Med. 2023;12:6813.
  8. Eichenfield LF, Tom WL, Berger TG, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of atopic dermatitis: section 2. management and treatment of atopic dermatitis with topical therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;71:116-132.
  9. Callen J, Chamlin S, Eichenfield LF, et al. A systematic review of the safety of topical therapies for atopic dermatitis. Br J Dermatol. 2007;156:203-221.
  10. Reitamo S, Rustin M, Ruzicka T, et al. Efficacy and safety of tacrolimus ointment compared with that of hydrocortisone butyrate ointment in adult patients with atopic dermatitis. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2002;109:547-555.
  11. Thaçi D, Salgo R. Malignancy concerns of topical calcineurin inhibitors for atopic dermatitis: facts and controversies. Clin Dermatol. 2010;28:52-56.
  12. Berger TG, Duvic M, Van Voorhees AS, et al. The use of topical calcineurin inhibitors in dermatology: safety concerns. report of the AAD Association Task Force. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2006;54:818-823.
  13. Fonacier L, Spergel J, Charlesworth EN, et al. Report of the Topical Calcineurin Inhibitor Task Force of the American College of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology and the American Academy of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2005;115:1249-1253.
  14. Eichenfield LF, Lucky AW, Boguniewicz M, et al. Safety and efficacy of pimecrolimus (ASM 981) cream 1% in the treatment of mild and moderate atopic dermatitis in children and adolescents. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2002;46:495-504.
  15. Lin CPL, Gordon S, Her MJ, et al. A retrospective study: application site pain with the use of crisaborole, a topical phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1451-1453.
  16. Ryan Wolf J, Chen A, Wieser J, et al. Improved patient- and caregiver-reported outcomes distinguish tacrolimus 0.03% from crisaborole in children with atopic dermatitis. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2024;38:1364-1372.
  17. Simpson EL, Eichenfield LF, Alonso-Llamazares J, et al. Roflumilast cream, 0.15%, for atopic dermatitis in adults and children: INTEGUMENT-1 and INTEGUMENT-2 randomized clinical trials. JAMA Dermatol. 2024;160:1161-1170.
  18. Papp K, Szepietowski JC, Kircik L, et al. Long-term safety and disease control with ruxolitinib cream in atopic dermatitis: results from two phase 3 studies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;88:1008-1016.
  19. Sidbury R, Alikhan A, Bercovitch L, et al. Guidelines of carefor the management of atopic dermatitis in adults with topical therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;89:E1-E20.
  20. Sadeghi S, Mohandesi NA. Efficacy and safety of topical JAK inhibitors in the treatment of atopic dermatitis in paediatrics and adults: a systematic review. Exp Dermatol. 2023;32:599-610.
  21. Silverberg JI, Eichenfield LF, Hebert AA, et al. Tapinarof cream 1% once daily: significant efficacy in the treatment of moderate to severe atopic dermatitis in adults and children down to 2 years of age in the pivotal phase 3 ADORING trials. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2024;91:457-465.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Zilberstein is from the University of Illinois Chicago. Dr. Hughes is from the University of Southern California, Los Angeles, and Children’s Hospital Los Angeles.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Meagan Hughes, MD (mhughes@chla.usc.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):161-162. doi:10.12788/cutis.1287

Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
161-162
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Zilberstein is from the University of Illinois Chicago. Dr. Hughes is from the University of Southern California, Los Angeles, and Children’s Hospital Los Angeles.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Meagan Hughes, MD (mhughes@chla.usc.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):161-162. doi:10.12788/cutis.1287

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Zilberstein is from the University of Illinois Chicago. Dr. Hughes is from the University of Southern California, Los Angeles, and Children’s Hospital Los Angeles.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Meagan Hughes, MD (mhughes@chla.usc.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):161-162. doi:10.12788/cutis.1287

Article PDF
Article PDF

Atopic dermatitis (AD) is a chronic inflammatory skin condition associated with skin barrier impairment and immune system dysregulation.1 Development of AD in young children can present challenges in determining appropriate treatment regimens. Natural remedies for AD often are promoted on social media over traditional treatments, including topical corticosteroids (TCSs), which can contribute to corticophobia.2 Dermatologists play a critical role not only in optimizing topical therapy but also addressing patient interest in natural approaches to AD, including diet-related questions. This article outlines the role of diet and probiotics in pediatric AD and reviews the topical treatments currently approved for this patient population.

Diet and Probiotics

With a growing focus on natural therapies for AD, dietary interventions have come to the forefront. A prevalent theme among patients and their families is addressing gut health and allergic triggers. Broad elimination diets have not shown clinical benefit in patients with AD regardless of age,3 and in children, they may result in nutritional deficiencies, poor growth, and increased risk for IgE-mediated food allergies.4 If a true food allergy is identified based on positive IgE and an acute clinical reaction, elimination of the allergen may provide some benefit.5

The link between gut microbiota and skin health has driven an interest in the role of probiotics in the treatment of pediatric AD. A meta-analysis of 20 articles concluded that, whether administered to infants or breastfeeding mothers, use of probiotics overall led to a significant reduction in AD risk in infants (P=.001). Lactobacillus and mixed strains were effective.6 While broad elimination diets are not used to treat AD, probiotic supplementation can be considered for prevention of AD.

Topical Corticosteroids

Topical corticosteroids are the cornerstone of AD treatment; however, corticophobia among patients is on the rise, leading to poor adherence and suboptimal control of AD.7 Mild cutaneous adverse effects (AEs) including skin atrophy, striae, and telangiectasias may occur. Rarely, systemic AEs occur due to absorption of TCSs into the bloodstream, mainly with application of potent steroids over large body surface areas or under occlusion.8 When the optimal potency of a TCS is chosen and used appropriately, incidence of AEs from TCS use is very low.9

Counseling parents about risk factors that can lead to AEs during treatment with TCSs and formulating regimens that minimize these risks while maintaining efficacy increases adherence and outcomes. Pulse maintenance dosing of TCSs typically involves application 1 to 2 times weekly to areas of the skin that are prone to frequent outbreaks. Pulse maintenance dosing can reduce the incidence of AD flares while also decreasing the total amount of topical medication needed as compared to the reactive approach alone, thereby reducing risk for AEs.8

Steroid-Sparing Topical Treatments

Although TCSs are considered first-line agents, recently there has been an advent of steroid-sparing topical agents approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for pediatric patients with AD, including topical calcineurin inhibitors (TCIs), phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitors, a Janus kinase inhibitor, and aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonists. Offering steroid-sparing agents in these patients can help ease parental anxiety regarding TCS overuse.

Topical Calcineurin Inhibitors—Pimecrolimus cream 1% and tacrolimus ointment 0.03% are approved for patients aged 2 years and older and have anti-inflammatory and antipruritic effects equivalent to low-potency TCS. Tacrolimus ­ointment 0.1% is approved for patients aged 16 years and older with similar efficacy to a midpotency TCSs. Pimecrolimus cream 1% and tacrolimus ointment 0.03% often are used off-label in ­children younger than 2 years, as supported by clinical trials showing their safety and efficacy.10 

Topical calcineurin inhibitors can replace or supplement TCSs, making TCIs a desirable option for avoidance of steroid-related AEs. The addition of a TCI to spot treatment or a pulse regimen in a young patient can reassure them and their caregivers that the provider is proactively reducing the risk of TCS overuse. The largest barrier to TCI use is the FDA’s black box warning based on the oral formulation of tacrolimus, citing a potential increased risk for lymphoma and skin cancer; however, there is no evidence for substantial systemic absorption of topical pimecrolimus or tacrolimus.11 Large task-force reviews have found no association between TCI use and development of malignancy.12,13 Based on the current data, counseling patients and their caregivers that this risk primarily is theoretical may help them more confidently integrate TCIs into their treatment regimen. Burning and tingling may occur in a minority of pediatric patients using TCIs for AD. Applying the medication to open wounds or inflamed skin increases the risk for stinging, but pretreatment with a short course of TCSs before transitioning to a TCI may boost tolerance.14 

Phosphodiesterase 4 Inhibitors—Crisaborole ointment 2%, a phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor, is approved for children aged 3 months and older with mild to moderate AD. Its use has been more limited than TCSs and TCIs, as local irritation including stinging and burning can occur in up to 50% of patients.15 One study comparing crisaborole 2% with tacrolimus 0.03% revealed greater improvement with tacrolimus.16 A second phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor approved for once-daily use in children aged 6 years and older with mild to moderate AD is roflumilast cream 0.15%. Roflumilast reduces eczema severity and pruritus, with AEs also limited to application-site stinging and burning.17 

Janus Kinase Inhibitor—Ruxolitinib cream 1.5%, a Janus kinase inhibitor, has been approved by the FDA since 2023 for twice-daily use in children aged 12 years and older with AD. Similar to TCIs, ruxolitinib cream carries a black box warning. Short-term safety data on ruxolitinib cream have revealed low levels of ruxolitinib concentration in plasma18; however, long-term studies on topical Janus kinase inhibitors for AD in pediatric and adult populations are lacking. To reduce the risk for systemic absorption, recommendations include limiting usage to 60 g per week and limiting treatment to less than 20% of the body surface area.19 Ruxolitinib has efficacy similar to or possibly superior to triamcinolone 0.1%.20 Ruxolitinib is emerging as a promising nonsteroidal option that potentially is highly efficacious and well tolerated without cutaneous AEs.  

Aryl Hydrocarbon Receptor Agonist—Tapinarof cream 1% is an aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist that has been approved by the FDA since 2024 for children aged 2 years and older as a once-daily treatment for moderate to severe AD. Adverse events include folliculitis, nasopharyngitis, and headache, which are mostly mild or moderate.21

Final Thoughts

Topical management of pediatric AD includes traditional therapy with TCSs and newer steroid-sparing agents, which can help address corticophobia. Anticipatory guidance regarding the safety and long-term effects of individual therapies is critical to ensuring patient adherence to treatment regimens. Probiotics may help prevent pediatric AD, but future studies are needed to determine their role in treatment.

Atopic dermatitis (AD) is a chronic inflammatory skin condition associated with skin barrier impairment and immune system dysregulation.1 Development of AD in young children can present challenges in determining appropriate treatment regimens. Natural remedies for AD often are promoted on social media over traditional treatments, including topical corticosteroids (TCSs), which can contribute to corticophobia.2 Dermatologists play a critical role not only in optimizing topical therapy but also addressing patient interest in natural approaches to AD, including diet-related questions. This article outlines the role of diet and probiotics in pediatric AD and reviews the topical treatments currently approved for this patient population.

Diet and Probiotics

With a growing focus on natural therapies for AD, dietary interventions have come to the forefront. A prevalent theme among patients and their families is addressing gut health and allergic triggers. Broad elimination diets have not shown clinical benefit in patients with AD regardless of age,3 and in children, they may result in nutritional deficiencies, poor growth, and increased risk for IgE-mediated food allergies.4 If a true food allergy is identified based on positive IgE and an acute clinical reaction, elimination of the allergen may provide some benefit.5

The link between gut microbiota and skin health has driven an interest in the role of probiotics in the treatment of pediatric AD. A meta-analysis of 20 articles concluded that, whether administered to infants or breastfeeding mothers, use of probiotics overall led to a significant reduction in AD risk in infants (P=.001). Lactobacillus and mixed strains were effective.6 While broad elimination diets are not used to treat AD, probiotic supplementation can be considered for prevention of AD.

Topical Corticosteroids

Topical corticosteroids are the cornerstone of AD treatment; however, corticophobia among patients is on the rise, leading to poor adherence and suboptimal control of AD.7 Mild cutaneous adverse effects (AEs) including skin atrophy, striae, and telangiectasias may occur. Rarely, systemic AEs occur due to absorption of TCSs into the bloodstream, mainly with application of potent steroids over large body surface areas or under occlusion.8 When the optimal potency of a TCS is chosen and used appropriately, incidence of AEs from TCS use is very low.9

Counseling parents about risk factors that can lead to AEs during treatment with TCSs and formulating regimens that minimize these risks while maintaining efficacy increases adherence and outcomes. Pulse maintenance dosing of TCSs typically involves application 1 to 2 times weekly to areas of the skin that are prone to frequent outbreaks. Pulse maintenance dosing can reduce the incidence of AD flares while also decreasing the total amount of topical medication needed as compared to the reactive approach alone, thereby reducing risk for AEs.8

Steroid-Sparing Topical Treatments

Although TCSs are considered first-line agents, recently there has been an advent of steroid-sparing topical agents approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for pediatric patients with AD, including topical calcineurin inhibitors (TCIs), phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitors, a Janus kinase inhibitor, and aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonists. Offering steroid-sparing agents in these patients can help ease parental anxiety regarding TCS overuse.

Topical Calcineurin Inhibitors—Pimecrolimus cream 1% and tacrolimus ointment 0.03% are approved for patients aged 2 years and older and have anti-inflammatory and antipruritic effects equivalent to low-potency TCS. Tacrolimus ­ointment 0.1% is approved for patients aged 16 years and older with similar efficacy to a midpotency TCSs. Pimecrolimus cream 1% and tacrolimus ointment 0.03% often are used off-label in ­children younger than 2 years, as supported by clinical trials showing their safety and efficacy.10 

Topical calcineurin inhibitors can replace or supplement TCSs, making TCIs a desirable option for avoidance of steroid-related AEs. The addition of a TCI to spot treatment or a pulse regimen in a young patient can reassure them and their caregivers that the provider is proactively reducing the risk of TCS overuse. The largest barrier to TCI use is the FDA’s black box warning based on the oral formulation of tacrolimus, citing a potential increased risk for lymphoma and skin cancer; however, there is no evidence for substantial systemic absorption of topical pimecrolimus or tacrolimus.11 Large task-force reviews have found no association between TCI use and development of malignancy.12,13 Based on the current data, counseling patients and their caregivers that this risk primarily is theoretical may help them more confidently integrate TCIs into their treatment regimen. Burning and tingling may occur in a minority of pediatric patients using TCIs for AD. Applying the medication to open wounds or inflamed skin increases the risk for stinging, but pretreatment with a short course of TCSs before transitioning to a TCI may boost tolerance.14 

Phosphodiesterase 4 Inhibitors—Crisaborole ointment 2%, a phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor, is approved for children aged 3 months and older with mild to moderate AD. Its use has been more limited than TCSs and TCIs, as local irritation including stinging and burning can occur in up to 50% of patients.15 One study comparing crisaborole 2% with tacrolimus 0.03% revealed greater improvement with tacrolimus.16 A second phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor approved for once-daily use in children aged 6 years and older with mild to moderate AD is roflumilast cream 0.15%. Roflumilast reduces eczema severity and pruritus, with AEs also limited to application-site stinging and burning.17 

Janus Kinase Inhibitor—Ruxolitinib cream 1.5%, a Janus kinase inhibitor, has been approved by the FDA since 2023 for twice-daily use in children aged 12 years and older with AD. Similar to TCIs, ruxolitinib cream carries a black box warning. Short-term safety data on ruxolitinib cream have revealed low levels of ruxolitinib concentration in plasma18; however, long-term studies on topical Janus kinase inhibitors for AD in pediatric and adult populations are lacking. To reduce the risk for systemic absorption, recommendations include limiting usage to 60 g per week and limiting treatment to less than 20% of the body surface area.19 Ruxolitinib has efficacy similar to or possibly superior to triamcinolone 0.1%.20 Ruxolitinib is emerging as a promising nonsteroidal option that potentially is highly efficacious and well tolerated without cutaneous AEs.  

Aryl Hydrocarbon Receptor Agonist—Tapinarof cream 1% is an aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist that has been approved by the FDA since 2024 for children aged 2 years and older as a once-daily treatment for moderate to severe AD. Adverse events include folliculitis, nasopharyngitis, and headache, which are mostly mild or moderate.21

Final Thoughts

Topical management of pediatric AD includes traditional therapy with TCSs and newer steroid-sparing agents, which can help address corticophobia. Anticipatory guidance regarding the safety and long-term effects of individual therapies is critical to ensuring patient adherence to treatment regimens. Probiotics may help prevent pediatric AD, but future studies are needed to determine their role in treatment.

References
  1. Weidinger S, Beck LA, Bieber T, et al. Atopic dermatitis. Nat Rev Dis Primers. 2018;4:1.
  2. Voillot P, Riche B, Portafax M, et al. Social media platforms listening study on atopic dermatitis: quantitative and qualitative findings. J Med Internet Res. 2022;24:E31140.
  3. Bath-Hextall F, Delamere FM, Williams HC. Dietary exclusions for improving established atopic eczema in adults and children: systematic review. Allergy. 2009;64:258-264.
  4. Rustad AM, Nickles MA, Bilimoria SN, et al. The role of diet modification in atopic dermatitis: navigating the complexity. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2022;23:27-36.
  5. Khan A, Adalsteinsson J, Whitaker-Worth DL. Atopic dermatitis and nutrition. Clin Dermatol. 2022;40:135-144. 
  6. Chen L, Ni Y, Wu X, et al. Probiotics for the prevention of atopic dermatitis in infants from different geographic regions: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Dermatolog Treat. 2022;33:2931-2939.
  7. Herzum A, Occella C, Gariazzo L, et al. Corticophobia among parents of children with atopic dermatitis: assessing major and minor risk factors for high TOPICOP scores. J Clin Med. 2023;12:6813.
  8. Eichenfield LF, Tom WL, Berger TG, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of atopic dermatitis: section 2. management and treatment of atopic dermatitis with topical therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;71:116-132.
  9. Callen J, Chamlin S, Eichenfield LF, et al. A systematic review of the safety of topical therapies for atopic dermatitis. Br J Dermatol. 2007;156:203-221.
  10. Reitamo S, Rustin M, Ruzicka T, et al. Efficacy and safety of tacrolimus ointment compared with that of hydrocortisone butyrate ointment in adult patients with atopic dermatitis. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2002;109:547-555.
  11. Thaçi D, Salgo R. Malignancy concerns of topical calcineurin inhibitors for atopic dermatitis: facts and controversies. Clin Dermatol. 2010;28:52-56.
  12. Berger TG, Duvic M, Van Voorhees AS, et al. The use of topical calcineurin inhibitors in dermatology: safety concerns. report of the AAD Association Task Force. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2006;54:818-823.
  13. Fonacier L, Spergel J, Charlesworth EN, et al. Report of the Topical Calcineurin Inhibitor Task Force of the American College of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology and the American Academy of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2005;115:1249-1253.
  14. Eichenfield LF, Lucky AW, Boguniewicz M, et al. Safety and efficacy of pimecrolimus (ASM 981) cream 1% in the treatment of mild and moderate atopic dermatitis in children and adolescents. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2002;46:495-504.
  15. Lin CPL, Gordon S, Her MJ, et al. A retrospective study: application site pain with the use of crisaborole, a topical phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1451-1453.
  16. Ryan Wolf J, Chen A, Wieser J, et al. Improved patient- and caregiver-reported outcomes distinguish tacrolimus 0.03% from crisaborole in children with atopic dermatitis. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2024;38:1364-1372.
  17. Simpson EL, Eichenfield LF, Alonso-Llamazares J, et al. Roflumilast cream, 0.15%, for atopic dermatitis in adults and children: INTEGUMENT-1 and INTEGUMENT-2 randomized clinical trials. JAMA Dermatol. 2024;160:1161-1170.
  18. Papp K, Szepietowski JC, Kircik L, et al. Long-term safety and disease control with ruxolitinib cream in atopic dermatitis: results from two phase 3 studies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;88:1008-1016.
  19. Sidbury R, Alikhan A, Bercovitch L, et al. Guidelines of carefor the management of atopic dermatitis in adults with topical therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;89:E1-E20.
  20. Sadeghi S, Mohandesi NA. Efficacy and safety of topical JAK inhibitors in the treatment of atopic dermatitis in paediatrics and adults: a systematic review. Exp Dermatol. 2023;32:599-610.
  21. Silverberg JI, Eichenfield LF, Hebert AA, et al. Tapinarof cream 1% once daily: significant efficacy in the treatment of moderate to severe atopic dermatitis in adults and children down to 2 years of age in the pivotal phase 3 ADORING trials. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2024;91:457-465.
References
  1. Weidinger S, Beck LA, Bieber T, et al. Atopic dermatitis. Nat Rev Dis Primers. 2018;4:1.
  2. Voillot P, Riche B, Portafax M, et al. Social media platforms listening study on atopic dermatitis: quantitative and qualitative findings. J Med Internet Res. 2022;24:E31140.
  3. Bath-Hextall F, Delamere FM, Williams HC. Dietary exclusions for improving established atopic eczema in adults and children: systematic review. Allergy. 2009;64:258-264.
  4. Rustad AM, Nickles MA, Bilimoria SN, et al. The role of diet modification in atopic dermatitis: navigating the complexity. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2022;23:27-36.
  5. Khan A, Adalsteinsson J, Whitaker-Worth DL. Atopic dermatitis and nutrition. Clin Dermatol. 2022;40:135-144. 
  6. Chen L, Ni Y, Wu X, et al. Probiotics for the prevention of atopic dermatitis in infants from different geographic regions: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Dermatolog Treat. 2022;33:2931-2939.
  7. Herzum A, Occella C, Gariazzo L, et al. Corticophobia among parents of children with atopic dermatitis: assessing major and minor risk factors for high TOPICOP scores. J Clin Med. 2023;12:6813.
  8. Eichenfield LF, Tom WL, Berger TG, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of atopic dermatitis: section 2. management and treatment of atopic dermatitis with topical therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;71:116-132.
  9. Callen J, Chamlin S, Eichenfield LF, et al. A systematic review of the safety of topical therapies for atopic dermatitis. Br J Dermatol. 2007;156:203-221.
  10. Reitamo S, Rustin M, Ruzicka T, et al. Efficacy and safety of tacrolimus ointment compared with that of hydrocortisone butyrate ointment in adult patients with atopic dermatitis. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2002;109:547-555.
  11. Thaçi D, Salgo R. Malignancy concerns of topical calcineurin inhibitors for atopic dermatitis: facts and controversies. Clin Dermatol. 2010;28:52-56.
  12. Berger TG, Duvic M, Van Voorhees AS, et al. The use of topical calcineurin inhibitors in dermatology: safety concerns. report of the AAD Association Task Force. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2006;54:818-823.
  13. Fonacier L, Spergel J, Charlesworth EN, et al. Report of the Topical Calcineurin Inhibitor Task Force of the American College of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology and the American Academy of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2005;115:1249-1253.
  14. Eichenfield LF, Lucky AW, Boguniewicz M, et al. Safety and efficacy of pimecrolimus (ASM 981) cream 1% in the treatment of mild and moderate atopic dermatitis in children and adolescents. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2002;46:495-504.
  15. Lin CPL, Gordon S, Her MJ, et al. A retrospective study: application site pain with the use of crisaborole, a topical phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1451-1453.
  16. Ryan Wolf J, Chen A, Wieser J, et al. Improved patient- and caregiver-reported outcomes distinguish tacrolimus 0.03% from crisaborole in children with atopic dermatitis. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2024;38:1364-1372.
  17. Simpson EL, Eichenfield LF, Alonso-Llamazares J, et al. Roflumilast cream, 0.15%, for atopic dermatitis in adults and children: INTEGUMENT-1 and INTEGUMENT-2 randomized clinical trials. JAMA Dermatol. 2024;160:1161-1170.
  18. Papp K, Szepietowski JC, Kircik L, et al. Long-term safety and disease control with ruxolitinib cream in atopic dermatitis: results from two phase 3 studies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;88:1008-1016.
  19. Sidbury R, Alikhan A, Bercovitch L, et al. Guidelines of carefor the management of atopic dermatitis in adults with topical therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;89:E1-E20.
  20. Sadeghi S, Mohandesi NA. Efficacy and safety of topical JAK inhibitors in the treatment of atopic dermatitis in paediatrics and adults: a systematic review. Exp Dermatol. 2023;32:599-610.
  21. Silverberg JI, Eichenfield LF, Hebert AA, et al. Tapinarof cream 1% once daily: significant efficacy in the treatment of moderate to severe atopic dermatitis in adults and children down to 2 years of age in the pivotal phase 3 ADORING trials. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2024;91:457-465.
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Page Number
161-162
Page Number
161-162
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline

Update on Management of Atopic Dermatitis in Young Children

Display Headline

Update on Management of Atopic Dermatitis in Young Children

Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
survey writer start date

Flesh-Colored Lesion on the Ear

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline

Flesh-Colored Lesion on the Ear

THE DIAGNOSIS: Gouty Tophus

The lesion was excised and sent for histopathologic examination (eFigures 1 and 2), revealing aggregates of feathery, amorphous, pale-pink material, which confirmed the diagnosis of gouty tophus. The surgical site was left to heal by secondary intention. Upon further evaluation, the patient reported recurrent monoarticular joint pain in the ankles and feet, and laboratory workup revealed elevated serum uric acid. He was advised to follow up with his primary care physician to discuss systemic treatment options for gout.

Hancock-1
eFIGURE 1. Surgical excision revealed a well-circumscribed gouty tophus with the classic chalklike consistency.
CT116005164-eFig2-AB
eFIGURE 2. A and B, Well-circumscribed aggregates of acellular, pale-pink material with surrounding histiocytic inflammation (H&E, original magnification ×2 and ×10, respectively).

Gout is an inflammatory arthritis characterized by the deposition of monosodium urate monohydrate crystals in the joints, soft tissue, and bone due to elevated serum uric acid. Uric acid is the final product of purine metabolism, and serum levels may be elevated due to excess production or underexcretion. Multiple genetic, environmental, and metabolic factors influence these processes.1 Collections of monosodium urate crystals may develop intra- or extra-articularly, the latter of which are known as gouty tophi. These nodules have a classic chalklike consistency and typically are seen in patients with untreated gout starting approximately 10 years after the first flare. The most common locations for subcutaneous gouty tophi are acral sites (eg, fingertips, ears) as well as the wrists, knees, and elbows (olecranon bursae). Rarely, gouty panniculitis also may develop.2

Histopathology of gouty tophi reveals nodular aggregates of acellular, amorphous, pale-pink material surrounded by palisading histiocytes and multinucleated giant cells. The presence of needlelike monosodium urate crystals, which display negative birefringence, is diagnostic. Unfortunately, these crystals are destroyed in routine formalin processing.3

There are limited data regarding treatment of gouty tophi. Urate-lowering systemic medications such as pegloticase may be beneficial, but more data are needed.4 We pursued surgical excision in our case for definitive diagnosis; however, it is not a common treatment for gouty tophi. Typically, urate-lowering therapy is utilized to resolve or shrink lesions over time.5

The differential diagnosis for gouty tophi includes epidermal inclusion cyst (EIC), the most common type of cutaneous cyst. Though EICs can manifest anywhere on the body, they are not as common on the ears as gouty tophi. Epidermal inclusion cysts clinically manifest as soft subcutaneous nodules, and a central punctum often is noted. These lesions are derived from the follicular infundibulum and histologically are characterized by a cystic cavity lined by a stratified squamous epithelium with a granular layer. The cavity contains loose laminated keratin material.6

Pseudocyst of the auricle is a benign cystic swelling of the pinna that can develop spontaneously but most often manifests following trauma to the area, which is believed to separate the tissue planes in the cartilage, allowing fluid to accumulate. This lesion typically is asymptomatic, though some patients report mild tenderness.7 Histology shows a cystic structure within the cartilage without an epithelial lining, and a perivascular inflammatory response often is observed.8

Pilomatricoma, also known as pilomatrixoma, is a benign tumor derived from the hair follicle matrix that manifests as a firm, slow-growing, painless subcutaneous nodule. It most often is found on the head and neck, commonly in the periauricular area.9 Though rare, it has been found on the auricle and external auditory canal.10 Histologically, pilomatricomas are well-defined tumors containing internal trabeculae. They contain populations of basaloid and ghost cells and often calcify, sometimes with resultant bone formation.9

Dermoid cysts are benign tumors that develop along lines of embryonic closure and often are diagnosed at birth or in early childhood. They most commonly manifest on the head and neck, typically in the supraorbital area. Rarely, they have been reported on the ear.6 Dermoid cysts may resemble EICs clinically and histopathologically, except that the cyst wall contains mature adnexal structures such as hair follicles and sebaceous glands.

References
  1. Dalbeth N, Merriman TR, Stamp LK. Gout. Lancet. 2016;388:2039-2052. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(16)00346-9
  2. Gaviria JL, Ortega VG, Gaona J, et al. Unusual dermatological manifestations of gout: review of literature and a case report. Plast Reconstr Surg Glob Open. 2015;3:E445. doi:10.1097/GOX.0000000000000420
  3. Towiwat P, Chhana A, Dalbeth N. The anatomical pathology of gout: a systematic literature review. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2019;20:140. doi:10.1186/s12891-019-2519-y
  4. Sriranganathan MK, Vinik O, Pardo Pardo J, et al. Interventions for tophi in gout. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2021;8:CD010069. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD010069.pub3
  5. Evidence review for surgical excision of tophi. Gout: diagnosis and management. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). June 2022. Accessed October 8, 2025. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK583526/
  6. Cho Y, Lee DH. Clinical characteristics of idiopathic epidermoid and dermoid cysts of the ear. J Audiol Otol. 2017;21:77-80. doi:10.7874 /jao.2017.21.2.77
  7. Ballan A, Zogheib S, Hanna C, et al. Auricular pseudocysts: a systematic review of the literature. Int J Dermatol. 2022;61:109-117. doi:10.1111/ijd.15816
  8. Lim CM, Goh YH, Chao SS, et al. Pseudocyst of the auricle: a histologic perspective. Laryngoscope. 2004;114:1281-1284. doi:10.1097/00005537-200407000-00026
  9. Jones CD, Ho W, Robertson BF, et al. Pilomatrixoma: a comprehensive review of the literature. Am J Dermatopathol. 2018; 40:631-641. doi:10.1097/DAD.0000000000001118
  10. McInerney NJ, Nae A, Brennan S, et al. Pilomatricoma of the external auditory canal. Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland. 2023. doi:10.1016/j.xocr.2023.10053
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

From the Division of Dermatology, University of Texas Health San Antonio. Dr. Owen also is from the Dermatology Service, Audie L. Murphy VA Medical Center, San Antonio.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Julie Hancock, MD, 7979 Wurzbach Rd, San Antonio, TX 78229 (hancockj1@uthscsa.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):164, 176, E1. doi:10.12788/cutis.1291

Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
164, 176, E1
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

From the Division of Dermatology, University of Texas Health San Antonio. Dr. Owen also is from the Dermatology Service, Audie L. Murphy VA Medical Center, San Antonio.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Julie Hancock, MD, 7979 Wurzbach Rd, San Antonio, TX 78229 (hancockj1@uthscsa.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):164, 176, E1. doi:10.12788/cutis.1291

Author and Disclosure Information

From the Division of Dermatology, University of Texas Health San Antonio. Dr. Owen also is from the Dermatology Service, Audie L. Murphy VA Medical Center, San Antonio.

The authors have no relevant financial disclosures to report.

Correspondence: Julie Hancock, MD, 7979 Wurzbach Rd, San Antonio, TX 78229 (hancockj1@uthscsa.edu).

Cutis. 2025 November;116(5):164, 176, E1. doi:10.12788/cutis.1291

Article PDF
Article PDF

THE DIAGNOSIS: Gouty Tophus

The lesion was excised and sent for histopathologic examination (eFigures 1 and 2), revealing aggregates of feathery, amorphous, pale-pink material, which confirmed the diagnosis of gouty tophus. The surgical site was left to heal by secondary intention. Upon further evaluation, the patient reported recurrent monoarticular joint pain in the ankles and feet, and laboratory workup revealed elevated serum uric acid. He was advised to follow up with his primary care physician to discuss systemic treatment options for gout.

Hancock-1
eFIGURE 1. Surgical excision revealed a well-circumscribed gouty tophus with the classic chalklike consistency.
CT116005164-eFig2-AB
eFIGURE 2. A and B, Well-circumscribed aggregates of acellular, pale-pink material with surrounding histiocytic inflammation (H&E, original magnification ×2 and ×10, respectively).

Gout is an inflammatory arthritis characterized by the deposition of monosodium urate monohydrate crystals in the joints, soft tissue, and bone due to elevated serum uric acid. Uric acid is the final product of purine metabolism, and serum levels may be elevated due to excess production or underexcretion. Multiple genetic, environmental, and metabolic factors influence these processes.1 Collections of monosodium urate crystals may develop intra- or extra-articularly, the latter of which are known as gouty tophi. These nodules have a classic chalklike consistency and typically are seen in patients with untreated gout starting approximately 10 years after the first flare. The most common locations for subcutaneous gouty tophi are acral sites (eg, fingertips, ears) as well as the wrists, knees, and elbows (olecranon bursae). Rarely, gouty panniculitis also may develop.2

Histopathology of gouty tophi reveals nodular aggregates of acellular, amorphous, pale-pink material surrounded by palisading histiocytes and multinucleated giant cells. The presence of needlelike monosodium urate crystals, which display negative birefringence, is diagnostic. Unfortunately, these crystals are destroyed in routine formalin processing.3

There are limited data regarding treatment of gouty tophi. Urate-lowering systemic medications such as pegloticase may be beneficial, but more data are needed.4 We pursued surgical excision in our case for definitive diagnosis; however, it is not a common treatment for gouty tophi. Typically, urate-lowering therapy is utilized to resolve or shrink lesions over time.5

The differential diagnosis for gouty tophi includes epidermal inclusion cyst (EIC), the most common type of cutaneous cyst. Though EICs can manifest anywhere on the body, they are not as common on the ears as gouty tophi. Epidermal inclusion cysts clinically manifest as soft subcutaneous nodules, and a central punctum often is noted. These lesions are derived from the follicular infundibulum and histologically are characterized by a cystic cavity lined by a stratified squamous epithelium with a granular layer. The cavity contains loose laminated keratin material.6

Pseudocyst of the auricle is a benign cystic swelling of the pinna that can develop spontaneously but most often manifests following trauma to the area, which is believed to separate the tissue planes in the cartilage, allowing fluid to accumulate. This lesion typically is asymptomatic, though some patients report mild tenderness.7 Histology shows a cystic structure within the cartilage without an epithelial lining, and a perivascular inflammatory response often is observed.8

Pilomatricoma, also known as pilomatrixoma, is a benign tumor derived from the hair follicle matrix that manifests as a firm, slow-growing, painless subcutaneous nodule. It most often is found on the head and neck, commonly in the periauricular area.9 Though rare, it has been found on the auricle and external auditory canal.10 Histologically, pilomatricomas are well-defined tumors containing internal trabeculae. They contain populations of basaloid and ghost cells and often calcify, sometimes with resultant bone formation.9

Dermoid cysts are benign tumors that develop along lines of embryonic closure and often are diagnosed at birth or in early childhood. They most commonly manifest on the head and neck, typically in the supraorbital area. Rarely, they have been reported on the ear.6 Dermoid cysts may resemble EICs clinically and histopathologically, except that the cyst wall contains mature adnexal structures such as hair follicles and sebaceous glands.

THE DIAGNOSIS: Gouty Tophus

The lesion was excised and sent for histopathologic examination (eFigures 1 and 2), revealing aggregates of feathery, amorphous, pale-pink material, which confirmed the diagnosis of gouty tophus. The surgical site was left to heal by secondary intention. Upon further evaluation, the patient reported recurrent monoarticular joint pain in the ankles and feet, and laboratory workup revealed elevated serum uric acid. He was advised to follow up with his primary care physician to discuss systemic treatment options for gout.

Hancock-1
eFIGURE 1. Surgical excision revealed a well-circumscribed gouty tophus with the classic chalklike consistency.
CT116005164-eFig2-AB
eFIGURE 2. A and B, Well-circumscribed aggregates of acellular, pale-pink material with surrounding histiocytic inflammation (H&E, original magnification ×2 and ×10, respectively).

Gout is an inflammatory arthritis characterized by the deposition of monosodium urate monohydrate crystals in the joints, soft tissue, and bone due to elevated serum uric acid. Uric acid is the final product of purine metabolism, and serum levels may be elevated due to excess production or underexcretion. Multiple genetic, environmental, and metabolic factors influence these processes.1 Collections of monosodium urate crystals may develop intra- or extra-articularly, the latter of which are known as gouty tophi. These nodules have a classic chalklike consistency and typically are seen in patients with untreated gout starting approximately 10 years after the first flare. The most common locations for subcutaneous gouty tophi are acral sites (eg, fingertips, ears) as well as the wrists, knees, and elbows (olecranon bursae). Rarely, gouty panniculitis also may develop.2

Histopathology of gouty tophi reveals nodular aggregates of acellular, amorphous, pale-pink material surrounded by palisading histiocytes and multinucleated giant cells. The presence of needlelike monosodium urate crystals, which display negative birefringence, is diagnostic. Unfortunately, these crystals are destroyed in routine formalin processing.3

There are limited data regarding treatment of gouty tophi. Urate-lowering systemic medications such as pegloticase may be beneficial, but more data are needed.4 We pursued surgical excision in our case for definitive diagnosis; however, it is not a common treatment for gouty tophi. Typically, urate-lowering therapy is utilized to resolve or shrink lesions over time.5

The differential diagnosis for gouty tophi includes epidermal inclusion cyst (EIC), the most common type of cutaneous cyst. Though EICs can manifest anywhere on the body, they are not as common on the ears as gouty tophi. Epidermal inclusion cysts clinically manifest as soft subcutaneous nodules, and a central punctum often is noted. These lesions are derived from the follicular infundibulum and histologically are characterized by a cystic cavity lined by a stratified squamous epithelium with a granular layer. The cavity contains loose laminated keratin material.6

Pseudocyst of the auricle is a benign cystic swelling of the pinna that can develop spontaneously but most often manifests following trauma to the area, which is believed to separate the tissue planes in the cartilage, allowing fluid to accumulate. This lesion typically is asymptomatic, though some patients report mild tenderness.7 Histology shows a cystic structure within the cartilage without an epithelial lining, and a perivascular inflammatory response often is observed.8

Pilomatricoma, also known as pilomatrixoma, is a benign tumor derived from the hair follicle matrix that manifests as a firm, slow-growing, painless subcutaneous nodule. It most often is found on the head and neck, commonly in the periauricular area.9 Though rare, it has been found on the auricle and external auditory canal.10 Histologically, pilomatricomas are well-defined tumors containing internal trabeculae. They contain populations of basaloid and ghost cells and often calcify, sometimes with resultant bone formation.9

Dermoid cysts are benign tumors that develop along lines of embryonic closure and often are diagnosed at birth or in early childhood. They most commonly manifest on the head and neck, typically in the supraorbital area. Rarely, they have been reported on the ear.6 Dermoid cysts may resemble EICs clinically and histopathologically, except that the cyst wall contains mature adnexal structures such as hair follicles and sebaceous glands.

References
  1. Dalbeth N, Merriman TR, Stamp LK. Gout. Lancet. 2016;388:2039-2052. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(16)00346-9
  2. Gaviria JL, Ortega VG, Gaona J, et al. Unusual dermatological manifestations of gout: review of literature and a case report. Plast Reconstr Surg Glob Open. 2015;3:E445. doi:10.1097/GOX.0000000000000420
  3. Towiwat P, Chhana A, Dalbeth N. The anatomical pathology of gout: a systematic literature review. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2019;20:140. doi:10.1186/s12891-019-2519-y
  4. Sriranganathan MK, Vinik O, Pardo Pardo J, et al. Interventions for tophi in gout. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2021;8:CD010069. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD010069.pub3
  5. Evidence review for surgical excision of tophi. Gout: diagnosis and management. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). June 2022. Accessed October 8, 2025. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK583526/
  6. Cho Y, Lee DH. Clinical characteristics of idiopathic epidermoid and dermoid cysts of the ear. J Audiol Otol. 2017;21:77-80. doi:10.7874 /jao.2017.21.2.77
  7. Ballan A, Zogheib S, Hanna C, et al. Auricular pseudocysts: a systematic review of the literature. Int J Dermatol. 2022;61:109-117. doi:10.1111/ijd.15816
  8. Lim CM, Goh YH, Chao SS, et al. Pseudocyst of the auricle: a histologic perspective. Laryngoscope. 2004;114:1281-1284. doi:10.1097/00005537-200407000-00026
  9. Jones CD, Ho W, Robertson BF, et al. Pilomatrixoma: a comprehensive review of the literature. Am J Dermatopathol. 2018; 40:631-641. doi:10.1097/DAD.0000000000001118
  10. McInerney NJ, Nae A, Brennan S, et al. Pilomatricoma of the external auditory canal. Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland. 2023. doi:10.1016/j.xocr.2023.10053
References
  1. Dalbeth N, Merriman TR, Stamp LK. Gout. Lancet. 2016;388:2039-2052. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(16)00346-9
  2. Gaviria JL, Ortega VG, Gaona J, et al. Unusual dermatological manifestations of gout: review of literature and a case report. Plast Reconstr Surg Glob Open. 2015;3:E445. doi:10.1097/GOX.0000000000000420
  3. Towiwat P, Chhana A, Dalbeth N. The anatomical pathology of gout: a systematic literature review. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2019;20:140. doi:10.1186/s12891-019-2519-y
  4. Sriranganathan MK, Vinik O, Pardo Pardo J, et al. Interventions for tophi in gout. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2021;8:CD010069. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD010069.pub3
  5. Evidence review for surgical excision of tophi. Gout: diagnosis and management. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). June 2022. Accessed October 8, 2025. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK583526/
  6. Cho Y, Lee DH. Clinical characteristics of idiopathic epidermoid and dermoid cysts of the ear. J Audiol Otol. 2017;21:77-80. doi:10.7874 /jao.2017.21.2.77
  7. Ballan A, Zogheib S, Hanna C, et al. Auricular pseudocysts: a systematic review of the literature. Int J Dermatol. 2022;61:109-117. doi:10.1111/ijd.15816
  8. Lim CM, Goh YH, Chao SS, et al. Pseudocyst of the auricle: a histologic perspective. Laryngoscope. 2004;114:1281-1284. doi:10.1097/00005537-200407000-00026
  9. Jones CD, Ho W, Robertson BF, et al. Pilomatrixoma: a comprehensive review of the literature. Am J Dermatopathol. 2018; 40:631-641. doi:10.1097/DAD.0000000000001118
  10. McInerney NJ, Nae A, Brennan S, et al. Pilomatricoma of the external auditory canal. Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland. 2023. doi:10.1016/j.xocr.2023.10053
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Issue
Cutis - 116(5)
Page Number
164, 176, E1
Page Number
164, 176, E1
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline

Flesh-Colored Lesion on the Ear

Display Headline

Flesh-Colored Lesion on the Ear

Sections
Questionnaire Body

A 46-year-old man with a history of hypertension, hyperlipidemia, and type 2 diabetes presented to the dermatology clinic with a painless nodule on the left ear of 2 years’ duration. The patient denied any bleeding, drainage, or prior trauma to the area. He noted that the lesion had grown slowly over time. Physical examination revealed a 1.5×1.5-cm, flesh-colored, subcutaneous nodule with overlying telangiectasias on the left antihelix.

Hancock-Quiz
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
survey writer start date

Process Improvement for Engaging With Trauma-Focused Evidence-Based Psychotherapy for PTSD

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline

Process Improvement for Engaging With Trauma-Focused Evidence-Based Psychotherapy for PTSD

Trauma-focused evidence-based psychotherapies (TF-EBPs), including cognitive processing therapy (CPT) and prolonged exposure therapy (PE), are recommended treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in clinical practice guidelines.1-3 To increase initiation of these treatments, the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) used a large-scale dissemination and implementation effort to improve access to TF-EBP.4,5 These efforts achieved modest success, increasing prevalence of TF-EBP from a handful of veterans in 2004 to an annual prevalence of 14.6% for CPT and 4.3% for PE in 2014.6

Throughout these efforts, qualitative studies have been used to better understand veterans’ perspectives on receiving TF-EBP care.7-18 Barriers to initiation of and engagement in TF-EBP and PTSD care have been identified from these qualitative studies. One identified barrier was lack of knowledge—particularly lack of knowledge about what is meant by a PTSD diagnosis and available treatments.7-10 Stigma (ie, automatic negative associations) toward mental health problems or seeking mental health care also has been identified as a barrier to initiation.7,10-14 Perceptions of poor alignment between treatment and veteran goals, including lack of buy-in for the rationale, served as barriers to initiation and engagement.8,15-18

Using prior qualitative work, numerous initiatives have been developed to reduce stigma, facilitate conversations about how treatment aligns with goals, and fill knowledge gaps, particularly through online resources and shared decision-making.19,20 To better inform the state of veterans’ experiences with TF-EBP, a qualitative investigation was conducted involving veterans who recently initiated TF-EBP. Themes directly related to transitions to TF-EBP were identified; however, all veterans interviewed also described their experiences with TFEBP engagement and mental health care. Consistent with recommendations for qualitative methods, this study extends prior work on transitions to TF-EBP by describing themes with a distinct focus on the experience of engaging with TF-EBP and mental health care.21,22

Methods

The experiences of veterans who were transitioning into TF-EBPs were collected in semistructured interviews and analyzed. The semistructured interview guide was developed and refined in consultation with both qualitative methods experts and PTSD treatment experts to ensure that 6 content domains were appropriately queried: PTSD treatment options, cultural sensitivity of treatment, PTSD treatment selection, transition criteria, beliefs about stabilization treatment, and treatment needs/preferences.

Participants were identified using the VA Corporate Data Warehouse and included post-9/11 veterans who had recently initiated CPT or PE for the first time between September 1, 2021, and September 1, 2022. More details of participant selection are available in Holder et al.21 From a population of 10,814 patients, stratified random sampling generated a recruitment pool of 200 veterans for further outreach. The strata were defined such that this recruitment pool had similar proportions of demographic characteristics (ie, gender, race, ethnicity) to the population of eligible veterans, equivalent distributions of time to CPT or PE initiation (ie, 33.3% < 1 year, 33.3% 1-3 years, and 33.3% > 3 years), and adequate variability in TF-EBP type (ie, 66.7% CPT, 33.3% PE). A manual chart review in the recruitment pool excluded 12 veterans who did not initiate CPT or PE, 1 veteran with evidence of current active psychosis and/or cognitive impairment that would likely preclude comprehension of study materials, and 1 who was deceased.

Eligible veterans from the recruitment pool were contacted in groups of 25. First, a recruitment letter with study information and instructions to opt-out of further contact was mailed or emailed to veterans. After 2 weeks, veterans who had not responded were contacted by phone up to 3 times. Veterans interested in participating were scheduled for a 1-time visit that included verbal consent and the qualitative interview. Metrics were established a priori to ensure an adequately diverse and inclusive sample. Specifically, a minimum number of racial and/or ethnic minority veterans (33%) and women veterans (20%) were sought. Equal distribution across the 3 categories of time from first mental health visit to CPT/PE initiation also was targeted. Throughout enrollment, recruitment efforts were adapted to meet these metrics in the emerging sample. While the goal was to generate a diverse and inclusive sample using these methods, the sample was not intended to be representative of the population.

Of the 186 eligible participants, 21 declined participation and 26 could not be reached. The targeted sample was reached after exhausting contact for 47 veterans and contacting 80 veterans for a final response rate of 40% among fully contacted veterans and 27% among veterans with any contact. The final sample included 30 veterans who received CPT or PE in VA facilities (Table).

1025FDED-ePTSD-T1

After veterans provided verbal consent for study participation, sociodemographic information was verbally reported, and a 30- to 60-minute semistructured qualitative phone interview was recorded and transcribed. Veterans received $40 for participation. All procedures were approved by the University of California San Francisco Institutional Review Board.

Qualitative Data Analysis

Rapid analysis procedures were used to analyze qualitative data. This approach is suitable for focused, moderately structured qualitative analyses in health services research and facilitates rapid dissemination to stakeholders.23 The qualitative analysts were 2 clinical psychologists with expertise in PTSD treatment (NH primary and RR secondary). Consistent with rapid analysis procedures, analysts prepared a templated summary (including relevant quotations) of each interview, organized by the prespecified content domains. Interviews were summarized independently, compared to ensure consistency, and discrepancies were resolved through review of the interview source materials. Individual summary templates were combined into a master analytic matrix to facilitate the identification of patterns and delineation of themes. Analysts routinely met to identify, discuss, and refine preliminary themes, revisiting source materials to reach consensus as needed.

Results

Fifteen themes were identified and organized into 2 distinct focus areas: themes directly related to the transition to TF-EBP (8 themes) and themes related to veterans’ experiences with TF-EBP and general mental health care with potential process-improvement implications (7 themes).21 Seven themes were identified related to experiences with TF-EBP engagement and VA mental health care. The 7 themes related to TF-EBP engagement and VA mental health care themes are summarized with exemplary quotations.

Veterans want a better understanding of psychotherapy and engaging with VA mental health. Veterans reported that they generally had a poor or “nebulous” understanding about the experience of psychotherapy. For example, veterans exhibited confusion about whether certain experiences were equivalent to participating in psychotherapy. They were sometimes unable to distinguish between interactions such as assessment, disability evaluations, peer support, and psychotherapy. One veteran described a conversation with a TFEBP therapist about prior treatment:

She [asked], have you ever been, or gone through a therapy to begin with? And I, I said, well I just chatted with somebody. And she said that’s not, that’s not therapy. So, I was like, oh, it’s not? That’s not what people do?

Veterans were surprised the VA offered a diverse range of psychotherapy interventions, rather than simply therapy. They did not realize there were different types of psychotherapy. As a result, veterans were not aware that some VA mental practitioners have specialty training and certification to provide treatment matched to specific diagnoses or needs. They thought that all clinicians could provide the same care. One veteran described their understanding:

I just figured all mental health people are mental health people. I didn’t have a better understanding of the system and all the different levels and how it plays out and specialties and things like that. Which, I guess, I should have because you have a primary care doctor, but then you have specialists in all these other different sectors that specialize in one particular area. I guess that should’ve been common sense, but it wasn’t.

Stigma was a barrier to seeking and engaging in mental health care. Veterans discovered they had to overcome stigma associated with seeking and engaging in mental health treatment. Military culture was often discussed as promoting stigma regarding mental health treatment. Specifically, veterans described that seeking treatment meant “either, I’m weak or I’m gonna be seen as weak.” In active-duty settings, the strategy for dealing with mental health symptoms was to “leave those feelings, you push ‘em aside,” an approach highly inconsistent with TF-EBP. In some cases, incorrect information about the VA and PTSD was presented as part of discharge from the military, leading to long-term skepticism of the VA and PTSD treatment. One veteran described his experience as part of a class on the VA compensation and pension assessment process for service-connected disabilities during his military discharge:

[A fellow discharging soldier asked] what about like PTSD, gettin’ rated for PTSD. I hear they take our weapons and stuff like we can’t own firearms and all that stuff. And [the instructor] was like, well, yes that’s a thing. He didn’t explain it like if you get compensated for PTSD you don’t lose your rights to carry a firearm or to have, to be able to go hunting.

Importantly, veterans often described how other identities (eg, race, ethnicity, gender, region of origin) interacted with military culture to enhance stigma. Hearing messaging from multiple sources reinforced beliefs that mental health treatment is inappropriate or is associated with weakness:

As a first-generation Italian, I was always taught keep your feelings to yourself. Never talk outside your family. Never bring up problems to other people and stuff like that. Same with the military. And then the old stigma working in [emergency medical services] and public safety, you’re weak if you get help.

The fundamentals of therapy, including rapport and flexibility, were important. Veterans valued nonspecific therapy factors, genuine empathy, building trust, being honest about treatment, personality, and rapport. These characteristics were almost universally described as particularly important:

I liked the fact that she made it personable and she cared. It wasn’t just like, here, we’re gonna start this. She explained it in the ways I could understand, not in medical terms, so to speak, but that’s what I liked about her. She really cared about what she did and helping me.

Flexibility was viewed as an asset, particularly when clinicians acknowledged veteran autonomy. A consistent example was when veterans were able to titrate trauma disclosure. One veteran described this flexible treatment experience: “She was right there in the room, she said, you know, at any time, you know, we could stop, we could debrief.”

Experiences of clinician flexibility and personalization of therapy were contrasted with experiences of overly rigid therapy. Overemphasis on protocols created barriers, often because treatment did not feel personalized. One veteran described how a clinician’s task-oriented approach interfered with their ability to engage in TF-EBP:

They listened, but it just didn’t seem like they were listening, because they really wanted to stay on task… So, I felt like if the person was more concerned, or more sympathetic to the things that was also going on in my life at that present time, I think I would’ve felt more comfortable talking about what was the PTSD part, too.

Veterans valued shared decision-making prior to TF-EBP initiation. Veterans typically described being involved in a shared decision-making process prior to initiating TF-EBP. During these sessions, clinicians discussed treatment options and provided veterans with a variety of materials describing treatments (eg, pamphlets, websites, videos, statistics). Most veterans appreciated being able to reflect on and discuss treatment options with their clinicians. Being given time in and out of session to review was viewed as valuable and increased confidence in treatment choice. One veteran described their experience:

I was given the information, you know, they gave me handouts, PDFs, whatever was available, and let me read over it. I didn’t have to choose anything right then and there, you know, they let me sleep on it. And I got back to them after some thought.

However, some veterans felt overwhelmed by being presented with too much information and did not believe they knew enough to make a final treatment decision. One veteran described being asked to contribute to the treatment decision:

I definitely asked [the clinician] to weigh in on maybe what he thought was best, because—I mean, I don’t know… I’m not necessarily sure I know what I think is best. I think we’re just lucky I’m here, so if you can give me a solid and help me out here by telling me just based on what I’ve said to you and the things that I’ve gone through, what do you think?

Veterans who perceived that their treatment preferences were respected had a positive outlook on TF-EBP. As part of the shared-decision making process, veterans typically described being given choices among PTSD treatments. One way that preferences were respected was through clinicians tailoring treatment descriptions to a veteran’s unique symptoms, experiences, and values. In these cases, clinicians observed specific concerns and clearly linked treatment principles to those concerns. For example, one veteran described their clinician’s recommendation for PE: “The hardest thing for me is to do the normal things like grocery store or getting on a train or anything like that. And so, he suggested that [PE] would be a good idea.”

In other cases, veterans wanted the highest quality of treatment rather than a match between treatment principles and the veteran’s presentation, goals, or strengths. These veterans wanted the best treatment available for PTSD and valued research support, recommendations from clinical practice guidelines, or clinician confidence in the effectiveness of the treatment. One veteran described this perspective:

I just wanted to be able to really tackle it in the best way possible and in the most like aggressive way possible. And it seemed like PE really was going to, they said that it’s a difficult type of therapy, but I really just wanted to kind of do the best that I could to eradicate some of the issues that I was having.

When veterans perceived a lack of respect for their preferences, they were hesitant about TF-EBP. For some veterans, a generic pitch for a TF-EBP was detrimental in the absence of the personal connection between the treatment and their own symptoms, goals, or strengths. These veterans did not question whether the treatment was effective in general but did question whether the treatment was best for them. One veteran described the contrast between their clinician’s perspective and their own.

I felt like they felt very comfortable, very confident in [CPT] being the program, because it was comfortable for them. Because they did it several times. And maybe they had a lot of success with other individuals... but they were very comfortable with that one, as a provider, more than: Is this the best fit for [me]?

Some veterans perceived little concern for their preferences and a lack of choice in available treatments, which tended to perpetuate negative perceptions of TFEBP. These veterans described their lack of choices with frustration. Alternatives to TFEBP were described by these veterans as so undesirable that they did not believe they had a real choice:

[CPT] was the only decision they had. There was nothing else for PTSD. They didn’t offer anything else. So, I mean it wasn’t a decision. It was either … take treatment or don’t take treatment at all… Actually, I need to correct myself. So, there were 2 options, group therapy or CPT. I forgot about that. I’m not a big group guy so I chose the CPT.

Another veteran was offered a choice between therapeutic approaches, but all were delivered via telehealth (consistent with the transition to virtual services during the COVID-19 pandemic). For this veteran, not only was the distinction between approaches unclear, but the choice between approaches was unimportant compared to the mode of delivery.

This happened during COVID-19 and VA stopped seeing anybody physically, face-to-face. So my only option for therapy was [telehealth]… There was like 3 of them, and I tried to figure out, you know, from the layperson’s perspective, like: I don’t know which one to go with.

Veterans wanted to be asked about their cultural identity. Veterans valued when clinicians asked questions about cultural identity as part of their mental health treatment and listened to their cultural context. Cultural identity factors extended beyond factors such as race, ethnicity, gender, and sexual orientation to religion, military culture, and regionality. Veterans often described situations where they wished clinicians would ask the question or initiate conversations about culture. A veteran highlighted the importance of their faith but noted that it was a taboo topic. Their clinician did not say “we don’t go there,” but they “never dove into it either.” Another veteran expressed a desire for their clinician to ask questions about experiences in the National Guard and as an African American veteran:

If a provider was to say like: Oh, you know, it’s a stressful situation being a part of the military, being in the National Guard. You know, just asking questions about that. I think that would really go a long way… Being African American was difficult as well. And more so because of my region, I think… I felt like it would probably be an uncomfortable subject to speak on… I mean, it wasn’t anything that my providers necessarily did, it was more so just because it wasn’t brought up.

One common area of concern for veterans was a match between veteran and therapist demographics. When asked about how their cultural identity influenced treatment, several veterans described the relevance of therapist match. Much like questions about their own cultural identity, veterans valued being asked about identity preferences in clinicians (eg, gender or race matching), rather than having to bring up the preference themselves. One veteran described relief at this question being asked directly: “I was relieved when she had asked [whether I wanted a male or female clinician] primarily because I was going to ask that or bring that up somehow. But her asking that before me was a weight off my shoulders.”

Discussing cultural identity through treatment strengthened veterans’ engagement in therapy. Many veterans appreciated when analogies used in therapy were relevant to their cultural experiences and when clinicians understood their culture (eg, military culture, race, ethnicity, religious beliefs, sexual orientation). One veteran described how their clinician understood military culture and made connections between military culture and the rationale for TF-EBP, which strengthened the veteran’s buy-in for the treatment and alliance with the clinician:

At the beginning when she was explaining PTSD, and I remember she said that your brain needed to think this way when you were in the military because it was a way of protecting and surviving, so your brain was doing that in order for you to survive in whatever areas you were because there was danger. So, your brain had you thinking that way. But now, you’re not in those situations anymore. You’re not in danger. You’re not in the military, but your brain is still thinking you are, and that’s what PTSD generally does to you.

Specific elements of TF-EBP also provided opportunities to discuss and integrate important aspects of identity. This is accomplished in PE by assigning relevant in vivo exercises. In CPT, “connecting the dots” on how prior experiences influenced trauma-related stuck points achieved this element. One veteran described their experience with a clinician who was comfortable discussing the veteran’s sexual orientation and recognized the impacts of prior trauma on intimacy:

They’re very different, and there’s a lot of things that can be accepted in gay relationships that are not in straight ones. With all that said, I think [the PE therapist] did a fantastic job being not—like never once did she laugh or make an uncomfortable comment or say she didn’t wanna talk about something when like part of the reason I wanted to get into therapy is that my partner and I weren’t having sex unless I used alcohol.

Discussion

As part of a larger national qualitative investigation of the experiences of veterans who recently initiated TF-EBP, veterans discussed their experiences with therapy and mental health care that have important implications for continued process improvement.21 Three key areas for continued process improvement were identified: (1) providing information about the diverse range of mental health care services at the VA and the implications of this continuum of care; (2) consideration of veteran preferences in treatment decision-making, including the importance of perceived choice; and (3) incorporating cultural assessment and cultural responsiveness into case conceptualization and treatment.

One area of process improvement identified was increasing knowledge about different types of psychotherapy and the continuum of care available at the VA. Veterans in this study confused or conflated participating in psychotherapy with talking about mental health symptoms with a clinician (eg, assessment, disability evaluation). They were sometimes surprised that psychotherapy is an umbrella term referring to a variety of different modalities. The downstream impact of these misunderstandings was a perception of VA mental health care as nebulous. Veterans were surprised that all mental health practitioners were unable to provide the same care. Confusion may have been compounded by highly variable referral processes across VA.24 To address this, clinicians have developed local educational resources and handouts for both veterans and referring clinicians from nonmental health and general mental health specialties.25 Given the variability in referral processes both between and within VA medical centers, national dissemination of these educational materials may be more difficult compared to materials for TF-EBPs.24 The VA started to use behavioral health interdisciplinary program (BHIP) teams, which are designed to be clinical homes for veterans connected with a central clinician who can explain and coordinate their mental health care as well as bring more consistency to the referral process.26 The ongoing transition toward the BHIP model of mental health care at VA may provide the opportunity to consolidate and integrate knowledge about the VA approach to mental health care, potentially filling knowledge gaps.

A second area of process improvement focused on the shared decision-making process. Consistent with mental health initiatives, veterans generally believed they had received sufficient information about TF-EBP and engaged in shared decision-making with clinicians.20,27 Veterans were given educational materials to review and had the opportunity to discuss these materials with clinicians. However, veterans described variability in the success of shared decision-making. Although veterans valued receiving accurate, comprehensible information to support treatment decisions, some preferred to defer to clinicians’ expertise regarding which treatment to pursue. While these veterans valued information, they also valued the expertise of clinicians in explaining why specific treatments would be beneficial. A key contributor to veterans satisfaction was assessing how veterans wanted to engage in the decision-making process and respecting those preferences.28 Veterans approached shared decision-making differently, from making decisions independently after receiving information to relying solely on clinician recommendation. The process was most successful when clinicians articulated how their recommended treatment aligned with a veteran’s preferences, including recommendations based on specific values (eg, personalized match vs being the best). Another important consideration is ensuring veterans know they can receive a variety of different types of mental health services available in different modalities (eg, virtual vs in-person; group vs individual). When veterans did not perceive choice in treatment aspects important to them (typically despite having choices), they were less satisfied with their TF-EBP experience.

A final area of process improvement identified involves how therapists address important aspects of culture. Veterans often described mental health stigma coming from intersecting cultural identities and expressed appreciation when therapists helped them recognize the impact of these beliefs on treatment. Some veterans did not discuss important aspects of their identity with clinicians, including race/ethnicity, religion, and military culture. Veterans did not report negative interactions with clinicians or experiences suggesting it was inappropriate to discuss identity; however, they were reluctant to independently raise these identity factors. Strategies such as the ADDRESSING framework, a mnemonic acronym that describes a series of potentially relevant characteristics, can help clinicians comprehensively consider different aspects that may be relevant to veterans, modeling that discussion of relevant these characteristics is welcome in TF-EBP.29 Veterans reported that making culturally relevant connections enhanced the TF-EBP experience, most commonly with military culture. These data support that TF-EBP delivery with attention to culture should be an integrated part of treatment, supporting engagement and therapeutic alliance.30 The VA National Center for PTSD consultation program is a resource to support clinicians in assessing and incorporating relevant aspects of cultural identity.31 For example, the National Center for PTSD provides a guide for using case conceptualization to address patient reactions to race-based violence during PTSD treatment.32 Both manualized design and therapist certification training can reinforce that assessing and attending to case conceptualization (including identity factors) is an integral component of TF-EBP.33,34

Limitations

While the current study has numerous strengths (eg, national veteran sampling, robust qualitative methods), results should be considered within the context of study limitations. First, veteran participants all received TF-EBP, and the perspectives of veterans who never initiate TF-EBP may differ. Despite the strong sampling approach, the study design is not intended to be generalizable to all veterans receiving TF-EBP for PTSD. Qualitative analysis yielded 15 themes, described in this study and prior research, consistent with recommendations.21,22 This approach allows rich description of distinct focus areas that would not be possible in a single manuscript. Nonetheless, all veterans interviewed described their experiences in TF-EBP and general mental health care, the focus of the semistructured interview guide was on the experience of transitioning from other treatment to TF-EBP.

Conclusion

This study describes themes related to general mental health and TF-EBP process improvement as part of a larger study on transitions in PTSD care.21,22 Veterans valued the fundamentals of therapy, including rapport and flexibility. Treatment-specific rapport (eg, pointing out treatment progress and effort in completing treatment components) and flexibility within the context of fidelity (ie, personalizing treatment while maintaining core treatment elements) may be most effective at engaging veterans in recommended PTSD treatments.18,34 In addition to successes, themes suggest multiple opportunities for process improvement. Ongoing VA initiatives and priorities (ie, BHIP, shared decision-making, consultation services) aim to improve processes consistent with veteran recommendations. Future research is needed to evaluate the success of these and other programs to optimize access to and engagement in recommended PTSD treatments.

References
  1. US Department of Veterans Affairs; US Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline for the management of posttraumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder. 2023. Updated August 20, 2025. Accessed October 17, 2025. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/
  2. International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies. ISTSS PTSD prevention and treatment guidelines: methodology and recommendations. Accessed August 13, 2025. http://www.istss.org/getattachment/Treating-Trauma/New-ISTSS-Prevention-and-TreatmentGuidelines/ISTSS_PreventionTreatmentGuidelines_FNL-March-19-2019.pdf.aspx
  3. American Psychological Association. Clinical practice guideline for the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder in adults. Accessed August 13, 2025. https://www.apa.org/ptsd-guideline/ptsd.pdf
  4. Karlin BE, Cross G. From the laboratory to the therapy room: National dissemination and implementation of evidence- based psychotherapies in the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs Health Care System. Am Psychol. 2014;69:19-33. doi:10.1037/a0033888
  5. Rosen CS, Matthieu MM, Wiltsey Stirman S, et al. A review of studies on the system-wide implementation of evidencebased psychotherapies for posttraumatic stress disorder in the Veterans Health Administration. Adm Policy Ment Health. 2016;43:957-977. doi:10.1007/s10488-016-0755-0
  6. Maguen S, Holder N, Madden E, et al. Evidence-based psychotherapy trends among posttraumatic stress disorder patients in a national healthcare system, 2001-2014. Depress Anxiety. 2020;37:356-364. doi:10.1002/da.22983
  7. Cheney AM, Koenig CJ, Miller CJ, et al. Veteran-centered barriers to VA mental healthcare services use. BMC Health Serv Res. 2018;18:591. doi:10.1186/s12913-018-3346-9
  8. Hundt NE, Mott JM, Miles SR, et al. Veterans’ perspectives on initiating evidence-based psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder. Psychol Trauma. 2015;7:539-546. doi:10.1037/tra0000035
  9. Hundt NE, Helm A, Smith TL, et al. Failure to engage: a qualitative study of veterans who decline evidence-based psychotherapies for PTSD. Psychol Serv. 2018;15:536- 542. doi:10.1037/ser0000212
  10. Sayer NA, Friedemann-Sanchez G, Spoont M, et al. A qualitative study of determinants of PTSD treatment initiation in veterans. Psychiatry. 2009;72:238-255. doi:10.1521/psyc.2009.72.3.238
  11. Mittal D, Drummond KL, Blevins D, et al. Stigma associated with PTSD: perceptions of treatment seeking combat veterans. Psychiatr Rehabil J. 2013;36:86-92. doi:10.1037/h0094976
  12. Possemato K, Wray LO, Johnson E, et al. Facilitators and barriers to seeking mental health care among primary care veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. J Trauma Stress. 2018;31:742-752. doi:10.1002/jts.22327
  13. Silvestrini M, Chen JA. “It’s a sign of weakness”: Masculinity and help-seeking behaviors among male veterans accessing posttraumatic stress disorder care. Psychol Trauma. 2023;15:665-671. doi:10.1037/tra0001382
  14. Stecker T, Shiner B, Watts BV, et al. Treatment-seeking barriers for veterans of the Iraq and Afghanistan conflicts who screen positive for PTSD. Psychiatr Serv. 2013;64:280-283. doi:10.1176/appi.ps.001372012
  15. Etingen B, Grubbs KM, Harik JM. Drivers of preference for evidence-based PTSD treatment: a qualitative assessment. Mil Med. 2020;185:303-310. doi:10.1093/milmed/usz220
  16. Hundt NE, Ecker AH, Thompson K, et al. “It didn’t fit for me:” A qualitative examination of dropout from prolonged exposure and cognitive processing therapy in veterans. Psychol Serv. 2020;17:414-421. doi:10.1037/ser0000316
  17. Kehle-Forbes SM, Gerould H, Polusny MA, et al. “It leaves me very skeptical” messaging in marketing prolonged exposure and cognitive processing therapy to veterans with PTSD. Psychol Trauma. 2022;14:849-852. doi:10.1037/tra0000550
  18. Kehle-Forbes SM, Ackland PE, Spoont MR, et al. Divergent experiences of U.S. veterans who did and did not complete trauma-focused therapies for PTSD: a national qualitative study of treatment dropout. Behav Res Ther. 2022;154:104123. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2022.104123
  19. Hessinger JD, London MJ, Baer SM. Evaluation of a shared decision-making intervention on the utilization of evidence-based psychotherapy in a VA outpatient PTSD clinic. Psychol Serv. 2018;15:437-441. doi:10.1037/ser0000141
  20. Hamblen JL, Grubbs KM, Cole B, et al. “Will it work for me?” Developing patient-friendly graphical displays of posttraumatic stress disorder treatment effectiveness. J Trauma Stress. 2022;35:999-1010. doi:10.1002/jts.22808
  21. Holder N, Ranney RM, Delgado AK, et al. Transitioning into trauma-focused evidence-based psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder from other treatments: a qualitative investigation. Cogn Behav Ther. 2025;54:391-407. doi:10.1080/16506073.2024.2408386
  22. Levitt HM, Bamberg M, Creswell JW, et al. Journal article reporting standards for qualitative primary, qualitative meta-analytic, and mixed methods research in psychology: The APA Publications and Communications Board task force report. Am Psychol. 2018;73:26-46. doi:10.1037/amp0000151
  23. Palinkas LA, Mendon SJ, Hamilton AB. Innovations in mixed methods evaluations. Annu Rev Public Health. 2019;40:423- 442. doi:10.1146/annurev-publhealth-040218-044215
  24. Ranney RM, Cordova MJ, Maguen S. A review of the referral process for evidence-based psychotherapies for PTSD among veterans. Prof Psychol Res Pr. 2022;53:276-285. doi:10.1037/pro0000463
  25. Holder N, Ranney RM, Delgado AK, et al. Transitions to trauma-focused evidence-based psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder from other treatment: a qualitative investigation of clinician’s perspectives. Cogn Behav Ther. 2025;1-19. doi:10.1080/16506073.2025.2481475
  26. Barry CN, Abraham KM, Weaver KR, et al. Innovating team-based outpatient mental health care in the Veterans Health Administration: staff-perceived benefits and challenges to pilot implementation of the Behavioral Health Interdisciplinary Program (BHIP). Psychol Serv. 2016;13:148-155. doi:10.1037/ser0000072
  27. Harik JM, Hundt NE, Bernardy NC, et al. Desired involvement in treatment decisions among adults with PTSD symptoms. J Trauma Stress. 2016;29:221-228. doi:10.1002/jts.22102
  28. Larsen SE, Hooyer K, Kehle-Forbes SM, et al. Patient experiences in making PTSD treatment decisions. Psychol Serv. 2024;21:529-537. doi:10.1037/ser0000817
  29. Hays PA. Four steps toward intersectionality in psychotherapy using the ADDRESSING framework. Prof Psychol Res Pr. 2024;55:454-462. doi:10.1037/pro0000577
  30. Galovski TE, Nixon RDV, Kaysen D. Flexible Applications of Cognitive Processing Therapy: Evidence-Based Treatment Methods. Academic Press; 2020.
  31. Larsen SE, McKee T, Fielstein E, et al. The development of a posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) consultation program to support system-wide implementation of high-quality PTSD care for veterans. Psychol Serv. 2025;22:342-348. doi:10.1037/ser0000867
  32. Galovski T, Kaysen D, McClendon J, et al. Provider guide to addressing patient reactions to race-based violence during PTSD treatment. PTSD.va.gov. Accessed August 3, 2025. www.ptsd.va.gov/professional/treat/specific/patient_reactions_race_violence.asp
  33. Galovski TE, Nixon RDV, Kehle-Forbes S. Walking the line between fidelity and flexibility: a conceptual review of personalized approaches to manualized treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder. J Trauma Stress. 2024;37:768-774. doi:10.1002/jts.23073
  34. Galovski TE, McSweeney LB, Nixon RDV, et al. Personalizing cognitive processing therapy with a case formulation approach to intentionally target impairment in psychosocial functioning associated with PTSD. Contemp Clin Trials Commun. 2024;42:101385. doi:10.1016/j.conctc.2024.101385
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Nicholas Holder, PhDa,b,c; Rachel M. Ranney, PhDa,b,c,d; Natalie Purcell, PhD, MPAc,e,f; Gayle Y. Iwamasa, PhD, HSPPg; Alejandra K. Delgado, BAa,b; Adam Batten, MS, PSTATa; Thomas C. Neylan, MDa,b,d; Brian Shiner, MD, MPHg,h,i; Shira Maguen, PhDa,b,c,d

Author affiliations
aSan Francisco Veterans Affairs Health Care System, California
bUniversity of California San Francisco School of Medicine
cCenter for Data to Discovery and Delivery Innovation, San Francisco, California
dSierra Pacific Mental Illness Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Palo Alto, California
eUniversity of California San Francisco School of Nursing
fDepartment of Veterans Affairs, Washington DC
gWhite River Junction Veterans Affairs Health Care System, Vermont
hNational Center for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder, White River Junction, Vermont
iGeisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth, Hanover, New Hampshire

Correspondence: Nicholas Holder (nicholas.davis.holder@ gmail.com)

Fed Pract. 2025; November 7. Published online ahead of print. doi:10.12788/fp.0627

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 42(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
1-9
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Nicholas Holder, PhDa,b,c; Rachel M. Ranney, PhDa,b,c,d; Natalie Purcell, PhD, MPAc,e,f; Gayle Y. Iwamasa, PhD, HSPPg; Alejandra K. Delgado, BAa,b; Adam Batten, MS, PSTATa; Thomas C. Neylan, MDa,b,d; Brian Shiner, MD, MPHg,h,i; Shira Maguen, PhDa,b,c,d

Author affiliations
aSan Francisco Veterans Affairs Health Care System, California
bUniversity of California San Francisco School of Medicine
cCenter for Data to Discovery and Delivery Innovation, San Francisco, California
dSierra Pacific Mental Illness Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Palo Alto, California
eUniversity of California San Francisco School of Nursing
fDepartment of Veterans Affairs, Washington DC
gWhite River Junction Veterans Affairs Health Care System, Vermont
hNational Center for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder, White River Junction, Vermont
iGeisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth, Hanover, New Hampshire

Correspondence: Nicholas Holder (nicholas.davis.holder@ gmail.com)

Fed Pract. 2025; November 7. Published online ahead of print. doi:10.12788/fp.0627

Author and Disclosure Information

Nicholas Holder, PhDa,b,c; Rachel M. Ranney, PhDa,b,c,d; Natalie Purcell, PhD, MPAc,e,f; Gayle Y. Iwamasa, PhD, HSPPg; Alejandra K. Delgado, BAa,b; Adam Batten, MS, PSTATa; Thomas C. Neylan, MDa,b,d; Brian Shiner, MD, MPHg,h,i; Shira Maguen, PhDa,b,c,d

Author affiliations
aSan Francisco Veterans Affairs Health Care System, California
bUniversity of California San Francisco School of Medicine
cCenter for Data to Discovery and Delivery Innovation, San Francisco, California
dSierra Pacific Mental Illness Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Palo Alto, California
eUniversity of California San Francisco School of Nursing
fDepartment of Veterans Affairs, Washington DC
gWhite River Junction Veterans Affairs Health Care System, Vermont
hNational Center for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder, White River Junction, Vermont
iGeisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth, Hanover, New Hampshire

Correspondence: Nicholas Holder (nicholas.davis.holder@ gmail.com)

Fed Pract. 2025; November 7. Published online ahead of print. doi:10.12788/fp.0627

Article PDF
Article PDF

Trauma-focused evidence-based psychotherapies (TF-EBPs), including cognitive processing therapy (CPT) and prolonged exposure therapy (PE), are recommended treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in clinical practice guidelines.1-3 To increase initiation of these treatments, the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) used a large-scale dissemination and implementation effort to improve access to TF-EBP.4,5 These efforts achieved modest success, increasing prevalence of TF-EBP from a handful of veterans in 2004 to an annual prevalence of 14.6% for CPT and 4.3% for PE in 2014.6

Throughout these efforts, qualitative studies have been used to better understand veterans’ perspectives on receiving TF-EBP care.7-18 Barriers to initiation of and engagement in TF-EBP and PTSD care have been identified from these qualitative studies. One identified barrier was lack of knowledge—particularly lack of knowledge about what is meant by a PTSD diagnosis and available treatments.7-10 Stigma (ie, automatic negative associations) toward mental health problems or seeking mental health care also has been identified as a barrier to initiation.7,10-14 Perceptions of poor alignment between treatment and veteran goals, including lack of buy-in for the rationale, served as barriers to initiation and engagement.8,15-18

Using prior qualitative work, numerous initiatives have been developed to reduce stigma, facilitate conversations about how treatment aligns with goals, and fill knowledge gaps, particularly through online resources and shared decision-making.19,20 To better inform the state of veterans’ experiences with TF-EBP, a qualitative investigation was conducted involving veterans who recently initiated TF-EBP. Themes directly related to transitions to TF-EBP were identified; however, all veterans interviewed also described their experiences with TFEBP engagement and mental health care. Consistent with recommendations for qualitative methods, this study extends prior work on transitions to TF-EBP by describing themes with a distinct focus on the experience of engaging with TF-EBP and mental health care.21,22

Methods

The experiences of veterans who were transitioning into TF-EBPs were collected in semistructured interviews and analyzed. The semistructured interview guide was developed and refined in consultation with both qualitative methods experts and PTSD treatment experts to ensure that 6 content domains were appropriately queried: PTSD treatment options, cultural sensitivity of treatment, PTSD treatment selection, transition criteria, beliefs about stabilization treatment, and treatment needs/preferences.

Participants were identified using the VA Corporate Data Warehouse and included post-9/11 veterans who had recently initiated CPT or PE for the first time between September 1, 2021, and September 1, 2022. More details of participant selection are available in Holder et al.21 From a population of 10,814 patients, stratified random sampling generated a recruitment pool of 200 veterans for further outreach. The strata were defined such that this recruitment pool had similar proportions of demographic characteristics (ie, gender, race, ethnicity) to the population of eligible veterans, equivalent distributions of time to CPT or PE initiation (ie, 33.3% < 1 year, 33.3% 1-3 years, and 33.3% > 3 years), and adequate variability in TF-EBP type (ie, 66.7% CPT, 33.3% PE). A manual chart review in the recruitment pool excluded 12 veterans who did not initiate CPT or PE, 1 veteran with evidence of current active psychosis and/or cognitive impairment that would likely preclude comprehension of study materials, and 1 who was deceased.

Eligible veterans from the recruitment pool were contacted in groups of 25. First, a recruitment letter with study information and instructions to opt-out of further contact was mailed or emailed to veterans. After 2 weeks, veterans who had not responded were contacted by phone up to 3 times. Veterans interested in participating were scheduled for a 1-time visit that included verbal consent and the qualitative interview. Metrics were established a priori to ensure an adequately diverse and inclusive sample. Specifically, a minimum number of racial and/or ethnic minority veterans (33%) and women veterans (20%) were sought. Equal distribution across the 3 categories of time from first mental health visit to CPT/PE initiation also was targeted. Throughout enrollment, recruitment efforts were adapted to meet these metrics in the emerging sample. While the goal was to generate a diverse and inclusive sample using these methods, the sample was not intended to be representative of the population.

Of the 186 eligible participants, 21 declined participation and 26 could not be reached. The targeted sample was reached after exhausting contact for 47 veterans and contacting 80 veterans for a final response rate of 40% among fully contacted veterans and 27% among veterans with any contact. The final sample included 30 veterans who received CPT or PE in VA facilities (Table).

1025FDED-ePTSD-T1

After veterans provided verbal consent for study participation, sociodemographic information was verbally reported, and a 30- to 60-minute semistructured qualitative phone interview was recorded and transcribed. Veterans received $40 for participation. All procedures were approved by the University of California San Francisco Institutional Review Board.

Qualitative Data Analysis

Rapid analysis procedures were used to analyze qualitative data. This approach is suitable for focused, moderately structured qualitative analyses in health services research and facilitates rapid dissemination to stakeholders.23 The qualitative analysts were 2 clinical psychologists with expertise in PTSD treatment (NH primary and RR secondary). Consistent with rapid analysis procedures, analysts prepared a templated summary (including relevant quotations) of each interview, organized by the prespecified content domains. Interviews were summarized independently, compared to ensure consistency, and discrepancies were resolved through review of the interview source materials. Individual summary templates were combined into a master analytic matrix to facilitate the identification of patterns and delineation of themes. Analysts routinely met to identify, discuss, and refine preliminary themes, revisiting source materials to reach consensus as needed.

Results

Fifteen themes were identified and organized into 2 distinct focus areas: themes directly related to the transition to TF-EBP (8 themes) and themes related to veterans’ experiences with TF-EBP and general mental health care with potential process-improvement implications (7 themes).21 Seven themes were identified related to experiences with TF-EBP engagement and VA mental health care. The 7 themes related to TF-EBP engagement and VA mental health care themes are summarized with exemplary quotations.

Veterans want a better understanding of psychotherapy and engaging with VA mental health. Veterans reported that they generally had a poor or “nebulous” understanding about the experience of psychotherapy. For example, veterans exhibited confusion about whether certain experiences were equivalent to participating in psychotherapy. They were sometimes unable to distinguish between interactions such as assessment, disability evaluations, peer support, and psychotherapy. One veteran described a conversation with a TFEBP therapist about prior treatment:

She [asked], have you ever been, or gone through a therapy to begin with? And I, I said, well I just chatted with somebody. And she said that’s not, that’s not therapy. So, I was like, oh, it’s not? That’s not what people do?

Veterans were surprised the VA offered a diverse range of psychotherapy interventions, rather than simply therapy. They did not realize there were different types of psychotherapy. As a result, veterans were not aware that some VA mental practitioners have specialty training and certification to provide treatment matched to specific diagnoses or needs. They thought that all clinicians could provide the same care. One veteran described their understanding:

I just figured all mental health people are mental health people. I didn’t have a better understanding of the system and all the different levels and how it plays out and specialties and things like that. Which, I guess, I should have because you have a primary care doctor, but then you have specialists in all these other different sectors that specialize in one particular area. I guess that should’ve been common sense, but it wasn’t.

Stigma was a barrier to seeking and engaging in mental health care. Veterans discovered they had to overcome stigma associated with seeking and engaging in mental health treatment. Military culture was often discussed as promoting stigma regarding mental health treatment. Specifically, veterans described that seeking treatment meant “either, I’m weak or I’m gonna be seen as weak.” In active-duty settings, the strategy for dealing with mental health symptoms was to “leave those feelings, you push ‘em aside,” an approach highly inconsistent with TF-EBP. In some cases, incorrect information about the VA and PTSD was presented as part of discharge from the military, leading to long-term skepticism of the VA and PTSD treatment. One veteran described his experience as part of a class on the VA compensation and pension assessment process for service-connected disabilities during his military discharge:

[A fellow discharging soldier asked] what about like PTSD, gettin’ rated for PTSD. I hear they take our weapons and stuff like we can’t own firearms and all that stuff. And [the instructor] was like, well, yes that’s a thing. He didn’t explain it like if you get compensated for PTSD you don’t lose your rights to carry a firearm or to have, to be able to go hunting.

Importantly, veterans often described how other identities (eg, race, ethnicity, gender, region of origin) interacted with military culture to enhance stigma. Hearing messaging from multiple sources reinforced beliefs that mental health treatment is inappropriate or is associated with weakness:

As a first-generation Italian, I was always taught keep your feelings to yourself. Never talk outside your family. Never bring up problems to other people and stuff like that. Same with the military. And then the old stigma working in [emergency medical services] and public safety, you’re weak if you get help.

The fundamentals of therapy, including rapport and flexibility, were important. Veterans valued nonspecific therapy factors, genuine empathy, building trust, being honest about treatment, personality, and rapport. These characteristics were almost universally described as particularly important:

I liked the fact that she made it personable and she cared. It wasn’t just like, here, we’re gonna start this. She explained it in the ways I could understand, not in medical terms, so to speak, but that’s what I liked about her. She really cared about what she did and helping me.

Flexibility was viewed as an asset, particularly when clinicians acknowledged veteran autonomy. A consistent example was when veterans were able to titrate trauma disclosure. One veteran described this flexible treatment experience: “She was right there in the room, she said, you know, at any time, you know, we could stop, we could debrief.”

Experiences of clinician flexibility and personalization of therapy were contrasted with experiences of overly rigid therapy. Overemphasis on protocols created barriers, often because treatment did not feel personalized. One veteran described how a clinician’s task-oriented approach interfered with their ability to engage in TF-EBP:

They listened, but it just didn’t seem like they were listening, because they really wanted to stay on task… So, I felt like if the person was more concerned, or more sympathetic to the things that was also going on in my life at that present time, I think I would’ve felt more comfortable talking about what was the PTSD part, too.

Veterans valued shared decision-making prior to TF-EBP initiation. Veterans typically described being involved in a shared decision-making process prior to initiating TF-EBP. During these sessions, clinicians discussed treatment options and provided veterans with a variety of materials describing treatments (eg, pamphlets, websites, videos, statistics). Most veterans appreciated being able to reflect on and discuss treatment options with their clinicians. Being given time in and out of session to review was viewed as valuable and increased confidence in treatment choice. One veteran described their experience:

I was given the information, you know, they gave me handouts, PDFs, whatever was available, and let me read over it. I didn’t have to choose anything right then and there, you know, they let me sleep on it. And I got back to them after some thought.

However, some veterans felt overwhelmed by being presented with too much information and did not believe they knew enough to make a final treatment decision. One veteran described being asked to contribute to the treatment decision:

I definitely asked [the clinician] to weigh in on maybe what he thought was best, because—I mean, I don’t know… I’m not necessarily sure I know what I think is best. I think we’re just lucky I’m here, so if you can give me a solid and help me out here by telling me just based on what I’ve said to you and the things that I’ve gone through, what do you think?

Veterans who perceived that their treatment preferences were respected had a positive outlook on TF-EBP. As part of the shared-decision making process, veterans typically described being given choices among PTSD treatments. One way that preferences were respected was through clinicians tailoring treatment descriptions to a veteran’s unique symptoms, experiences, and values. In these cases, clinicians observed specific concerns and clearly linked treatment principles to those concerns. For example, one veteran described their clinician’s recommendation for PE: “The hardest thing for me is to do the normal things like grocery store or getting on a train or anything like that. And so, he suggested that [PE] would be a good idea.”

In other cases, veterans wanted the highest quality of treatment rather than a match between treatment principles and the veteran’s presentation, goals, or strengths. These veterans wanted the best treatment available for PTSD and valued research support, recommendations from clinical practice guidelines, or clinician confidence in the effectiveness of the treatment. One veteran described this perspective:

I just wanted to be able to really tackle it in the best way possible and in the most like aggressive way possible. And it seemed like PE really was going to, they said that it’s a difficult type of therapy, but I really just wanted to kind of do the best that I could to eradicate some of the issues that I was having.

When veterans perceived a lack of respect for their preferences, they were hesitant about TF-EBP. For some veterans, a generic pitch for a TF-EBP was detrimental in the absence of the personal connection between the treatment and their own symptoms, goals, or strengths. These veterans did not question whether the treatment was effective in general but did question whether the treatment was best for them. One veteran described the contrast between their clinician’s perspective and their own.

I felt like they felt very comfortable, very confident in [CPT] being the program, because it was comfortable for them. Because they did it several times. And maybe they had a lot of success with other individuals... but they were very comfortable with that one, as a provider, more than: Is this the best fit for [me]?

Some veterans perceived little concern for their preferences and a lack of choice in available treatments, which tended to perpetuate negative perceptions of TFEBP. These veterans described their lack of choices with frustration. Alternatives to TFEBP were described by these veterans as so undesirable that they did not believe they had a real choice:

[CPT] was the only decision they had. There was nothing else for PTSD. They didn’t offer anything else. So, I mean it wasn’t a decision. It was either … take treatment or don’t take treatment at all… Actually, I need to correct myself. So, there were 2 options, group therapy or CPT. I forgot about that. I’m not a big group guy so I chose the CPT.

Another veteran was offered a choice between therapeutic approaches, but all were delivered via telehealth (consistent with the transition to virtual services during the COVID-19 pandemic). For this veteran, not only was the distinction between approaches unclear, but the choice between approaches was unimportant compared to the mode of delivery.

This happened during COVID-19 and VA stopped seeing anybody physically, face-to-face. So my only option for therapy was [telehealth]… There was like 3 of them, and I tried to figure out, you know, from the layperson’s perspective, like: I don’t know which one to go with.

Veterans wanted to be asked about their cultural identity. Veterans valued when clinicians asked questions about cultural identity as part of their mental health treatment and listened to their cultural context. Cultural identity factors extended beyond factors such as race, ethnicity, gender, and sexual orientation to religion, military culture, and regionality. Veterans often described situations where they wished clinicians would ask the question or initiate conversations about culture. A veteran highlighted the importance of their faith but noted that it was a taboo topic. Their clinician did not say “we don’t go there,” but they “never dove into it either.” Another veteran expressed a desire for their clinician to ask questions about experiences in the National Guard and as an African American veteran:

If a provider was to say like: Oh, you know, it’s a stressful situation being a part of the military, being in the National Guard. You know, just asking questions about that. I think that would really go a long way… Being African American was difficult as well. And more so because of my region, I think… I felt like it would probably be an uncomfortable subject to speak on… I mean, it wasn’t anything that my providers necessarily did, it was more so just because it wasn’t brought up.

One common area of concern for veterans was a match between veteran and therapist demographics. When asked about how their cultural identity influenced treatment, several veterans described the relevance of therapist match. Much like questions about their own cultural identity, veterans valued being asked about identity preferences in clinicians (eg, gender or race matching), rather than having to bring up the preference themselves. One veteran described relief at this question being asked directly: “I was relieved when she had asked [whether I wanted a male or female clinician] primarily because I was going to ask that or bring that up somehow. But her asking that before me was a weight off my shoulders.”

Discussing cultural identity through treatment strengthened veterans’ engagement in therapy. Many veterans appreciated when analogies used in therapy were relevant to their cultural experiences and when clinicians understood their culture (eg, military culture, race, ethnicity, religious beliefs, sexual orientation). One veteran described how their clinician understood military culture and made connections between military culture and the rationale for TF-EBP, which strengthened the veteran’s buy-in for the treatment and alliance with the clinician:

At the beginning when she was explaining PTSD, and I remember she said that your brain needed to think this way when you were in the military because it was a way of protecting and surviving, so your brain was doing that in order for you to survive in whatever areas you were because there was danger. So, your brain had you thinking that way. But now, you’re not in those situations anymore. You’re not in danger. You’re not in the military, but your brain is still thinking you are, and that’s what PTSD generally does to you.

Specific elements of TF-EBP also provided opportunities to discuss and integrate important aspects of identity. This is accomplished in PE by assigning relevant in vivo exercises. In CPT, “connecting the dots” on how prior experiences influenced trauma-related stuck points achieved this element. One veteran described their experience with a clinician who was comfortable discussing the veteran’s sexual orientation and recognized the impacts of prior trauma on intimacy:

They’re very different, and there’s a lot of things that can be accepted in gay relationships that are not in straight ones. With all that said, I think [the PE therapist] did a fantastic job being not—like never once did she laugh or make an uncomfortable comment or say she didn’t wanna talk about something when like part of the reason I wanted to get into therapy is that my partner and I weren’t having sex unless I used alcohol.

Discussion

As part of a larger national qualitative investigation of the experiences of veterans who recently initiated TF-EBP, veterans discussed their experiences with therapy and mental health care that have important implications for continued process improvement.21 Three key areas for continued process improvement were identified: (1) providing information about the diverse range of mental health care services at the VA and the implications of this continuum of care; (2) consideration of veteran preferences in treatment decision-making, including the importance of perceived choice; and (3) incorporating cultural assessment and cultural responsiveness into case conceptualization and treatment.

One area of process improvement identified was increasing knowledge about different types of psychotherapy and the continuum of care available at the VA. Veterans in this study confused or conflated participating in psychotherapy with talking about mental health symptoms with a clinician (eg, assessment, disability evaluation). They were sometimes surprised that psychotherapy is an umbrella term referring to a variety of different modalities. The downstream impact of these misunderstandings was a perception of VA mental health care as nebulous. Veterans were surprised that all mental health practitioners were unable to provide the same care. Confusion may have been compounded by highly variable referral processes across VA.24 To address this, clinicians have developed local educational resources and handouts for both veterans and referring clinicians from nonmental health and general mental health specialties.25 Given the variability in referral processes both between and within VA medical centers, national dissemination of these educational materials may be more difficult compared to materials for TF-EBPs.24 The VA started to use behavioral health interdisciplinary program (BHIP) teams, which are designed to be clinical homes for veterans connected with a central clinician who can explain and coordinate their mental health care as well as bring more consistency to the referral process.26 The ongoing transition toward the BHIP model of mental health care at VA may provide the opportunity to consolidate and integrate knowledge about the VA approach to mental health care, potentially filling knowledge gaps.

A second area of process improvement focused on the shared decision-making process. Consistent with mental health initiatives, veterans generally believed they had received sufficient information about TF-EBP and engaged in shared decision-making with clinicians.20,27 Veterans were given educational materials to review and had the opportunity to discuss these materials with clinicians. However, veterans described variability in the success of shared decision-making. Although veterans valued receiving accurate, comprehensible information to support treatment decisions, some preferred to defer to clinicians’ expertise regarding which treatment to pursue. While these veterans valued information, they also valued the expertise of clinicians in explaining why specific treatments would be beneficial. A key contributor to veterans satisfaction was assessing how veterans wanted to engage in the decision-making process and respecting those preferences.28 Veterans approached shared decision-making differently, from making decisions independently after receiving information to relying solely on clinician recommendation. The process was most successful when clinicians articulated how their recommended treatment aligned with a veteran’s preferences, including recommendations based on specific values (eg, personalized match vs being the best). Another important consideration is ensuring veterans know they can receive a variety of different types of mental health services available in different modalities (eg, virtual vs in-person; group vs individual). When veterans did not perceive choice in treatment aspects important to them (typically despite having choices), they were less satisfied with their TF-EBP experience.

A final area of process improvement identified involves how therapists address important aspects of culture. Veterans often described mental health stigma coming from intersecting cultural identities and expressed appreciation when therapists helped them recognize the impact of these beliefs on treatment. Some veterans did not discuss important aspects of their identity with clinicians, including race/ethnicity, religion, and military culture. Veterans did not report negative interactions with clinicians or experiences suggesting it was inappropriate to discuss identity; however, they were reluctant to independently raise these identity factors. Strategies such as the ADDRESSING framework, a mnemonic acronym that describes a series of potentially relevant characteristics, can help clinicians comprehensively consider different aspects that may be relevant to veterans, modeling that discussion of relevant these characteristics is welcome in TF-EBP.29 Veterans reported that making culturally relevant connections enhanced the TF-EBP experience, most commonly with military culture. These data support that TF-EBP delivery with attention to culture should be an integrated part of treatment, supporting engagement and therapeutic alliance.30 The VA National Center for PTSD consultation program is a resource to support clinicians in assessing and incorporating relevant aspects of cultural identity.31 For example, the National Center for PTSD provides a guide for using case conceptualization to address patient reactions to race-based violence during PTSD treatment.32 Both manualized design and therapist certification training can reinforce that assessing and attending to case conceptualization (including identity factors) is an integral component of TF-EBP.33,34

Limitations

While the current study has numerous strengths (eg, national veteran sampling, robust qualitative methods), results should be considered within the context of study limitations. First, veteran participants all received TF-EBP, and the perspectives of veterans who never initiate TF-EBP may differ. Despite the strong sampling approach, the study design is not intended to be generalizable to all veterans receiving TF-EBP for PTSD. Qualitative analysis yielded 15 themes, described in this study and prior research, consistent with recommendations.21,22 This approach allows rich description of distinct focus areas that would not be possible in a single manuscript. Nonetheless, all veterans interviewed described their experiences in TF-EBP and general mental health care, the focus of the semistructured interview guide was on the experience of transitioning from other treatment to TF-EBP.

Conclusion

This study describes themes related to general mental health and TF-EBP process improvement as part of a larger study on transitions in PTSD care.21,22 Veterans valued the fundamentals of therapy, including rapport and flexibility. Treatment-specific rapport (eg, pointing out treatment progress and effort in completing treatment components) and flexibility within the context of fidelity (ie, personalizing treatment while maintaining core treatment elements) may be most effective at engaging veterans in recommended PTSD treatments.18,34 In addition to successes, themes suggest multiple opportunities for process improvement. Ongoing VA initiatives and priorities (ie, BHIP, shared decision-making, consultation services) aim to improve processes consistent with veteran recommendations. Future research is needed to evaluate the success of these and other programs to optimize access to and engagement in recommended PTSD treatments.

Trauma-focused evidence-based psychotherapies (TF-EBPs), including cognitive processing therapy (CPT) and prolonged exposure therapy (PE), are recommended treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in clinical practice guidelines.1-3 To increase initiation of these treatments, the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) used a large-scale dissemination and implementation effort to improve access to TF-EBP.4,5 These efforts achieved modest success, increasing prevalence of TF-EBP from a handful of veterans in 2004 to an annual prevalence of 14.6% for CPT and 4.3% for PE in 2014.6

Throughout these efforts, qualitative studies have been used to better understand veterans’ perspectives on receiving TF-EBP care.7-18 Barriers to initiation of and engagement in TF-EBP and PTSD care have been identified from these qualitative studies. One identified barrier was lack of knowledge—particularly lack of knowledge about what is meant by a PTSD diagnosis and available treatments.7-10 Stigma (ie, automatic negative associations) toward mental health problems or seeking mental health care also has been identified as a barrier to initiation.7,10-14 Perceptions of poor alignment between treatment and veteran goals, including lack of buy-in for the rationale, served as barriers to initiation and engagement.8,15-18

Using prior qualitative work, numerous initiatives have been developed to reduce stigma, facilitate conversations about how treatment aligns with goals, and fill knowledge gaps, particularly through online resources and shared decision-making.19,20 To better inform the state of veterans’ experiences with TF-EBP, a qualitative investigation was conducted involving veterans who recently initiated TF-EBP. Themes directly related to transitions to TF-EBP were identified; however, all veterans interviewed also described their experiences with TFEBP engagement and mental health care. Consistent with recommendations for qualitative methods, this study extends prior work on transitions to TF-EBP by describing themes with a distinct focus on the experience of engaging with TF-EBP and mental health care.21,22

Methods

The experiences of veterans who were transitioning into TF-EBPs were collected in semistructured interviews and analyzed. The semistructured interview guide was developed and refined in consultation with both qualitative methods experts and PTSD treatment experts to ensure that 6 content domains were appropriately queried: PTSD treatment options, cultural sensitivity of treatment, PTSD treatment selection, transition criteria, beliefs about stabilization treatment, and treatment needs/preferences.

Participants were identified using the VA Corporate Data Warehouse and included post-9/11 veterans who had recently initiated CPT or PE for the first time between September 1, 2021, and September 1, 2022. More details of participant selection are available in Holder et al.21 From a population of 10,814 patients, stratified random sampling generated a recruitment pool of 200 veterans for further outreach. The strata were defined such that this recruitment pool had similar proportions of demographic characteristics (ie, gender, race, ethnicity) to the population of eligible veterans, equivalent distributions of time to CPT or PE initiation (ie, 33.3% < 1 year, 33.3% 1-3 years, and 33.3% > 3 years), and adequate variability in TF-EBP type (ie, 66.7% CPT, 33.3% PE). A manual chart review in the recruitment pool excluded 12 veterans who did not initiate CPT or PE, 1 veteran with evidence of current active psychosis and/or cognitive impairment that would likely preclude comprehension of study materials, and 1 who was deceased.

Eligible veterans from the recruitment pool were contacted in groups of 25. First, a recruitment letter with study information and instructions to opt-out of further contact was mailed or emailed to veterans. After 2 weeks, veterans who had not responded were contacted by phone up to 3 times. Veterans interested in participating were scheduled for a 1-time visit that included verbal consent and the qualitative interview. Metrics were established a priori to ensure an adequately diverse and inclusive sample. Specifically, a minimum number of racial and/or ethnic minority veterans (33%) and women veterans (20%) were sought. Equal distribution across the 3 categories of time from first mental health visit to CPT/PE initiation also was targeted. Throughout enrollment, recruitment efforts were adapted to meet these metrics in the emerging sample. While the goal was to generate a diverse and inclusive sample using these methods, the sample was not intended to be representative of the population.

Of the 186 eligible participants, 21 declined participation and 26 could not be reached. The targeted sample was reached after exhausting contact for 47 veterans and contacting 80 veterans for a final response rate of 40% among fully contacted veterans and 27% among veterans with any contact. The final sample included 30 veterans who received CPT or PE in VA facilities (Table).

1025FDED-ePTSD-T1

After veterans provided verbal consent for study participation, sociodemographic information was verbally reported, and a 30- to 60-minute semistructured qualitative phone interview was recorded and transcribed. Veterans received $40 for participation. All procedures were approved by the University of California San Francisco Institutional Review Board.

Qualitative Data Analysis

Rapid analysis procedures were used to analyze qualitative data. This approach is suitable for focused, moderately structured qualitative analyses in health services research and facilitates rapid dissemination to stakeholders.23 The qualitative analysts were 2 clinical psychologists with expertise in PTSD treatment (NH primary and RR secondary). Consistent with rapid analysis procedures, analysts prepared a templated summary (including relevant quotations) of each interview, organized by the prespecified content domains. Interviews were summarized independently, compared to ensure consistency, and discrepancies were resolved through review of the interview source materials. Individual summary templates were combined into a master analytic matrix to facilitate the identification of patterns and delineation of themes. Analysts routinely met to identify, discuss, and refine preliminary themes, revisiting source materials to reach consensus as needed.

Results

Fifteen themes were identified and organized into 2 distinct focus areas: themes directly related to the transition to TF-EBP (8 themes) and themes related to veterans’ experiences with TF-EBP and general mental health care with potential process-improvement implications (7 themes).21 Seven themes were identified related to experiences with TF-EBP engagement and VA mental health care. The 7 themes related to TF-EBP engagement and VA mental health care themes are summarized with exemplary quotations.

Veterans want a better understanding of psychotherapy and engaging with VA mental health. Veterans reported that they generally had a poor or “nebulous” understanding about the experience of psychotherapy. For example, veterans exhibited confusion about whether certain experiences were equivalent to participating in psychotherapy. They were sometimes unable to distinguish between interactions such as assessment, disability evaluations, peer support, and psychotherapy. One veteran described a conversation with a TFEBP therapist about prior treatment:

She [asked], have you ever been, or gone through a therapy to begin with? And I, I said, well I just chatted with somebody. And she said that’s not, that’s not therapy. So, I was like, oh, it’s not? That’s not what people do?

Veterans were surprised the VA offered a diverse range of psychotherapy interventions, rather than simply therapy. They did not realize there were different types of psychotherapy. As a result, veterans were not aware that some VA mental practitioners have specialty training and certification to provide treatment matched to specific diagnoses or needs. They thought that all clinicians could provide the same care. One veteran described their understanding:

I just figured all mental health people are mental health people. I didn’t have a better understanding of the system and all the different levels and how it plays out and specialties and things like that. Which, I guess, I should have because you have a primary care doctor, but then you have specialists in all these other different sectors that specialize in one particular area. I guess that should’ve been common sense, but it wasn’t.

Stigma was a barrier to seeking and engaging in mental health care. Veterans discovered they had to overcome stigma associated with seeking and engaging in mental health treatment. Military culture was often discussed as promoting stigma regarding mental health treatment. Specifically, veterans described that seeking treatment meant “either, I’m weak or I’m gonna be seen as weak.” In active-duty settings, the strategy for dealing with mental health symptoms was to “leave those feelings, you push ‘em aside,” an approach highly inconsistent with TF-EBP. In some cases, incorrect information about the VA and PTSD was presented as part of discharge from the military, leading to long-term skepticism of the VA and PTSD treatment. One veteran described his experience as part of a class on the VA compensation and pension assessment process for service-connected disabilities during his military discharge:

[A fellow discharging soldier asked] what about like PTSD, gettin’ rated for PTSD. I hear they take our weapons and stuff like we can’t own firearms and all that stuff. And [the instructor] was like, well, yes that’s a thing. He didn’t explain it like if you get compensated for PTSD you don’t lose your rights to carry a firearm or to have, to be able to go hunting.

Importantly, veterans often described how other identities (eg, race, ethnicity, gender, region of origin) interacted with military culture to enhance stigma. Hearing messaging from multiple sources reinforced beliefs that mental health treatment is inappropriate or is associated with weakness:

As a first-generation Italian, I was always taught keep your feelings to yourself. Never talk outside your family. Never bring up problems to other people and stuff like that. Same with the military. And then the old stigma working in [emergency medical services] and public safety, you’re weak if you get help.

The fundamentals of therapy, including rapport and flexibility, were important. Veterans valued nonspecific therapy factors, genuine empathy, building trust, being honest about treatment, personality, and rapport. These characteristics were almost universally described as particularly important:

I liked the fact that she made it personable and she cared. It wasn’t just like, here, we’re gonna start this. She explained it in the ways I could understand, not in medical terms, so to speak, but that’s what I liked about her. She really cared about what she did and helping me.

Flexibility was viewed as an asset, particularly when clinicians acknowledged veteran autonomy. A consistent example was when veterans were able to titrate trauma disclosure. One veteran described this flexible treatment experience: “She was right there in the room, she said, you know, at any time, you know, we could stop, we could debrief.”

Experiences of clinician flexibility and personalization of therapy were contrasted with experiences of overly rigid therapy. Overemphasis on protocols created barriers, often because treatment did not feel personalized. One veteran described how a clinician’s task-oriented approach interfered with their ability to engage in TF-EBP:

They listened, but it just didn’t seem like they were listening, because they really wanted to stay on task… So, I felt like if the person was more concerned, or more sympathetic to the things that was also going on in my life at that present time, I think I would’ve felt more comfortable talking about what was the PTSD part, too.

Veterans valued shared decision-making prior to TF-EBP initiation. Veterans typically described being involved in a shared decision-making process prior to initiating TF-EBP. During these sessions, clinicians discussed treatment options and provided veterans with a variety of materials describing treatments (eg, pamphlets, websites, videos, statistics). Most veterans appreciated being able to reflect on and discuss treatment options with their clinicians. Being given time in and out of session to review was viewed as valuable and increased confidence in treatment choice. One veteran described their experience:

I was given the information, you know, they gave me handouts, PDFs, whatever was available, and let me read over it. I didn’t have to choose anything right then and there, you know, they let me sleep on it. And I got back to them after some thought.

However, some veterans felt overwhelmed by being presented with too much information and did not believe they knew enough to make a final treatment decision. One veteran described being asked to contribute to the treatment decision:

I definitely asked [the clinician] to weigh in on maybe what he thought was best, because—I mean, I don’t know… I’m not necessarily sure I know what I think is best. I think we’re just lucky I’m here, so if you can give me a solid and help me out here by telling me just based on what I’ve said to you and the things that I’ve gone through, what do you think?

Veterans who perceived that their treatment preferences were respected had a positive outlook on TF-EBP. As part of the shared-decision making process, veterans typically described being given choices among PTSD treatments. One way that preferences were respected was through clinicians tailoring treatment descriptions to a veteran’s unique symptoms, experiences, and values. In these cases, clinicians observed specific concerns and clearly linked treatment principles to those concerns. For example, one veteran described their clinician’s recommendation for PE: “The hardest thing for me is to do the normal things like grocery store or getting on a train or anything like that. And so, he suggested that [PE] would be a good idea.”

In other cases, veterans wanted the highest quality of treatment rather than a match between treatment principles and the veteran’s presentation, goals, or strengths. These veterans wanted the best treatment available for PTSD and valued research support, recommendations from clinical practice guidelines, or clinician confidence in the effectiveness of the treatment. One veteran described this perspective:

I just wanted to be able to really tackle it in the best way possible and in the most like aggressive way possible. And it seemed like PE really was going to, they said that it’s a difficult type of therapy, but I really just wanted to kind of do the best that I could to eradicate some of the issues that I was having.

When veterans perceived a lack of respect for their preferences, they were hesitant about TF-EBP. For some veterans, a generic pitch for a TF-EBP was detrimental in the absence of the personal connection between the treatment and their own symptoms, goals, or strengths. These veterans did not question whether the treatment was effective in general but did question whether the treatment was best for them. One veteran described the contrast between their clinician’s perspective and their own.

I felt like they felt very comfortable, very confident in [CPT] being the program, because it was comfortable for them. Because they did it several times. And maybe they had a lot of success with other individuals... but they were very comfortable with that one, as a provider, more than: Is this the best fit for [me]?

Some veterans perceived little concern for their preferences and a lack of choice in available treatments, which tended to perpetuate negative perceptions of TFEBP. These veterans described their lack of choices with frustration. Alternatives to TFEBP were described by these veterans as so undesirable that they did not believe they had a real choice:

[CPT] was the only decision they had. There was nothing else for PTSD. They didn’t offer anything else. So, I mean it wasn’t a decision. It was either … take treatment or don’t take treatment at all… Actually, I need to correct myself. So, there were 2 options, group therapy or CPT. I forgot about that. I’m not a big group guy so I chose the CPT.

Another veteran was offered a choice between therapeutic approaches, but all were delivered via telehealth (consistent with the transition to virtual services during the COVID-19 pandemic). For this veteran, not only was the distinction between approaches unclear, but the choice between approaches was unimportant compared to the mode of delivery.

This happened during COVID-19 and VA stopped seeing anybody physically, face-to-face. So my only option for therapy was [telehealth]… There was like 3 of them, and I tried to figure out, you know, from the layperson’s perspective, like: I don’t know which one to go with.

Veterans wanted to be asked about their cultural identity. Veterans valued when clinicians asked questions about cultural identity as part of their mental health treatment and listened to their cultural context. Cultural identity factors extended beyond factors such as race, ethnicity, gender, and sexual orientation to religion, military culture, and regionality. Veterans often described situations where they wished clinicians would ask the question or initiate conversations about culture. A veteran highlighted the importance of their faith but noted that it was a taboo topic. Their clinician did not say “we don’t go there,” but they “never dove into it either.” Another veteran expressed a desire for their clinician to ask questions about experiences in the National Guard and as an African American veteran:

If a provider was to say like: Oh, you know, it’s a stressful situation being a part of the military, being in the National Guard. You know, just asking questions about that. I think that would really go a long way… Being African American was difficult as well. And more so because of my region, I think… I felt like it would probably be an uncomfortable subject to speak on… I mean, it wasn’t anything that my providers necessarily did, it was more so just because it wasn’t brought up.

One common area of concern for veterans was a match between veteran and therapist demographics. When asked about how their cultural identity influenced treatment, several veterans described the relevance of therapist match. Much like questions about their own cultural identity, veterans valued being asked about identity preferences in clinicians (eg, gender or race matching), rather than having to bring up the preference themselves. One veteran described relief at this question being asked directly: “I was relieved when she had asked [whether I wanted a male or female clinician] primarily because I was going to ask that or bring that up somehow. But her asking that before me was a weight off my shoulders.”

Discussing cultural identity through treatment strengthened veterans’ engagement in therapy. Many veterans appreciated when analogies used in therapy were relevant to their cultural experiences and when clinicians understood their culture (eg, military culture, race, ethnicity, religious beliefs, sexual orientation). One veteran described how their clinician understood military culture and made connections between military culture and the rationale for TF-EBP, which strengthened the veteran’s buy-in for the treatment and alliance with the clinician:

At the beginning when she was explaining PTSD, and I remember she said that your brain needed to think this way when you were in the military because it was a way of protecting and surviving, so your brain was doing that in order for you to survive in whatever areas you were because there was danger. So, your brain had you thinking that way. But now, you’re not in those situations anymore. You’re not in danger. You’re not in the military, but your brain is still thinking you are, and that’s what PTSD generally does to you.

Specific elements of TF-EBP also provided opportunities to discuss and integrate important aspects of identity. This is accomplished in PE by assigning relevant in vivo exercises. In CPT, “connecting the dots” on how prior experiences influenced trauma-related stuck points achieved this element. One veteran described their experience with a clinician who was comfortable discussing the veteran’s sexual orientation and recognized the impacts of prior trauma on intimacy:

They’re very different, and there’s a lot of things that can be accepted in gay relationships that are not in straight ones. With all that said, I think [the PE therapist] did a fantastic job being not—like never once did she laugh or make an uncomfortable comment or say she didn’t wanna talk about something when like part of the reason I wanted to get into therapy is that my partner and I weren’t having sex unless I used alcohol.

Discussion

As part of a larger national qualitative investigation of the experiences of veterans who recently initiated TF-EBP, veterans discussed their experiences with therapy and mental health care that have important implications for continued process improvement.21 Three key areas for continued process improvement were identified: (1) providing information about the diverse range of mental health care services at the VA and the implications of this continuum of care; (2) consideration of veteran preferences in treatment decision-making, including the importance of perceived choice; and (3) incorporating cultural assessment and cultural responsiveness into case conceptualization and treatment.

One area of process improvement identified was increasing knowledge about different types of psychotherapy and the continuum of care available at the VA. Veterans in this study confused or conflated participating in psychotherapy with talking about mental health symptoms with a clinician (eg, assessment, disability evaluation). They were sometimes surprised that psychotherapy is an umbrella term referring to a variety of different modalities. The downstream impact of these misunderstandings was a perception of VA mental health care as nebulous. Veterans were surprised that all mental health practitioners were unable to provide the same care. Confusion may have been compounded by highly variable referral processes across VA.24 To address this, clinicians have developed local educational resources and handouts for both veterans and referring clinicians from nonmental health and general mental health specialties.25 Given the variability in referral processes both between and within VA medical centers, national dissemination of these educational materials may be more difficult compared to materials for TF-EBPs.24 The VA started to use behavioral health interdisciplinary program (BHIP) teams, which are designed to be clinical homes for veterans connected with a central clinician who can explain and coordinate their mental health care as well as bring more consistency to the referral process.26 The ongoing transition toward the BHIP model of mental health care at VA may provide the opportunity to consolidate and integrate knowledge about the VA approach to mental health care, potentially filling knowledge gaps.

A second area of process improvement focused on the shared decision-making process. Consistent with mental health initiatives, veterans generally believed they had received sufficient information about TF-EBP and engaged in shared decision-making with clinicians.20,27 Veterans were given educational materials to review and had the opportunity to discuss these materials with clinicians. However, veterans described variability in the success of shared decision-making. Although veterans valued receiving accurate, comprehensible information to support treatment decisions, some preferred to defer to clinicians’ expertise regarding which treatment to pursue. While these veterans valued information, they also valued the expertise of clinicians in explaining why specific treatments would be beneficial. A key contributor to veterans satisfaction was assessing how veterans wanted to engage in the decision-making process and respecting those preferences.28 Veterans approached shared decision-making differently, from making decisions independently after receiving information to relying solely on clinician recommendation. The process was most successful when clinicians articulated how their recommended treatment aligned with a veteran’s preferences, including recommendations based on specific values (eg, personalized match vs being the best). Another important consideration is ensuring veterans know they can receive a variety of different types of mental health services available in different modalities (eg, virtual vs in-person; group vs individual). When veterans did not perceive choice in treatment aspects important to them (typically despite having choices), they were less satisfied with their TF-EBP experience.

A final area of process improvement identified involves how therapists address important aspects of culture. Veterans often described mental health stigma coming from intersecting cultural identities and expressed appreciation when therapists helped them recognize the impact of these beliefs on treatment. Some veterans did not discuss important aspects of their identity with clinicians, including race/ethnicity, religion, and military culture. Veterans did not report negative interactions with clinicians or experiences suggesting it was inappropriate to discuss identity; however, they were reluctant to independently raise these identity factors. Strategies such as the ADDRESSING framework, a mnemonic acronym that describes a series of potentially relevant characteristics, can help clinicians comprehensively consider different aspects that may be relevant to veterans, modeling that discussion of relevant these characteristics is welcome in TF-EBP.29 Veterans reported that making culturally relevant connections enhanced the TF-EBP experience, most commonly with military culture. These data support that TF-EBP delivery with attention to culture should be an integrated part of treatment, supporting engagement and therapeutic alliance.30 The VA National Center for PTSD consultation program is a resource to support clinicians in assessing and incorporating relevant aspects of cultural identity.31 For example, the National Center for PTSD provides a guide for using case conceptualization to address patient reactions to race-based violence during PTSD treatment.32 Both manualized design and therapist certification training can reinforce that assessing and attending to case conceptualization (including identity factors) is an integral component of TF-EBP.33,34

Limitations

While the current study has numerous strengths (eg, national veteran sampling, robust qualitative methods), results should be considered within the context of study limitations. First, veteran participants all received TF-EBP, and the perspectives of veterans who never initiate TF-EBP may differ. Despite the strong sampling approach, the study design is not intended to be generalizable to all veterans receiving TF-EBP for PTSD. Qualitative analysis yielded 15 themes, described in this study and prior research, consistent with recommendations.21,22 This approach allows rich description of distinct focus areas that would not be possible in a single manuscript. Nonetheless, all veterans interviewed described their experiences in TF-EBP and general mental health care, the focus of the semistructured interview guide was on the experience of transitioning from other treatment to TF-EBP.

Conclusion

This study describes themes related to general mental health and TF-EBP process improvement as part of a larger study on transitions in PTSD care.21,22 Veterans valued the fundamentals of therapy, including rapport and flexibility. Treatment-specific rapport (eg, pointing out treatment progress and effort in completing treatment components) and flexibility within the context of fidelity (ie, personalizing treatment while maintaining core treatment elements) may be most effective at engaging veterans in recommended PTSD treatments.18,34 In addition to successes, themes suggest multiple opportunities for process improvement. Ongoing VA initiatives and priorities (ie, BHIP, shared decision-making, consultation services) aim to improve processes consistent with veteran recommendations. Future research is needed to evaluate the success of these and other programs to optimize access to and engagement in recommended PTSD treatments.

References
  1. US Department of Veterans Affairs; US Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline for the management of posttraumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder. 2023. Updated August 20, 2025. Accessed October 17, 2025. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/
  2. International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies. ISTSS PTSD prevention and treatment guidelines: methodology and recommendations. Accessed August 13, 2025. http://www.istss.org/getattachment/Treating-Trauma/New-ISTSS-Prevention-and-TreatmentGuidelines/ISTSS_PreventionTreatmentGuidelines_FNL-March-19-2019.pdf.aspx
  3. American Psychological Association. Clinical practice guideline for the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder in adults. Accessed August 13, 2025. https://www.apa.org/ptsd-guideline/ptsd.pdf
  4. Karlin BE, Cross G. From the laboratory to the therapy room: National dissemination and implementation of evidence- based psychotherapies in the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs Health Care System. Am Psychol. 2014;69:19-33. doi:10.1037/a0033888
  5. Rosen CS, Matthieu MM, Wiltsey Stirman S, et al. A review of studies on the system-wide implementation of evidencebased psychotherapies for posttraumatic stress disorder in the Veterans Health Administration. Adm Policy Ment Health. 2016;43:957-977. doi:10.1007/s10488-016-0755-0
  6. Maguen S, Holder N, Madden E, et al. Evidence-based psychotherapy trends among posttraumatic stress disorder patients in a national healthcare system, 2001-2014. Depress Anxiety. 2020;37:356-364. doi:10.1002/da.22983
  7. Cheney AM, Koenig CJ, Miller CJ, et al. Veteran-centered barriers to VA mental healthcare services use. BMC Health Serv Res. 2018;18:591. doi:10.1186/s12913-018-3346-9
  8. Hundt NE, Mott JM, Miles SR, et al. Veterans’ perspectives on initiating evidence-based psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder. Psychol Trauma. 2015;7:539-546. doi:10.1037/tra0000035
  9. Hundt NE, Helm A, Smith TL, et al. Failure to engage: a qualitative study of veterans who decline evidence-based psychotherapies for PTSD. Psychol Serv. 2018;15:536- 542. doi:10.1037/ser0000212
  10. Sayer NA, Friedemann-Sanchez G, Spoont M, et al. A qualitative study of determinants of PTSD treatment initiation in veterans. Psychiatry. 2009;72:238-255. doi:10.1521/psyc.2009.72.3.238
  11. Mittal D, Drummond KL, Blevins D, et al. Stigma associated with PTSD: perceptions of treatment seeking combat veterans. Psychiatr Rehabil J. 2013;36:86-92. doi:10.1037/h0094976
  12. Possemato K, Wray LO, Johnson E, et al. Facilitators and barriers to seeking mental health care among primary care veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. J Trauma Stress. 2018;31:742-752. doi:10.1002/jts.22327
  13. Silvestrini M, Chen JA. “It’s a sign of weakness”: Masculinity and help-seeking behaviors among male veterans accessing posttraumatic stress disorder care. Psychol Trauma. 2023;15:665-671. doi:10.1037/tra0001382
  14. Stecker T, Shiner B, Watts BV, et al. Treatment-seeking barriers for veterans of the Iraq and Afghanistan conflicts who screen positive for PTSD. Psychiatr Serv. 2013;64:280-283. doi:10.1176/appi.ps.001372012
  15. Etingen B, Grubbs KM, Harik JM. Drivers of preference for evidence-based PTSD treatment: a qualitative assessment. Mil Med. 2020;185:303-310. doi:10.1093/milmed/usz220
  16. Hundt NE, Ecker AH, Thompson K, et al. “It didn’t fit for me:” A qualitative examination of dropout from prolonged exposure and cognitive processing therapy in veterans. Psychol Serv. 2020;17:414-421. doi:10.1037/ser0000316
  17. Kehle-Forbes SM, Gerould H, Polusny MA, et al. “It leaves me very skeptical” messaging in marketing prolonged exposure and cognitive processing therapy to veterans with PTSD. Psychol Trauma. 2022;14:849-852. doi:10.1037/tra0000550
  18. Kehle-Forbes SM, Ackland PE, Spoont MR, et al. Divergent experiences of U.S. veterans who did and did not complete trauma-focused therapies for PTSD: a national qualitative study of treatment dropout. Behav Res Ther. 2022;154:104123. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2022.104123
  19. Hessinger JD, London MJ, Baer SM. Evaluation of a shared decision-making intervention on the utilization of evidence-based psychotherapy in a VA outpatient PTSD clinic. Psychol Serv. 2018;15:437-441. doi:10.1037/ser0000141
  20. Hamblen JL, Grubbs KM, Cole B, et al. “Will it work for me?” Developing patient-friendly graphical displays of posttraumatic stress disorder treatment effectiveness. J Trauma Stress. 2022;35:999-1010. doi:10.1002/jts.22808
  21. Holder N, Ranney RM, Delgado AK, et al. Transitioning into trauma-focused evidence-based psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder from other treatments: a qualitative investigation. Cogn Behav Ther. 2025;54:391-407. doi:10.1080/16506073.2024.2408386
  22. Levitt HM, Bamberg M, Creswell JW, et al. Journal article reporting standards for qualitative primary, qualitative meta-analytic, and mixed methods research in psychology: The APA Publications and Communications Board task force report. Am Psychol. 2018;73:26-46. doi:10.1037/amp0000151
  23. Palinkas LA, Mendon SJ, Hamilton AB. Innovations in mixed methods evaluations. Annu Rev Public Health. 2019;40:423- 442. doi:10.1146/annurev-publhealth-040218-044215
  24. Ranney RM, Cordova MJ, Maguen S. A review of the referral process for evidence-based psychotherapies for PTSD among veterans. Prof Psychol Res Pr. 2022;53:276-285. doi:10.1037/pro0000463
  25. Holder N, Ranney RM, Delgado AK, et al. Transitions to trauma-focused evidence-based psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder from other treatment: a qualitative investigation of clinician’s perspectives. Cogn Behav Ther. 2025;1-19. doi:10.1080/16506073.2025.2481475
  26. Barry CN, Abraham KM, Weaver KR, et al. Innovating team-based outpatient mental health care in the Veterans Health Administration: staff-perceived benefits and challenges to pilot implementation of the Behavioral Health Interdisciplinary Program (BHIP). Psychol Serv. 2016;13:148-155. doi:10.1037/ser0000072
  27. Harik JM, Hundt NE, Bernardy NC, et al. Desired involvement in treatment decisions among adults with PTSD symptoms. J Trauma Stress. 2016;29:221-228. doi:10.1002/jts.22102
  28. Larsen SE, Hooyer K, Kehle-Forbes SM, et al. Patient experiences in making PTSD treatment decisions. Psychol Serv. 2024;21:529-537. doi:10.1037/ser0000817
  29. Hays PA. Four steps toward intersectionality in psychotherapy using the ADDRESSING framework. Prof Psychol Res Pr. 2024;55:454-462. doi:10.1037/pro0000577
  30. Galovski TE, Nixon RDV, Kaysen D. Flexible Applications of Cognitive Processing Therapy: Evidence-Based Treatment Methods. Academic Press; 2020.
  31. Larsen SE, McKee T, Fielstein E, et al. The development of a posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) consultation program to support system-wide implementation of high-quality PTSD care for veterans. Psychol Serv. 2025;22:342-348. doi:10.1037/ser0000867
  32. Galovski T, Kaysen D, McClendon J, et al. Provider guide to addressing patient reactions to race-based violence during PTSD treatment. PTSD.va.gov. Accessed August 3, 2025. www.ptsd.va.gov/professional/treat/specific/patient_reactions_race_violence.asp
  33. Galovski TE, Nixon RDV, Kehle-Forbes S. Walking the line between fidelity and flexibility: a conceptual review of personalized approaches to manualized treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder. J Trauma Stress. 2024;37:768-774. doi:10.1002/jts.23073
  34. Galovski TE, McSweeney LB, Nixon RDV, et al. Personalizing cognitive processing therapy with a case formulation approach to intentionally target impairment in psychosocial functioning associated with PTSD. Contemp Clin Trials Commun. 2024;42:101385. doi:10.1016/j.conctc.2024.101385
References
  1. US Department of Veterans Affairs; US Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline for the management of posttraumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder. 2023. Updated August 20, 2025. Accessed October 17, 2025. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/
  2. International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies. ISTSS PTSD prevention and treatment guidelines: methodology and recommendations. Accessed August 13, 2025. http://www.istss.org/getattachment/Treating-Trauma/New-ISTSS-Prevention-and-TreatmentGuidelines/ISTSS_PreventionTreatmentGuidelines_FNL-March-19-2019.pdf.aspx
  3. American Psychological Association. Clinical practice guideline for the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder in adults. Accessed August 13, 2025. https://www.apa.org/ptsd-guideline/ptsd.pdf
  4. Karlin BE, Cross G. From the laboratory to the therapy room: National dissemination and implementation of evidence- based psychotherapies in the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs Health Care System. Am Psychol. 2014;69:19-33. doi:10.1037/a0033888
  5. Rosen CS, Matthieu MM, Wiltsey Stirman S, et al. A review of studies on the system-wide implementation of evidencebased psychotherapies for posttraumatic stress disorder in the Veterans Health Administration. Adm Policy Ment Health. 2016;43:957-977. doi:10.1007/s10488-016-0755-0
  6. Maguen S, Holder N, Madden E, et al. Evidence-based psychotherapy trends among posttraumatic stress disorder patients in a national healthcare system, 2001-2014. Depress Anxiety. 2020;37:356-364. doi:10.1002/da.22983
  7. Cheney AM, Koenig CJ, Miller CJ, et al. Veteran-centered barriers to VA mental healthcare services use. BMC Health Serv Res. 2018;18:591. doi:10.1186/s12913-018-3346-9
  8. Hundt NE, Mott JM, Miles SR, et al. Veterans’ perspectives on initiating evidence-based psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder. Psychol Trauma. 2015;7:539-546. doi:10.1037/tra0000035
  9. Hundt NE, Helm A, Smith TL, et al. Failure to engage: a qualitative study of veterans who decline evidence-based psychotherapies for PTSD. Psychol Serv. 2018;15:536- 542. doi:10.1037/ser0000212
  10. Sayer NA, Friedemann-Sanchez G, Spoont M, et al. A qualitative study of determinants of PTSD treatment initiation in veterans. Psychiatry. 2009;72:238-255. doi:10.1521/psyc.2009.72.3.238
  11. Mittal D, Drummond KL, Blevins D, et al. Stigma associated with PTSD: perceptions of treatment seeking combat veterans. Psychiatr Rehabil J. 2013;36:86-92. doi:10.1037/h0094976
  12. Possemato K, Wray LO, Johnson E, et al. Facilitators and barriers to seeking mental health care among primary care veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. J Trauma Stress. 2018;31:742-752. doi:10.1002/jts.22327
  13. Silvestrini M, Chen JA. “It’s a sign of weakness”: Masculinity and help-seeking behaviors among male veterans accessing posttraumatic stress disorder care. Psychol Trauma. 2023;15:665-671. doi:10.1037/tra0001382
  14. Stecker T, Shiner B, Watts BV, et al. Treatment-seeking barriers for veterans of the Iraq and Afghanistan conflicts who screen positive for PTSD. Psychiatr Serv. 2013;64:280-283. doi:10.1176/appi.ps.001372012
  15. Etingen B, Grubbs KM, Harik JM. Drivers of preference for evidence-based PTSD treatment: a qualitative assessment. Mil Med. 2020;185:303-310. doi:10.1093/milmed/usz220
  16. Hundt NE, Ecker AH, Thompson K, et al. “It didn’t fit for me:” A qualitative examination of dropout from prolonged exposure and cognitive processing therapy in veterans. Psychol Serv. 2020;17:414-421. doi:10.1037/ser0000316
  17. Kehle-Forbes SM, Gerould H, Polusny MA, et al. “It leaves me very skeptical” messaging in marketing prolonged exposure and cognitive processing therapy to veterans with PTSD. Psychol Trauma. 2022;14:849-852. doi:10.1037/tra0000550
  18. Kehle-Forbes SM, Ackland PE, Spoont MR, et al. Divergent experiences of U.S. veterans who did and did not complete trauma-focused therapies for PTSD: a national qualitative study of treatment dropout. Behav Res Ther. 2022;154:104123. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2022.104123
  19. Hessinger JD, London MJ, Baer SM. Evaluation of a shared decision-making intervention on the utilization of evidence-based psychotherapy in a VA outpatient PTSD clinic. Psychol Serv. 2018;15:437-441. doi:10.1037/ser0000141
  20. Hamblen JL, Grubbs KM, Cole B, et al. “Will it work for me?” Developing patient-friendly graphical displays of posttraumatic stress disorder treatment effectiveness. J Trauma Stress. 2022;35:999-1010. doi:10.1002/jts.22808
  21. Holder N, Ranney RM, Delgado AK, et al. Transitioning into trauma-focused evidence-based psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder from other treatments: a qualitative investigation. Cogn Behav Ther. 2025;54:391-407. doi:10.1080/16506073.2024.2408386
  22. Levitt HM, Bamberg M, Creswell JW, et al. Journal article reporting standards for qualitative primary, qualitative meta-analytic, and mixed methods research in psychology: The APA Publications and Communications Board task force report. Am Psychol. 2018;73:26-46. doi:10.1037/amp0000151
  23. Palinkas LA, Mendon SJ, Hamilton AB. Innovations in mixed methods evaluations. Annu Rev Public Health. 2019;40:423- 442. doi:10.1146/annurev-publhealth-040218-044215
  24. Ranney RM, Cordova MJ, Maguen S. A review of the referral process for evidence-based psychotherapies for PTSD among veterans. Prof Psychol Res Pr. 2022;53:276-285. doi:10.1037/pro0000463
  25. Holder N, Ranney RM, Delgado AK, et al. Transitions to trauma-focused evidence-based psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder from other treatment: a qualitative investigation of clinician’s perspectives. Cogn Behav Ther. 2025;1-19. doi:10.1080/16506073.2025.2481475
  26. Barry CN, Abraham KM, Weaver KR, et al. Innovating team-based outpatient mental health care in the Veterans Health Administration: staff-perceived benefits and challenges to pilot implementation of the Behavioral Health Interdisciplinary Program (BHIP). Psychol Serv. 2016;13:148-155. doi:10.1037/ser0000072
  27. Harik JM, Hundt NE, Bernardy NC, et al. Desired involvement in treatment decisions among adults with PTSD symptoms. J Trauma Stress. 2016;29:221-228. doi:10.1002/jts.22102
  28. Larsen SE, Hooyer K, Kehle-Forbes SM, et al. Patient experiences in making PTSD treatment decisions. Psychol Serv. 2024;21:529-537. doi:10.1037/ser0000817
  29. Hays PA. Four steps toward intersectionality in psychotherapy using the ADDRESSING framework. Prof Psychol Res Pr. 2024;55:454-462. doi:10.1037/pro0000577
  30. Galovski TE, Nixon RDV, Kaysen D. Flexible Applications of Cognitive Processing Therapy: Evidence-Based Treatment Methods. Academic Press; 2020.
  31. Larsen SE, McKee T, Fielstein E, et al. The development of a posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) consultation program to support system-wide implementation of high-quality PTSD care for veterans. Psychol Serv. 2025;22:342-348. doi:10.1037/ser0000867
  32. Galovski T, Kaysen D, McClendon J, et al. Provider guide to addressing patient reactions to race-based violence during PTSD treatment. PTSD.va.gov. Accessed August 3, 2025. www.ptsd.va.gov/professional/treat/specific/patient_reactions_race_violence.asp
  33. Galovski TE, Nixon RDV, Kehle-Forbes S. Walking the line between fidelity and flexibility: a conceptual review of personalized approaches to manualized treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder. J Trauma Stress. 2024;37:768-774. doi:10.1002/jts.23073
  34. Galovski TE, McSweeney LB, Nixon RDV, et al. Personalizing cognitive processing therapy with a case formulation approach to intentionally target impairment in psychosocial functioning associated with PTSD. Contemp Clin Trials Commun. 2024;42:101385. doi:10.1016/j.conctc.2024.101385
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 42(10)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 42(10)
Page Number
1-9
Page Number
1-9
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline

Process Improvement for Engaging With Trauma-Focused Evidence-Based Psychotherapy for PTSD

Display Headline

Process Improvement for Engaging With Trauma-Focused Evidence-Based Psychotherapy for PTSD

Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
survey writer start date